Condor T60 T66J 92375

TIME CONDOR Corporation
OPERATION, SERVICE
AND PARTS MANUAL
MODELS T60 & T66J

BOOM-SUPPORTED ELEVATING WORK PLATFORM
Beginning With Serial Number P3469800 1
MANUAL92375-001
April 1998
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
MODELS T60 & T66J

MANUAl9237s.oD1
April 1998
I
INTRODUCTION
The primary purpose of this manual is to provide the user with a thorough understanding of the proper
operating procedures necessary to comply with the intended use of the CONDOR®.
THIS MANUAL MUST BE RETAINED ON THE UNIT AT ALL TIMES.
Do not attempt to operate the CONDOR® until you have read and
understood all information provided in this manual. Familiarize
yourself with the functions and operations of the upper and lower
controls. A good understanding of the controls, their limitations, and
their capabilities will maximize operating efficiency and safety. The
various decals attached to this machine contain vital information.
Read the decals before operating this machine.
It is YOUR RESPONSIBILITY to follow safe procedures while operating the CONDOR®. The
manufacturer of this unit cannot control the wide range of applications that may be used in carrying
out a variety of jobs. Therefore, IT IS THE USER'S RESPONSIBILITY to consider the safety of
all personnel when making decisions regarding the unit's intended use.
It is also YOUR RESPONSIBILITY to understand and obey all federal, state, and local regulations
regarding the safe operation and use of aerial work platforms. A copy of the ANSI/SIA A92.5-1992
Manual of Responsibilities is attached for your use.
TIME CONDOR Corporation reserves the right to modify, improve, add, and/or delete certain design
features of its products without any obligation to incorporate new features into products previously
sold. Our manuals are continually updated to reflect these changes.
DO NOT ALTER OR MODIFY THIS UNIT WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN

APPROVAL FROM THE MANAGEMENT OF TIME CONDOR Corporation
SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
Many of the parts used in the manufacture of the CONDOR® have specific properties, and the
manufacturer recommends that replacement parts be purchased through TIME CONDOR Corporation in
order to ensure the original integrity of the product. Repairs and adjustments should only be made by
trained and qualified personnel. Please refer to the maintenance and parts sections of the
TIME CONDOR Corporation's Operation, Parts & Maintenance Manual for information on service and
maintenance of the CONDOR®.
MANUAl92375-001
April 1998
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................ i
TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................. 1
I. SAFETY ................................................................................................................................................. 3
A. Safety Symbols .......................................................................................................................... 3

B. Safety Rules .............................................................................................................................. 4
C. Safety Decals ............................................................................................................................ 8
II. MACHINE OPERATION ................................................................................................................ 12
A. Primary Machine Components ................................................................................................ 13

B. Range Of Operation ................................................................................................................ 14
C. GroundControls ...................................................................................................................... 16
D. Platform Controls .................................................................................................................... 20
E. Start Up Procedures ................................................................................................................ 26
1. Shift Check ......................................................................................................................... 26
2. Machine Start Up ............................................................................................................... 28
3. Ground Operation and Checks ........................................................................................... 29
4. Platform Operation and Checks ......................................................................................... 31
5. Cold Weather Operation ..................................................................................................... 34
E. General Operation ................................................................................................................... 35
1. Boom Operation ................................................................................................................. 35
2. Drivers and Steering ........................................................................................................... 38
3. Braking ............................................................................................................................... 38
4. Gas Engine Operation ......................................................................................................... 39
5. Diesel Engine Operation ..................................................................................................... 39
F. Shut Down Procedures ........................................................................................................... 40
III. MOVING FROM JOB SITE TO JOB SITE ....................................................................................... 40
A. Unloading ................................................................................................................................. 40
B. Loading .................................................................................................................................... 41
C. Tie Down ................................................................................................................................. 41
D. Towing Procedure ................................................................................................................... 41
IV. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ....................................................................................................... 43
V. MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................ 48
ANSVSIA 92.5-1992 MANUAL OF RESPONSIBILITIES
MANUAl92375-OO1
April 1998
SAFETY SYMBOLS
This manual contains important information on the safe use of your CONDOR T Series. Your failure to read,
•
understand and follow all safety rules, warnings and instructions will unnecessarily expose you and others to
dangerous situations. For your safety and the safety ofthose around you, you mustoperate your aerial platform
as instructed in this manual.
You the operator, are the single most important factor for safety when using any piece of equipment. Learn
to operate your work platform in a safe manner.
To help you recognize important safety information, we have identified warnings and instructions that directly
impact on safety with following signals:
.& DANGER
"DANGER" INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF NOT
AVOIDED, WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. THIS SIGNAL WORD IS
LIMITED TO THE MOST EXTREME SITUATIONS.
A WARNING
"WARNING" INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH,
IF NOT AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
A CAUTION
"CAUTION" INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WIDCH, IF
NOT AVOIDED, MAY RESULT IN MINOR OR MODERATE INJURY. IT IS ALSO
USED TO ALERT AGAINST UNSAFE PRACTICES, AND FOR PROPERTY-DAMAGE-
ONLY SITUATIONS.
One final note: The best method to protect yourself and others from injury or death is to use common
. sense. If you are unsure of any operation, don't start until you are satisfied that it is safe to proceed.
MANUAl 92375-001
April 1998
.SAFETY RULES AND PRECAUTIONS
.. DANGER
• ELECTROCUTION HAZARD!! THIS MACHINE IS NOT INSULATED!!
Maintain safe clearance from electrical lines and apparatus. You must allow for
machine sway (side to side movement) when elevated, and electrical line movement.
This machine does not provide protection from contact with or proximity to an
electrically charged conductor.
You must AVOID CONTACT between any part of the machine, or its load, and any
electrical line or apparatus carrying up to 300 volts.
You must maintain CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 10 FEET (3.05 M) between any

part of the machine, or its load, and any electrical line or apparatus carrying over 300
volts up to 50,000 volts. One foot (30.5 cm) additional clearance is required for every
additional 30,000 volts.
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY will result from contact with, or inadequate

clearance from, any electrically charged conductor.
• Read and understand all safety and control information found on the machine and in
this manual before operating the unit.
• Only trained, competent personnel should operate the aerial work platform.
• Be aware of all Government and Local rules which may apply to this machine and its
safe operation.
• Approved safety harness must be worn at all times when operating the unit from the
platform. In addition, approved headgear and other protective equipment must be
worn as required. (In the U.S.A., OSHA approved equipment is required. For other
countries, the appropriate equivalent government body should be consulted.)
• NEVER fasten safety harness to an adjacent structure while on the work platform.
• Make sure that entry gate to platform is secured before operating unit from the
platform.
• DO NOT block the foot switch or any function control in the operating position.
• DO NOT exceed the platform capacity of the unit in any configuration. Review the
section titled "MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS", later in this manual, regarding this
model's capacities and dimensions.
MANUAl 9237&ro1
April 1998
SAFETY RULES AND PRECAUTIONS (Continued)
•
.. DANGER
• SECURE all tools and other loose items to prevent injury to persons working on or
below the work platform.
• DO NOT use scaffolding, ladders or similar items to extend your reach while on the
work platform.
• DO NOT attempt to climb down the boom assembly if the unit fails while the
operator's platform is raised or extended.
• Since the machine may be operated from the ground controls, precautions should be
taken to prevent unauthorized personnel from operating the work platform with the
ground controls while the platform is in use.
• The "UNPOWERED EMERGENCY MOVEMENT" procedure (described later in

this manual) requires releasing the torque hubs, which results in there being no means
to stop the unit's travel. TIME CONDOR recommends using this procedure only in
cases of emergency, and only for a short distance. Be on guard against unit runaway
on sloping surfaces. Movement speed shall not exceed 1 M.P.H. (1.6 K.P.H.).
• DO NOT attempt to open any hydraulic line or component without first relieving all
system pressures and shutting off fluid flow from the tank.
• DO NOT allow anyone to tamper with, service or operate the machine from the ground
control station while personnel are on the platform, except in an emergency.
• DO NOT alter, modify or disable any safety devices or interlocks.
• DO NOT refuel the unit near sparks or open flames. Gasoline and propane vapors,
and Diesel fuel fumes are highly explosive.
• DO NOT use the aerial work platform outdoors in electrical storms or high wind
situations.
• DO NOT raise the aerial work platform unless the unit is on a firm, level surface.
MANUAL92375-001
April 1998
~ DANGER
• Use caution to prevent ropes, cords, hoses, etc. from becoming entangled in the unit's
boom sections when being raised, lowered or repositioned.
• Ensure that the area surrounding the mobile platform is clear of personnel and
equipment before: driving the unit; or raising, lowering or extending the boom; or
swinging the superstructure; or, rotating or tilting the platform.
• Maintain a safe distance from overhead and ground obstacles, debris, drop-offs,
holes, depressions, electrical wires and other hazards to travel.
• Limit travel speed according to conditions ofthe ground surface, congestion, slope,
location of personnel or any other factors that could cause hazard of collision or injury
to personnel.
• DO NOT sit, stand or climb on platform rails.
• DO NOT operate this machine while under the influence of any drugs or alcohol.
• DO NOT operate this machine if you are bothered by heights, seizures, or dizzy spells.
• DO NOT indulge in stunt driving or horseplay while operating this machine.
A WARNING
• Complete the "Operational Checklists" found in this manual (see Table of Contents)
at designated intervals.
• Ensure thatthe machine is in "LOW" drive speed while unloading from a truck or trailer.
• Always attach the unit to a winch when loading or unloading from a truck or trailer.
TIME CONDOR does not recommend unassisted loading or unloading of any aerial
work platform.
• With the superstructure swung away from the stowed position, use caution when
selecting travel or steering direction. Travel and steer direction will be opposite switch
or lever movement. Refer to the large "FORWARD" arrows on the undercarriage of
the unit or the location of the superstructure lockpin hole for travel orientation.
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
•
A WARNING
• Check fuel system for leaks or damaged fuel lines before operating unit. If any damage
is found, contact your supervisor immediately. Machine must be removed from service
until diagnosis and any necessary repairs have been completed.
• Actuation of the red "EMERGENCY STOP" button will apply brakes immediately,
causing unexpected platform movement as the machine comes to a sudden stop. Brace
yourself.
• Whenever disengaging the drive torque hubs or before disconnecting from towing
vehicle, ensure that the unit cannot roll.
• Immediately report any erratic noises, vibrations or malfunctions of the unit to

supervisor. Machine must be removed from service until diagnosis and any necessary
repairs have been completed.
• Operating this equipment without all safety and control decals in place can be
hazardous.
A CAUTION
• For transporting the machine, the platform must not be tied to the trailer bed.
• Be sure to tum all hydraulic valves back "ON" before starting the machine, or extensive
pump damage will occur.
• DO NOT exceed the maximum platform horizontal pull of 100 lbs. (45.4 kg).
• DO NOT use the boom or platform as a crane to lift oversized or hanging loads.
• DO NOT raise, extend, retract, tilt, rotate, or lower the platform or booms into
stationary objects, as this will cause damage to mechanical and hydraulic components.
• DO NOT use the platform or boom functions to push or tow the unit or another vehicle.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering, go slowly and leave more maneuvering room during
cold weather operation until the machine is warm.
MANUAl 92375-001
April 1998
• SAFETY RELATED DECALS
ELECTROCUTION HAZARD
KEEP CLEAR
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY CAN
RESULT FROM CONTACT WITH TillS
EQUIPMENT OR VEIllCLE IF IT SHOULD BE
ELECTRICALLY CHARGED
21882-
21882-001 - Decal, Electrocution Danger
• DO NOT OPERATE THIS MACHINE UNTIL YOU

HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TRAINED & HAVE
COMPLETELY READ & UNDERSTOOD THE
OPERATOR'S MANUAL.
• PRIOR TO EACH DAY'S USE, CHECK TO MAKE

SURE ALL FUNCTIONS ARE OPERATING
PROPERLY & PERFORM ALL INSPECTIONS
IDENTIFIED IN THE OPERATORS MANUAL .
.. • DO NOT USE THIS MACHINE IF IT IS DAMAGED

; OR MALFUNCTIONING IN ANY WAY, OR IF THE
illND SPEED IS ABOVE 25 MPH.
• RAISE PLATFORM ONLY WHEN ON FIRM, LEVEL

GROUND.
• AL·NA YS LOOK IN THE DIRECTION IN WHICH THE

PLA TFORM IS MOVING. WATCH FOR & AVOID
OVERHEAD CBSTRUCTIONS & ANYTHING ELSE
THA T MAY STRIKE PLATFORM, PERSONNEL,
PERSONNEL, OR CON TROLS.
, • THiS MACHINE is NOT ELECTRICALLY INSULA TED.

SEE OPERATOR MANUAL FOR SAFE APPROACH.
DISTANCES TO ENERGIZED POWER LINES.
• DO NOT MAKE ANY MACHINE MODIFICATIONS

WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM CONDOR .
. • DO NOT FORCE THE BOOM, PLATFORM, OR

SKIRT INTO THE GROUND .
• IN CASE OF EMERGENCY, PUSH RED

"EMERGENCY STOP" BUTTON.
71618
71618 - Decal, Lower Boom Caution
MANUAl92375-001
April 1998
I LL CAUr~ON I
•
SAFETY RELATED DECALS
• BEFORE OPERATI~G, ALL PERSONS IN

PLATFORM MUST HAVE APPROVED FALL
PROTECTION SYSTEMS ATTACHED.
• THIS MACHINE IS NOT ELECTRICALLY

INSULA TED. SEE OPERA TOR'S MANUAL
FOR MINIMUM SAFE APPROACH DISTANCES
TO ENERGIZED POVVER LINES.
• RAISE PLATFORM ONLY WHEN MACHINE IS

ON FIRM, LEVEL GROUND.
• ALWAYS LOOK IN THE DIRECTION IN WHICH

THE PLATFORM IS MOVING. WATCH FOR,
AND AVOID OVERHEAD OBSTRUCTIONS AND
ANYTHING ELSE THAT MAY STRIKE
PLATFORM, PERSONNEL OR CONTROLS.
• NORMAL TRAVEL POSITION IS WITH BOOM

POSITIONED OVER FIXED (REAR) AXLE.
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL AND STEERING
REVERSES IN RELATION TO CONTROL
MOTION WHEN BOOM IS OVER STEER
(FRONT) AXLE.
• DO NOT DRIVE ON A SLOPE UNLESS BOOM

IS FULLY RETRACTED & LEVEL OR LOWER.
• IF SLOPE ALARM SOUNDS, THE MACHINE IS

OUT OF LEVEL. REVERSE DIRECTION OF
TRAVEL & REPOSiTION ON FIRM, LEVEL
GROUND.
• DO NOT FORCE THE BOOM, PLATFORM OR

SKIRT INTO THE GROUND.
• IN CASE OF EMERGENCY, PUSH RED

"EMERGENCY STOP" BUTTON.
71614
71614 - Decal, Upper Boom Caution
RATED \.JORK LOAD
:JU~
111\/\ LB
37958-500
37958-500 - Decal, Rated Work Load
MANUAl 92375-001
April 1998
G)
SAFETY AND CONTROL DECAL LOCATIONS
[A. WARNING
OPERATING THIS EQUIPMENT WITHOUT ALL SAFETY AND CONTROL
DECALS IN PLACE CAN BE HAZARDOUS.
If any of these items are damaged or missing, replace them immediately.

Decals are shown for standards machine. Optional equipment may change
the decal locations.
15,19,
14
Front
Front
Rear
Rear
7 7
8THRU 11,20INSlDE
Right Hand Side

left Hand Side
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
SAFETY AND CONTROL DECAL DESCRIPTIONS
CD
ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QTY
Ref. 71491 ............................ InstallationDWG ..................................................................... Ref.

1
2 71419-DWG ................. Decal Installation DWG. T60-01 ................................................... 1
3 67938-080 ..................... Decal, 80 PSI Tire Pressure .......................................................... 4
4 54984-004 ..................... Decal, Lift and Tie Down .............................................................. 4
5 56023 ............................ Decal, Arrow ................................................................................. 2
6 56024 ............................ Decal, Forward .............................................................................. 2
7 21882-001 ..................... Decal, Electrocution Danger ......................................................... 2
8 21849 ............................ Decal, Unleaded Gas Only ............................................................ 1
9 54984-007 ..................... Decal, Hydraulic Fluid ................................................................... 1
10 71618 ............................ Decal, Boom Lower Caution ......................................................... 2
11 54984-006 ..................... Decal, 110 Volt Ext To Platform ................................................... 1
12 21079 ............................ Decal, Lube Fitting ........................................................................ 1
13 38805 ............................ Decal, Do Not Lift Wheels (T66J) ................................................ 3
14 71614 ............................ Decal, Boom Upper Caution ......................................................... 1
15 37958-500 ..................... Decal, 500 LB Rated Work Load ................................................. 2
16 56034-500 ..................... Decal, Rated Work Load .............................................................. 1
17 71615 ............................ Decal, Panic Stop .......................................................................... 1
18 38550 ............................ Decal, Platform Fall Arrest ........................................................... 2
19 71369 ............................ Decal, Platform Control Box ......................................................... 1
20 71370 ............................ Decal, Turret Control Box ............................................................. 1
21 71589 ............................ Decal, Error Code Lower Controls ............................................... 1
22 71617 ............................ Decal, Ground Board Lights .......................................................... 1
23 56033 ............................ Decal, Twin Stripe ............................................................ 12.23LF.
24 55940-060 ..................... Decal, 9.00 x 60.00 CONDOR ..................................................... 1
25 55941-017 ..................... Decal, "Bird" ................................................................................. 1
- Indicates Items Not Shown
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
PRIMARY MACHINE COMPONENTS •
PLATFORM
CONlROLS
PLATFORM
JIB BOOM
SLAVELEVELING
CYLINDER
MASTER
~ MAIN BOOM
LEVELING ASSEMBLY
CYLINDER
GROUND
CONTROLS CHASSIS
LEFT HAND SIDE
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
,;.
T60 wORKING RANGE DIAGRAM

-10 10 20 30 40 50
(-3.05M) (3.0SM) (6.09H) (9.l4H) <l2.l9M) (lS.24M)
80
(24.39M)
70
(21.34M)
AUTOMA TIC SLOW' SPEED
BOOM DOW'N ZONE
AUTOMATIC RETRACT TO FOLLOW'
CURVE W'HEN BOOMING DOW'N
60 .,.:."
AUTOMATIC
I (lS.29M)
SLOW' SPEED
BOOM UP
ZONE
I 50
(lS.24M)
40
(l2.19fll
30
(9.i4~1)
20
(6.09fn
10
GOSH)
-10
MANUAl92375-001
(-305M)
April 1998
T66J 'w'DRKING RANGE DIAGRAM
-10 10 20 30 40 50
(-3.o5M) (105M) (6.09H) (9.14H) (J2.19H) (J5.24M)
SO
(24.39M)
70
,0".
(21.34M)
AUTOMATIC RETRACT
TO FOLLO\ol CURVE
\oIHEN BOOMING DO\olN
60
(JS.29M)
AUTOMATIC
SLO\ol SPEED
BOOM UP
ZONE
I 50
(J5.24M)
40
",.:
(J2.19M)
l
i.;"
:,.,.
:~::'
.re
:,;.
30
(9.14M)
,
"1
...
20
(6.09M)
10
GOSH)
-10
MANUAl92375-001
(-105M)
April 1998
OPERATOR CONTROLS DESCRIPTION
(GROUND CONTROLS)
7
~--------------------~
8
" '\
.~..
11--0
LP GAS , ,
6
0
10 3 ,-
ENGINE RPM
MID SPEED
it'
.....
IDLE ~
2 GLOW PLUG Gb
1 (8
<.:
4
('\ CIRCUIT
BREAKER ,C
START 0
U " ~
(\ ~\
UP
5 " ) ~ ..
r\f",(\rf'W
\..J~~
\.J
SWING DOWN
BOOM
OPERATE
FUNCTIONS UP EXTEND
,r-'\
U
EMERGENCY
0 0 DOWN
JIB
RETRACT
BOOM
PUMP
\
\
eDMJ'II! /
/
" ~--------------------~
/
MANUAl9237!HlO1
April 1998
(GROUND CONTROLS)
Item Control Location Description
1. Circuit Breaker On Ground Pops out when the 12 Volt electrical circuit is
Console Panel overloaded. Push in to reset.
2. Choke/ On Ground Choke button for gas or dual fuel engines. Press
Glow Plug Button Console Panel and hold while starting a cold engine.
Glow plug button for some Diesels. Press and hold

(if so equipped) to preheat combustion chamber
before starting a cold engine.
3. Main Power Key On Ground Three position main power "ON/OFF" switch.
Switch Console Panel Straight up position is "OFF".
Turn key left (counterclockwise) one position to

turn power"ON" for ground control operation. Turn
key right (clockwise) one position to turn power
"ON" for platform control operation.
With key switch "OFF", the key may be removed

to prevent unauthorized operation.
4. Engine Start On Ground Press push button to engage engine starter. Re-
Button Console Panel lease button immediately upon engine start.
NOTE: Main power key switch must be in

"GROUND" position.
5. Axle Not On Ground When lit, the light indicates that the axles are not
Locked Console Panel locked. This is a danger light that boom has
extended or raised and the axle lock cylinders have
not locked the axle.
6. Hour Meter On Ground Indicates that elapsed time that the engine has been
Console Panel operated in hours and tenths.
7. Volt Meter On Ground Indicates electrical system voltage.

Console Panel
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
(GROUND CONTROLS, CONTINUED)
7
"- 8
\
,
//\ \
11 \~___ ~J
LP GAS
(~-~\
I-,'\ID SPEEC OFF

P~A TFORt,/,
./~.
4
iJP
/~ ,/\
5 C.', 'C~'
~~. V" ~-,/
S.·;i~G uC.
2,CC'i,)
OPER,'; TE
FUNC~'!CNS :JP
~ ~\
! I
~ ~
MANUAL9237tHlO1
April 1998
(GROUND CONTROLS, CONTINUED)
8. Engine Oil On Ground

Pressure Gauge Console Panel Indicates engine oil pressure.
9. Gas/Off/ On Ground Flip toggle left to use gasoline, right to use propane.
Propane Switch Console Panel In "CONDOR" position, the engine does not get fuel
(optional) supply.
10. Engine Throttle On Ground Flip toggle to down for low (idle) engine speed, up
Switch Console Panel for mid range (operating) engine speed for
generator use.
11. Boom Fully On Ground Indicates when boom is fully raised and angle
Raised Console Panel sensor is correctly calibrated.
MANUAL92375-001
April 1998
(PLATFORM CONTROLS)
7 12
5
,m
~i
STEER \
LEFT \"
/ ?-=::; ~
. "\~
C
2
14
15
4
16 9
MANUAl 9237 5-001

April 1998
(PLATFORM CONTROLS)
1. Emergency Stop On Platform Used to stop all functions in an emergency. Push

Button Console Panel for emergency stop. Pull or rotate clockwise to
reset, depending on style used.
When the button is reset, the engine distress light

and axle not extended light will flash three times
and the chassis tilt alarm will sound three times. If
any of these indications do not occur at reset, do not
operate machine.
2. Off/On/Start On Platform Three position toggle switch. Up is "OFF". Move

Toggle Console Panel to center position to tum ignition "ON", down to
engage starter. If the engine does not start within
10 seconds, switch must be turned off and then on
again to start.
IMPORTANT: Engine will not start with foot switch

depressed.
3. GlowPlugi On Platform Flip toggle to center position for low (idle) engine
Choke/Idle/ Console Panel speed, up for mid range (operating) engine speed
Operating Speed for generator use.
Toggle (Engine
Throttle) Choke toggle for gas or dual fuel engines. Press
and hold while starting a cold engine.
Glow plug toggle for some Diesels. Press and hold

(if so equipped) to preheat combustion chamber
before starting a cold engine.
4. Emergency On Platform Press and hold to activate battery powered hydraulic

Pump Push Console Panel pump, allowing operation of boom or platform
Button functions should the engine powered hydraulic pump
be disabled.
5. Engine Distress On Platform Red tight indicates low engine oil pressure, high
Light Console Panel engine coolant temperature or broken fan belt(if so
equipped). Engine will shut down automatically if
condition does not correct itself in approximately 10
seconds.
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
(PLATFORM CONTROLS, CONTINUED)
7 12
14
16 4 9 13
MANUAl92375-OO1
April 1998
6. Boom Extend/ On Platform Lever controls the boom extend / Retract function.
Retract Lever Console Panel Pull back to extend boom. Push forward to retract
boom. Boom speed will be proportional to handle
movement.
7. Main Boom Lift On Platfrom Dual function lever.

and Swing Lever Console Panel
Push lever forward to raise main boom. Pull lever
back to lower main boom. Boom speed will be
proportional to handle movement.
Push lever to right to swing superstructure to right

(counterclockwise). Push lever to left to swing left
(clockwise). Superstructure can rotate 3600 continu-
ously in either direction. Swing speed will be propor-
tional to handle movement.
8. On Platform Press and hold switch to left to rotate platform to

Platform Rotate
Console Panel left (counterclockwise). Press and hold switch to
Toggle
right to rotate platform right (clockwise). One speed
only.
9. Platform Leveling On Platform Press and hold switch forward to tilt platform
Toggle Console Panel forward. Press and hold switch back to tilt platform
backward. One speed only.
10. Jib Boom Lever On Platform Push lever forward to raise jib boom. Pull lever
Console Panel back to lower jib boom. Boom speed will be propor-
tional to handle movement.
11. Drive Lever On Platform Lever Controls forward and reverse travel of
Console Panel machine at a speed proportional to handle move-
ment. ( Engine automatically shifts to high range
speed when driving.)
A. WARNING
WITH PLATFORM SWUNG OVER
STEERING WHEELS, USE CAUTION
WHEN SELECTING THE TRAVEL
DIRECTION. TRAVEL DIRECTION
WILL BE OPPOSITE DRIVE LEVER
MOVEMENT.
MANUAL 9237tHlO1
April 1998
7 12
14
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
12. Steer Switch On End of Drive Move switch left and hold to turn steer wheels to
Lever left, and right to turn steer wheels to right. Push and
hold in opposite direction to straighten wheels.
A. WARNING
WITH PLATFORM SWUNG OVER THE
STEERING WHEELS, USE CAUTION
WHEN SELECTING THE STEERING
DIRECTION. STEERING DIRECTION
WILL BE OPPOSITE STEER SWITCH
MOVEMENT.
l3. Function Speed On Platform Press toggle up for "HIGH" function speed, down
Toggle Console Panel for "LOW" function speed for all proportional
functions (boom,jib, swing, drive). High speed travel
is available only while boom is below horizontal and
extended less than 3 feet (0.9 Meters).
14. Horn Button On Platform Press button to sound warning horn.

Console Panel
15. Light Toggle On Platform Flip toggle to turn head lights on and off ( if so
(optional) Console Panel equipped).
16. Sensor Override On Platform Press button to override the position sensor(if so
Button (optional) Console Panel equipped).
17. Axles Not On Platform When lit, the light indicates that the axles are not
Locked Console Panel locked. This is a danger light that boom has
extended or raised and the axle lock cylinders have
not locked the axle.
18. Steer Select On Platform Press switch up for "FRONT" wheel steer, down
Switch(optional) Console Panel for "REAR" wheel steer (with 4 wheel steer option)
19. Foot Switch On Platform Floor Must be depressed to activate main hydraulic pump,
allowing operation ofany hydraulic function( drive,
steer, boom or platform movement) from the
platform. Depress foot switch before selecting
function.(Engine automatically shifts to mid range
for all functions.)
MANUAL 92375.001
April 1998
• START-UP PROCEDURES
SHIFT CHECKS
Before the CONDOR T-Series is put into use each shift, the following checks should
be completed to make sure that the machine is safe and in good condition.
Visually inspect all machine components, i.e. missing parts, tom or loose hoses,
hydraulic fluid leaks, tom or disconnected wires, flat or damaged tires, etc. Both
compartment doors can be opened to inspect components inside.
Check engine oil and fuel levels.
Check engine coo lant level (with liquid coo led engines).
Check volt meter on ground controls for battery condition and wire connections.
Check hydraulic fluid level with booms fully retracted end lowered.
Check that all shutoff valves on the hydraulic tank are "Open". When open, valve
handles will be parallel with the length of the valve.
CAUTION
The shutoff valves on the hydraulic tank must be left open at all times,
except during repairs or transport. If one or more of these valves are
closed when the unit is running, extensive pump damage will occur.
Check wheel lug nuts tightness. Check tire pressure (see Machine
Specifications).
Check hoses and cables for worn areas.
Check hose carrier to make sure that it is not bent or sagging.
Check platform rails and safety gate latch for damage.
Check pivot pins for security.
Check that all warning and instructional labels are legible and secure.
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
START-UP PROCEDURES (CONTINUED)
Check that the ANGLE SENSOR is calibrated. Retract boom fully and raise until
it stops. Verify that the "Boom Fully Raised" light comes on, located at the ground
•
control box. Ifthe light is not on, DO NOT operate machine and see Service Manual
for calibration.
Boom Fully Raised

A$i.E SENSOR
0 0
-,
\ CAUBRA11 ON UGHT
0
0 0
0
0 0
0 0 a
0 0 a
Boom Fully Raised Light
On Ground Control Box Under
Cover
Check that the length sensor is calibrated. With boom in the horizontal position, extend
out until it stops. Verify that the alignment marker on the boom tip is in the black
"Operational Zone". If it stops outside of the "Operational Zone", DO NOT operate
machine and see Service Manual.
< >
L ACcEPTABLE fPERAID4G ~--J
Switch the key to platform control and then pull the emergency switch up at the platform.
Verify that you hear three beeps and all platform lights flash three times.If not, a safety
light or buzzer has failed and should be repaired before operating the machine.
MANUAL 9237 5-001
April 1998
.,
MACHINE START-UP
.. DANGER
ALL OPERATORS MUST THOROUGHLY READ AND UNDERSTAND THE
"SAFETY RULES AND PRECAUTIONS" SECTION OF THIS MANUAL PRIOR
TO OPERATING THE MACHINE.
A COMPLETE VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE MACHINE MUST BE

PERFORMED PRIOR TO OPERATIONAL CHECKS.
• Disengage lock pin before swinging the turret.
Ensure that "EMERGENCY STOP" buttons on ground control panel and platform control
console panel are disengaged. Pull out or twist to reset, depending on style.
• Turn the main power key switch to the "GROUND" position to energize the electrical
system.
While starting a cold engine or dual fuel engine, press choke button.
For some optional Diesel engines, press glow plug button, and hold it there for 30 to
45 seconds prior to engaging starter motor.
• Press and hold engine start button to start engine.
MANUAL92375-001
Apri11998
GROUND OPERATION AND CHECKS
A WARNING
BE SURE BOOM TRAVEL AREA IS CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS.
DO NOT OPERATE THE MACHINE IF THE FOLLOWING CHECKS REVEAL

A DEFECT.
• Select "GROUND CONTROLS" with the "GROUNDIPLATFORM" key switch.
• While pressing the "OPERATE CONTROLS" button, press and hold the main "BOOM"
toggle to the "UP" position to raise the main boom to the horizontal position or slightly above.
Release the "BOOM" toggle.
Press and hold the "JIB BOOM" toggle on the remote pendant controls to the "UP" position
to raise the jib boom to the end of its travel (l0° above main boom position). Release the
"flB BOOM" toggle.
Listen for any unusual noises.

Check for any vibration while the boom travels up.
Check for uneven or jerky operation.
Check for hydraulic leaks.
Check pivot pin security. Make sure that all retaining bolts and rings are
in place on the pin locking point.
• Press and hold the "flB BOOM" toggle on the remote pendant controls to the "DOWN"
position to lower thejib boom to the end of its travel (90° below the main boom position).
Release the "JIB BOOM" toggle.
• Press and hold the boom "EXTEND/RETRACT" toggle on the remote pendant controls to
the "EXTEND" position. Extend the boom to the end of its travel.

Check for any vibration while the boom extends.
• Release the "OPERATE CONTROLS" button and "EXTEND/RETRACT" toggle.
Inspect the boom sections visually for any damage along their entire lengths.
• Push down on each of the three fastened comers of the tilt alarm on the ground controls.
The alarm should sound as each comer is pressed beyond 5 degrees.
MANUAL92375-001
April 1998
• GROUND OPERATION AND CHECKS (Continued)
• While pressing the "OPERATE CONTROLS" button, press and hold "BOOM" toggle
to the "UP" position. Raise the boom to the end of its travel. Then, release the "BOOM" toggle.

Check for any vibration while the boom travels up.
Check pivot pin security. Make sure that all securing bolts are
in place on the pin locking point.
Visually confirm that the platform has remained level during boom travel.
Report to supervisor and repair any problem.
• Press and hold the "BOOM" toggle to lower the boom slightly.
• Press the "EMERGENCY STOP" button. All machine functions must stop, including the engine.
Pull the button out or twist to reset. Release the "OPERATE CONTROLS" button.
With the engine off,
• Press the "EMERGENCY" button.
Press and hold the "BOOM" toggle to lower the boom slightly.

Check for any vibration while the boom travels down.
Once boom movement had been established using the emergency pump, release the
"EMERGENCY" button and "BOOM" toggle. Restart engine.
Return the booms to their stowed positions by using the appropriate toggles for "RETRACT"
and "DOWN" correspondingly, and the "OPERATE CONTROLS" button.

Check for any vibration while the booms lower and retract.
Operate the "SWING" toggle in each direction while holding the "OPERATE CONTROLS"
button.

Check for any vibration while the turret swings up.
• Release the "SWING" toggle.

MANUAl 9237S{JQ1
April 1998
GROUND OPERATION AND CHECKS (Continued)
• Press the "EMERGENCY STOP" button. All functions (including engine) must stop
immediately. Pull the button out or twist to reset. Restart engine.
•
• Return the machine to the stowed position by pressing appropriate toggle switches
correspondingly, as well as the "OPERATE CONTROLS" button.
• Shut the engine off.
PLATFORM OPERATION AND CHECKS
• Complete Ground Operation Checks before performing Platform Operation Checks.
• Select "PLATFORM CONTROLS" with the "GROUND/PLATFORM" Key switch.
• Enter the platform. Close gate securely.
• Ensure that the "EMERGENCY STOP" button is released.
• Move "OFF/ON/START" toggle to center position to turn ignition "ON", down to

engage starter, then release it to the "ON" position.
• Flip the "ENGINE THROTTLE" toggle to "OPERATING SPEED".
A WARNING
BE SURE BOOM TRAVEL AREA IS CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS.
DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE IF THESE CHECKS REVEL ANY

DEFECT OR ABNORMALITY.
Press the "HORN" button briefly to check that the horn works. The horn also acts as a
signal for the tilt alarm as well as its normal warning function.
Depress the foot switch mounted on the floor of the platform. (Activate foot switch
to operate any of the machine functions.)
• Slowly move the "JIB BOOM" lever forward to the "JIB UP" position. The jib boom will
start to rise. Function speed will be proportional to handle movement. Raise the jib boom to the
fully raised position (approximately 10° above the main boom). Slowly return the lever to the
center position.
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
• PLATFORM OPERATION AND CHECKS (Continued)
Slowly move the "BOOM/SWING" lever forward to the "BOOM UP" position. The main boom
will start to rise. Function speed will be proportional to handle movement. Raise the boom to the
horizontal position. Slowly return the lever to the center position.
Slowly move the "EXTENDIRETRACT" lever back to the "EXTEND" position. Extend
boom out a short distance. Extend speed will be proportional to handle movement.

Check for any vibration while the boom telescopes out.
Slowly return the lever to the center position.
• Slowly move "BOOM/SWING" lever forward to "BOOM UP" position. The main boom
will start to rise. Function speed will be proportional to handle movement.

Check for any vibration while the main boom travels up.
Return the booms to the travel position by slowly operating the levers in the "RETRACT" and
"BOOM DOWN" directions correspondingly.

Check for any vibration while booms lower and retract.
Slowly return the levers to their center positions.
Slowly move the "BOOM/SWING" lever right to swing right (counterclockwise) and left to
swing left (clockwise). Swing speed will be proportional to handle movement.

Check for any vibration while the unit rotates.
• Operate the platform rotate function by moving the "PLA TFORM ROTA TE" toggle .
Move the toggle in both directions.

Check for any vibration while the platform rotates.
MANUAL9237~1
April 1998
PLATFORM OPERATION AND CHECKS (ContinUed).
• Return the platform to the center position with the "PLATFORM ROTATE" toggle.
• Operate the platform level function by moving "PLATFORM LEVEL" toggle. Move
the toggle in both directions.

Check for any vibration while platform tilts forward or back.
• Return the platform to a level position with the "PLATFORM LEVEL" toggle.
• Switch the machine "FUNCTION SPEED" toggle to "LOW".
IMPORTANT: JIB BOOM SHOULD BE RAISED FOR SUFFICIENT GROUND

CLEARANCE.
Ir------A--W-A-RN-IN-G-----O
WITH THE PLATFORM SWUNG OVER THE STEERING WHEELS, USE CAUTION
WHEN SELECTING THE TRAVEL DIRECTION. TRAVEL AND STEERING
DIRECTION WILL BE OPPOSITE CONTROL OPERATION.
Slowly move the "DRIVE" lever forward. The machine should smoothly accelerate in the
forward direction.
Movement alarm sounds whenever the machine is in motion.

Check for any vibration while the unit travels.
• Operate the "STEER" rocker switch and check for proper steering control. Note position
of the platform to the steering wheels. (If so equipped, operate the optional rear steering by
flipping the "STEER SELECT" switch.)
• Return the wheels to the straight ahead position.
• Slowly move the "DRIVE" lever backward. The machine will smoothly accelerate in the
reverse direction.
Movement alarm sounds whenever the machine is in motion.
• Press "EMERGENCY STOP" button. All functions (including engine) must stop immediately.
MANUAL92375001
April 1998
. , PLATFORM OPERATION AND CHECKS (CONTINUED)
I A WARNING
BRACE YOURSELF FOR UNEXPECTED PLATFORM MOVEMENT BECAUSE
THE MACHINE COMES TO A SUDDEN STOP.
ACTUATION OF THE "EMERGENCY STOP" BUTTON WILL APPLY BRAKES

IMMEDIATELY!
• Reset "EMERGENCY STOP" button by turning or pulling, and restart engine.
• Raise the main boom to above horizontal, and repeat the drive tests. Machine should
travel a maximum of 0.5 M.P.H (0.8 K.P.H.). This condition is referred to as "creep
speed", and is the maximum rate of travel with the main boom raised or extended.
NOTE: At "creep speed", a tire makes one complete revolution in

approximately twenty (20) seconds. If one revolution takes much less
than this time, the machine must be adjusted to bring the "creep speed"
back down to 0.5 M.P.H. (0.8 K.P.H.).
• Return the machine to the straight ahead position, with main boom below horizontal
and fully retracted. Positionjib boom for adequate ground clearance for travel.
• Switch the "MACHINE FUNCTION SPEED" toggle to "HIGH", and repeat the drive tests.
Move all levers and toggles back to their neutral positions. Release the foot switch.
NOTE: All machine motion should stop upon release of the foot switch.
Flip "OFF/ON/START" toggle to the "OFF" position to shut offthe engine.
• While pressing the "EMERGENCY PUMP" pushbutton, slightly raise the jib boom.
Then returnjib boom to stowed position.
COLD WEATHER OPERATION
• In below zero weather, the hydraulic fluid should be allowed to warm before full
operation of the unit.
Check for water contamination of the fluid.
• Check for and remove ice on the platform, swing gear teeth and steering linkage( s)
prior to operation.
• Check that all valve levers operate smoothly, and return freely to the neutral position.
A CAUTION
Avoid sudden braking or steering, go slow and leave more maneuvering
room during cold weather operation.
MANUAl92375-001
Apri11998
BOOM OPERATION
The boom operation includes SOFT-TOUCH CONTROL which automatically slows

the boom motion down in high reach positions for safer operation and also controls the
amount of side reach by automatically retracting when booming down into extreme side
reach positions. See the following Working Range Diagrams for operation zones.
A CAUTION
Booming down at the extreme positions will result in the boom retracting to closely
follow the side reach curve.
Platform Operation
Depress the deadman foot switch and the engine will rev up to the required RPM. Then
move the required function and the following will move.
Ground Operation
Lift the OPERATE FUNCTIONS switch and simultaneously move the required function
switch and after a short delay, the engine will rev up and the function will move.
MANUAL92375-001
April 1998
• -10
T60 ~DRKING
10
(3.05M)
RANGE DIAGRAM
20
(6.09M)
30
(9.l4fl)
40
(12.l9H)
50
(l5.24M)
(-3.05M)
80
(2439H)
70
(2!.34H)
AUTOMATIC SLO\rJ SPEED
BOOM DO\rJN ZONE
AUTOMATIC RETRACT TO FOLLO\rJ
CURVE \rJHEN BOOMING DO\rJN
60
(l8.29M)
AUTOMATIC
SLO'w' SPEED
BOOM UP
ZONE
50
(l5.24M)
I
I
I 40
<I2.l9M)
30
(9.l4M)
\ 20
(6.09fl)
\
\
10
GOSH)
-10
MANUAL92375-001
(-3.05M)
April 1998
-10
(-3.05M)
T66J \JORKING RANGE DIAGRAM
10
GOSH)
20
(6.09M)
30
(9.14M)
40
02.19M)
50
05.24M)
•
80
(24.39M)
70
(21.34M)
AUTOMATIC RETRACT
TO FOLLOIrI CURVE
IrIHEN BOOMING DOIrIN
60
OB.29M)
AUTOMATIC
SLOIrI SPEED
BOOM UP
ZONE
50
05.24M)
40
(l219M)
30
(9.14M)
\ 20
\ (6.C9M)
\
\\
,
\
\
10
(3.05H)
-10
(-3.05M>
MANUAl92375-001
April1998
G DRIVING AND STEERING
A. WARNING
ENSURE THAT THE ROUTE OF TRAVEL IS CLEAR OF PERSONNEL AND
DEBRIS.
Depress the foot switch. Slowly push the "DRIVE" lever forward to provide forward travel,
or pull the lever backward for reverse travel.
NOTE: The speed of the unit will be proportional to handle movement.
To steer, press "STEER" rocker switch on the end of the drive lever to the left or right as
required.
Although the unit can be driven with the platform positioned at either end of the unit, the
operator may find driving easier when the platform is over the non-steering axle.
The stowed position can be identified by the large "FORWARD" arrows on the undercarriage,
or by the line up of the lock pin holes. When driving with the platform over the opposite axle,
remember that all directions given to the steer and drive controls will be reversed.
When descending a ramp (incline), it is necessary to control the travel speed. To slow the
unit, move the drive lever slowly towards the center "neutral" position.
BRAKING
For parking, the brakes are automatically applied when the drive lever is in the center
"neutral" position.
A. WARNING
RELEASE OF THE DRIVE LEVER OR ACTUATION OF THE RED
"EMERGENCY STOP" WILL APPLY BRAKES IMMEDIATELY!
BRACE YOURSELF FOR UNEXPECTED PLATFORM MOVEMENT

AS THE MACHINE COMES TO A SUDDEN STOP.
MANUAL 9237&001
April 1998
GASOLINE ENGINE OPERATION
• To start engine, press "START" button and the "CHOKE" button (at ground station),
OR press and hold the "ENGINE THROTTLE" toggle to "CHOKE" and the
"OFF/ON/START" toggle to "START" (at platform).
As soon as the engine starts, release both switches.
DUAL FUEL ENGINE OPERATION
GASOLINE OPERATION
• Operate the machine as normal.
GASOLINE TO PROPANE SWITCHING
This option is done from the Ground Controls. The unit may be switched with engine
running or not running.
Open valve on propane tank.
• Switch selector switch to off position so all unburned fuel will be consumed.
Switch to "L.P" on selector switch. Start engine as in normal manner.
NOTE: Doing this procedure may shut off ignition circuit if engine has not started
after six seconds, turn key switch off then back to "Ground" or "Platform" and restart.
PROPANE TO GASOLINE SWITCHING
This procedure is just opposite of switching gasoline to propane.
NOTE: While doing either procedure while engine is running their mayor may not
be a hesitation depending on weather conditions.
DIESEL ENGINE OPERATION
FOR DIESEL ENGINES EQUIPPED WITH GLOW PLUGS:
• Press the "GLOW PLUG" button (at platform or ground controls), and hold for 30
to 45 seconds (when the engine is cold) prior to engaging the starter motor.
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
• SHUT -DOWN PROCEDURES
• When finished with the machine, place the booms in the stowed position.
• Park the unit on a level surface.
• With all toggles/levers to "NEUTRAL" position, allow the engine to slow to idle speed.
• Turn "OFF" the "GROUND/PLATFORM" key switch. Remove key to prevent

unauthorized operation.
MOVING JOB SITE TO JOB SITE
UNLOADING PROCEDURES
A WARNING
TO AVOID A SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, ENSURE
THAT THE MACHINE IS IN "LOW" DRIVE SPEED WHILE UNLOADING
FROM A TRUCK OR TRAILER.
• Inspect the outside of the unit for damage (including the underside). Inspect all hoses,
boom sections and cables for chafing or road damage. Confirm that all wheel lug nuts
and swing bearing bolts are tight (refer to specifications).
Remove the pin that locks the turret to the undercarriage near the swing bearing.
Stow the lock pin in the location provided nearby.
• Remove all machine tie downs. Remove wheel chocks, ifused. Switch the
"GROUND/PLATFORM" key switch to "PLATFORM".
• Enter the platform, and restart the engine using the platform controls. Select the "OPERATING"
engine speed, and test all platform functions.
• Raise the boom and the jib so that the platform will clear any obstacles as the machine is driven
down the loading ramp.
• Carefully drive the unit off the truck or trailer.
Before placing the unit into service, all operators must read and understand the contents of this
Operator's Manual.
Upon initial unloading of the machine the "Predelivery Inspection Report" must
be completed and returned in order to activate the Time Condor Limited Warranty.
MANUAl92375-001
April 1998
TRUCK OR TRAILER TRANSPORT
UNASSISTED LOADING OR UNLOADING OF ANY MOBILE PLATFORM IS

NOT RECOMMENDED.
1. Enter the platform, secure the safety gate, and start the engine using the platform
controls. Select the engine "OPERATING SPEED".
2. Raise the main and jib booms to allow greater ground clearance so that the platform
will clear any obstacles as the machine goes up the loading ramp.
3. Carefully drive the unit onto the truck or trailer.
4. Lock the superstructure to the undercarriage by installing the lock pin provided.
5. Ensure that the main boom is fully retracted. Next, the jib boom tip should rest on the
truck or trailer bed. Then, use the platform level lever to rest the platform base on the
bed of the truck or trailer, but do not apply pressure onto bed.
6. Tie down locations are located on all four corners of the undercarriage and at the
base of the jib boom. Use four (4) 112 inch, "Grade 7" chains from each of the tie down
lugs, and run the chains as shown in the diagram below.
Ratchet type load binders are recommended. Ifusing lever type load binders, wire or
strap them shut, or wrap chains around them to prevent opening.
TRANSPORTING THE UNIT
TOWING PROCEDURES
WITHOUT OPTIONAL TOWING PACKAGE:
• If optional towing package is not installed, refer to "UN POWERED EMERGENCY

MOVEMENT" in this section.
WITH OPTIONAL TOWING PACKAGE:
• Securely attach the T60 to a tow vehicle with the tow bar provided.
• Disengage torque hubs:
A WARNING
MANUAl92375-001
April 1998
WHENEVER DISENGAGING THE DRIVE TORQUE HUBS OR BEFORE
DISCONNECTING FROM TOWING VEHICLE, ENSURE THAT THE UNIT
CANNOT ROLL.
Type 1: remove the plate in the center of the torque hub, turn the plate so
that the boss faces in, then reinstall the plate.
Type 2: remove the large hex cap in the center ofthe torque hub, push in
and turn screw slot in the center of the torque hub to line up with
the "TOW" mark on the hub, then reinstall the cap.
• Pull steer wander control valve, located near the ground controls, to allow steering
wheels to track behind tow vehicle.
The tow vehicle must have sufficient braking capability in order to safely stop itself as
well as the T60. Tow speed shall not exceed 3 MPH (4.8 KPH).
MANUAL 9237 5-001

April 1998
EMERGENCY SYSTEM AND PROCEDURES 0
.. DANGER
IF THE UNIT FAILS TO OPERATE WHEN THE PLATFORM IS RAISED OR
EXTENDED, DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CLIMB DOWN THE BOOM ASSEMBLY.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT.
EMERGENCY PUMP
The T60 has an emergency pump which can be operated from the operator's platform or
ground controls to safety return the platform to the ground position when the unit has lost
engine/pump power. Operation from the ground controls override platform controls.
• Press and hold the "PUMP" toggle to "EMERGENCY" on the remote pendant controls,
OR
• Press and hold the "EMERGENCY PUMP" button on the platform control console.
Select the proper function (boom retract, boom lower, or swing) as required to safely lower
the platform to ground level.
To prevent the battery from completely discharging and the emergency pump from
overheating, release the emergency pump button to allow a 30 second rest period after
every 30 seconds of operation. Once the unit has been safely positioned, correct the cause
ofthe failure before returning the unit to service.
UNPOWERED EMERGENCY MOVEMENT
• Every attempt should be made to restore engine/pump power to the unit before using
this procedure.
.. DANGER
TillS PROCEDURE REQUIRES RELEASING THE VEHICLE BRAKES,
WHICH RESULTS IN NO MEANS TO STOP THE UNIT'S TRA VEL.
TIME CONDOR RECOMMENDS USING THIS PROCEDURE ONLY IN
CASE OF EMERGENCY, AND ONLY A SHORT DISTANCE.
BE AWARE OF UNIT RUNAWAY ON SLOPING SURFACES. MOVEMENT

SPEED SHALL NOT EXCEED 1 M.P.H. (1.6 K.P.H.).
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
UNPOWERED EMERGENCY MOVEMENT (CONTINUED)
1. Secure the unit chains or ropes.
The T60 is equipped with tie down lugs (front and rear of undercarriage) that can be used
for towing the unit. The chains or ropes must be of sufficient capacity to move the unit.
A WARNING
ALWAYS CHOCK THE WHEELS BEFORE YOU RELEASE THE BRAKES TO
PREVENT UNEXPECTED UNIT MOVEMENT ON SLOPES.
2. Chock wheels.
3. Close brake circuit needle valve located at the center rear of the undercarriage.
4. Disengage torque hubs:
A WARNING
DISCONNECTION FROM TOWING VEHICLE, ENSURE THAT THE UNIT
CANNOT ROLL.
Type 1: remove the plate in the center of the torque hub, turn the plate so
Type 2: remove the large hex cap in the center of the torque hub, push in and
turn screw slot in the center of the torque hub to line up with
5. Disconnect steer cylinder.
After unchocking the wheels, the unit will be ready to be moved.
After engine/pump power has been restored to the machine, engage the torque hubs, reset
the brake circuit needle valve, and connect steer cylinder. The machine is now ready for
normal operation.
MANUAl 92375-001
April 1998
EMERGENCY LOWERING
It is not possible for us to foresee every emergency situation that could arise during
operation of this machine. Information on the following pages describes three typical
emergency situations, and lists appropriate actions that can be taken.
When faced with an emergency, above all please remember:
• Stay calm.
• Think through the situation before operating the machine.
• Get help if necessary.
SITUATION ONE: Platform elevated, operator not incapacitated, but unit will not
respond to platform controls.
POSSIBLE CONDITION:
• One or more functions not operating correctly.
• Unit movement from unselected lever.
Unit function will not stop unless power is switched off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove foot from foot switch.
2. Push the red "Emergency Stop" Button.
3. Evaluate the nature of the failure. Return to the ground, using the emergency pump and
lowering procedure (see "Emergency Pump", earlier in this section).
.. DANGER
DO NOT TRY TO CLIMB DOWN THE BOOM.
HAVE AN EXPERIENCED OPERATOR USE THE EMERGENCY PUMP TO

SAFELY LOWER THE PLATFORM.
MANUAL92375-OO1
April 1998
4. If unable to return to the ground using the platfonn controls and the emergency pump,
contact an experienced operator to lower the machine with the emergency pump using
the remote pendant controls (see "Emergency Pump", earlier in this section).
5. Report the incident to your supervisor immediately.
SITUATION TWO: Unit elevated, with operator incapacitated at platform controls.
.. DANGER
DO NOT TOUCH UNIT !!!
DETERMINE THE CAUSE OF THE PROBLEM BEFORE YOU TOUCH THE

MACHINE.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Have someone summon first aid or rescue squad.
2. Attempt to talk to operator before taking any rescue measures.
3. Check to see if the operator is in a pinned position, or would be endangered

if platform is moved, before attempting emergency lowering procedure.
4. After establishing that the machine is not in contact with live power lines, lower the
platform using the emergency lowering procedure (see "Emergency Pump", earlier
in this section).
5. Render first aid to the operator.
IMPORTANT: Any incident involving personal injury must be immediately

reported to the local Time Condor Corporation.
MANUAL92375-001
April 1998
SITUATION THREE: Platform in contact with live power lines and operator
incapacitated.
& DANGER
DO NOT TOUCH UNIT !!!
ELECTROCUTION HAZARD I!!
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Contact authorized personnel to disconnect power supply touching unit.
3. If operator is unconscious, check to see ifhe is in a pinned position, or would be

endangered ifplatform is moved.
4. AFTER POWER IS CUT, use the emergency lowering procedure to bring platform
with operator to a safe location to render first aid (see "Emergency Pump", earlier
in this section.)

MANUAl 92375-001
April 1998
• MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
T60 T66J
Working Hght. 66' 20.12m 72' 21.95m
Platform Hght. 60' 18.29m 66' 20.12m
Stow. Height 7'11" 2.42m 7'11 " 2.42m
Stow. Length 28'2" 8.59m 32'4" 9.86m
Overall Width 7'11" 2.42m 7'11 " 2.42m
Platform Cap. 500lbs 226.8 kg 5001bs 226.8 kg
Platform Size 60!1x36" 1.5xO.9m 60"x36" 1.5xO.9m
Horiz. Reach 47' 14.33m 47' 14.33 m
1
Tail Swing 3'6 12" 1.08m 3'6 / 2" 1 1.08m
In. Turn Rad. 8' 71 8
" 2.46m 8' 718" 2.46m
Out. Turn Rad. 18' III 4
" 5.52m 18' III4" 5.52m
Gradeability 30% 30% 30% 30%
Travel Speed 5.25 mph 8.45kmh 5.25mph8.45kmh
Ground Clear. 1011" 2 26.67cm 1011" 26.67cm
2
Tire Size 12 x 16.5 12 x 16.5 12 x 16.512 x 16.5
Jib Length N/A N/A 6' 1.83m
Jib Rotation N/A N/A 135 0
135 0
Turret Rotat. 3600 C 360 0 C 3600 C 360 0 C
0
Plat. Rot. (hyd.) 160 1600 1600 1600
Power Source Gas Gas Gas Gas
Gross Weight 18,6001bs 8437 kg 18,6001bs 8845 kg
WheelBase 8' 2.44m 8' 2.44m
Fuel Tank Cap. 40 gal 151.411 40 gal 151.411
Hyd. Tank Cap_ 45 gal 170.341 45 gal 170.341
MANUAL 92375-001
April 1998
SERVICE MANUAL
MODELS T60 & T66J

.t·I'.i.~j
i· I ~
i
l
;1 I 1
II:1
,,~
',I I 0
~~_' 0
SHIPPING ADDRESS MAILING ADDRESS

CONDOR® CONDOR®
TIME CONDOR Corporation TIME CONDOR Corporation
8300 IMPERIAL DRIVE P.O. Box 21447
VVAco,TEXAS76712 VVAco,TEXAS76702-1447
(254)420-5200 (254)420-5200
MANUAL92375-002
Apri11998
I
INTRODUCTION
The primary purpose ofthis manual is to provide the user with a thorough understanding ofthe proper
operating procedures necessary to comply with the intended use of the CONDOR®.
THIS MANUAL MUST BE RETAINED ON THE UNIT AT ALL TIMES.
Do not attempt to operate the CONDOR® until you have read and
understood all information provided in this manual. Familiarize
yourself with the functions and operations of the upper and lower
controls. A good understanding of the controls, their limitations, and
their capabilities will maximize operating efficiency and safety. The
various decals attached to this machine contain vital information.
Read the decals before operating this machine.
It is YOUR RESPONSIBILITY to follow safe procedures while operating the CONDOR®. The
manufacturer of this unit cannot control the wide range of applications that may be used in carrying
out a variety of jobs. Therefore, IT IS THE USER'S RESPONSIBILITY to consider the safety of
all personnel when making decisions regarding the unit's intended use.
It is also YOUR RESPONSIBILITY to understand and obey all federal, state, and local regulations
regarding the safe operation and use of aerial work platforms. A copy of the ANSIISIA A92.5-1992
Manual of Responsibilities is attached for your use.
Condor Division reserves the right to modify, improve, add, and/or delete certain design features of its
products without any obligation to incorporate new features into products previously sold. Our
manuals are continually updated to reflect these changes.
DO NOT ALTER OR MODIFY THIS UNIT WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN

APPROVAL FROM THE MANAGEMENT OF TIME CONDOR Corporation
Many of the parts used in the manufacture of the CONDOR® have specific properties, and the
manufacturer recommends that replacement parts be purchased through Condor Division in order to
ensure the original integrity of the product. Repairs and adjustments should only be made by trained
and qualified personnel. Please refer to the maintenance and parts sections of the Condor Division's
Operation, Parts & Maintenance Manual for information on service and maintenance of the
CONDOR®.
MANUAl 92375-002
April 1998
II
CONDOR® SERVICE INFORMATION
1. Ifyou need assistance or have any service or maintenance questions, TIME CONDOR
Corporation service and parts personnel are always available by phone or fax. The telephone
numbers are:
(254) 420-5200 Telephone

(817)420-5298 Voice Mail
(800) 443-5803 FAX
2. There are numerous written Maintenance Procedures available for this machine. These procedures
are available through the TIME CONDOR Corporation Service Department to anyone who
requests them.
3. Service and maintenance are not a substitute for trained, qualified service technicians. TIME
CONDOR Corporation conducts service schools ona continuing basis. Call any ofour service or
sales persons for a schedule. Remember, training ofmechanics is the responsibility of their
employer, but TIME CONDOR Corporation. Service Schools help you provide this training.
4. TIME CONDOR Corporation Service School Training Manuals are available for purchase through
the parts department. The part numbers for these manuals are: #92333 for self-propelled models;
and #923 34 for truck -mounted models.
8300 IMPERIAL DRIVE, P.O. Box 21447, WACO, TEXAS 76702-1447- 817-666-4545, 817-666-4544 FAX
CONDOR Self Propelled Booms and Scissors

WARRANTY
TIME CONDOR Corporation warrants to the purchaser that each new aerial work platform made by TIME
CONDOR Corp. is free from defects in material and workmanship arising under normal use and service in the case
of major weldments, (chassis, turret, and booms), for a period of five (5) years after the original shipment of the
aerial work platform from the plant of TIME CONDOR Corp.; and in the case of all other parts, for a period of one
(1) year after the aerial work platform is placed in service or two (2) years after the original shipment of the aerial
work platform from the plant of TIME CONDOR Corp., whichever comes first.
The obligation and liability under this Warranty is expressly limited to repairing or, at TIME CONDOR Corp.'s
option, replacing free of charge at its factory in Waco, Texas or at an authorized repair facility designated by
TIME CONDOR Corp., the defective part. In no event shall TIME CONDOR Corp. or its suppliers be liable to the
purchaser or any other person for transportation charges or for any incidental, collateral, special, or consequen-
tial damages, including without limitation damages for loss of profits, loss of customers, loss of goodwill or work
stoppage, claims by any party other than the purchaser, or any other similar damage or loss even if TIME
CONDOR Corp., its suppliers, or its representatives have been advised of the possibility of such damages.
Parts claimed to be defective and for which repair or replacement is desired shall be returned transportation
prepaid to the CONDOR factory for inspection. This Warranty applies to replacement parts provided under the
terms of this Warranty only for the remainder of the Warranty period applicable to the original purchase.
Any operation of the equipment beyond rated capacity, improper use or application of the equipment, substitu-
tion upon it of parts not approved by TIME CONDOR Corp. or alteration or repair of the equipment by any
person not authorized by TIME CONDOR Corp. shall, at TIME CONDOR's option, void this Warranty. TIME
CONDOR Corp. shall have no liability or responsibility for damages reSUlting from accident or the malfunction of
equipment and components not supplied by TIME CONDOR Corp.
No agent, employee, distributor, dealer, or other representative of TIME CONDOR Corp. is authorized to modify
this Warranty in any way. Accordingly, additional statements or presentations by any such representative,
whether oral or written, do not constitute warranties by TIME CONDOR Corp. and should not be relied upon as
limited warranties of TIME CONDOR Corp., and no attempt, effort, or promise to repair equipment by TIME
CONDOR Corp. or any such representative at any time shall modify or extend this Warranty in any way. If the
purchaser has used its own order form, no additional or different warranty terms contained in the purchaser's
form will be honored by TIME CONDOR Corp. This Warranty covers only new and unused aerial work platforms
manufactured by TIME CONDOR Corp. Products or parts manufactured by others are covered only by such
warranties as are extended to the purchaser by TIME CONDOR's suppliers.
This Warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, including but not limited to warranties
of merchantibility and fitness for a particular purpose. Any applicable implied warranty shall be limited in
duration to the warranty period.
TIME CONDOR Corp.

8300 Imperial Drive
P.O. Box2 1447 Phone: (254)420-5200 Printed in the USA
Waco, Texas 76702-1447 Fax: (800)443-5803 06/98
Effective August 27, 1996
WARRANTY PROGRAM
Warranty is a function of a manufacturing company to back up the product it manufactures. It is a guarantee

against defects in design and workmanship of components utilized in the product, and is offered for a certain
period of time following purchase by a customer.
TIME CONDOR Corporation's warranty states, in general, the TIME CONDOR Corporation will replace
free of charge, any components found to be defective within the time frame of the warranty period. There
are exceptions to some components which are notthe responsibility of TIME CONDOR Corporation. These
will be outlined in other paragraphs.
The warranty policy and description are depicted on the attached printed policy. For your reference, the
following is offered:
A. WARRANTY PERIOD
1. The Self-Propelled Boom and Scissor Warranty is one (1) year from placing the unit in
service or two (2) years following shipment from TIME CONDOR Corporation, whichever
comes first. In the case of majorweldments (chassis, turret, and booms), the warranty period
is five (5) years following shipment from TIME CONDOR.
2. The truck mounted unit warranty is one (1) year from shipment of the unit from
TIME CONDOR's plant.
3. For parts sold thru the Parts Department, the warranty peroid is six (6) months from utilizing
the component or placing it in service, or twelve (12) months following shipment from
TIME CONDOR, whichever comes first, unless the part is furnished to correct a defective
part on the original CONDOR® shipment still under warranty. No labor is paid under parts
warranty.
4. Replacement parts provided under the terms of the warranty are for the warranty peroid
applicable to the unit in which they were installed as if such parts were original components
of the aerial work platform.
5. In addition to covering the parts replaced under CONDOR® warranty, TIME CONDOR will
pay a dealer warranty labor rate, which is based on a percentage of your standard shop labor
rate.
NOTE: The term "IN SERVICE" means that the warranty starts at the time the CONDOR® is first
used for any purpose. An example: The dealer may have purchased a CONDOR® to have
in stock, but may not use it. After three months, the CONDOR® is sold or the dealer decides
to put the CONDOR® into its rental fleet. In this situation, the warranty period begins the
day the dealer puts the CONDOR® into the fleet or when the CONDOR® is delivered t?
the end user.
The submittal of a warranty claim against a stock CONDOR® constitutes it as being "in
service", initiating the warranty period.
B. PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION SHEET (P.D.I.)
1. Each Self-Propelled Boom or ScissorCONDOR® shipped from TIME CONDOR's facility

will have a Pre-Delivery Inspection (P.D.I.) sheet enclosed in the Safety Manual holder tube.
2. It will be the responsibility of the original recipient of the CONDOR® from

TIME CONDOR, whether it will be the dealer or the end user, to complete this form and return
it to TIME CONDOR's facility within 45 days from the date of receiptto set up the Warranty
Account.
3. Failure to complete the P.D.1. sheet and return it to TIME CONDOR within the time frame
given will result in voiding the Warranty on the CONDOR®.
NOTE: The form must be filled out completely, giving the name ofthe dealer, address, model
number, serial number, person inspecting the CONDOR® signature, and date of inspection.
(The date of inspection does not constitute the "In Service" date.)
C. ITEMS NOT COVERED
Some components are used on the machine which are not warranted by TIME CONDOR
Corporation. However, these are warranted by the component manufacturer. Some of these are:
1. Engine: Manufacturers used include Wisconsin, Ford, Deutz, Isuzu, Kubota, Onan, Cummins,
John Deere, and others. To apply for warranty on the engine, contact should be made with
the engine manufacturer's dealer in your area. TIME CONDO R Corporation can advise you
if you need assistance locating a dealer.
2. Tires and Batteries: These are normal wear items and are considered normal maintenance
items. However, if they are found to be defective, contact can be made with the
manufacturer's local dealer. NOTE: For international dealers where tires or batteries are
not obtainable from a local in-country supplier, locally supplied tires or batteres can be used.
Components must meet or exceed originally-supplied items. Copies of invoices for said items
MUST accompany any Warranty Claims to receive parts credit.
3. Hydraulic Filters and FI uid: These are considered general maintenance and service items, and
are not covered by warranty.
4. Other components: Products or parts manufactured by others are covered only by such
warranties as are extended to TIME CONDOR Corporation by its suppliers.
5. Freight and Charges: The warranty does not include any freight, transportation, other charges,
orthe cost of installation or any liability for direct, indirect, or consequential damages or delay
resulting from the defect.
6. Travel Time / Mileage: Travel time and the mileage to and from dealer facilities to
CONDOR® location are not covered or reimbursable.
7. Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting is not covered or reimbursable. However,

TIME CONDOR Corporation warranty will cover reasonable labor charges for the removal
and replacement of defective components.
D. PROCESSING OF CLAIM
During the Warranty Period, should a component failure be encountered within the guidelines of the
TIME CONDOR Warranty Policy, the following procedure is to be followed:
1. Upon identifying the defective component, the replacement can be obtained by:
a. Issuing an order to our Parts Department through normal channels, which entails your
company being invoiced.
b. You may have prevoiusly purchased the part from TIME CONDOR for your stock
and will utilize it for this rep lacement.
The above two methods will enable you to indicate on the claim the TIME CONDOR invoice
number to substantiate the parts purchase and the amount to be credited.
c. Although not recommended, you may purchase the part locally. When this is done a
copy ofthe purchase order or receipt MUST accompany the claim. TIME CONDOR
has the option to ship a replacement part at no charge if the local cost would be greater
in lieu of issing credit for locally purchased parts.'
d. When parts are purchased from TIME CONDOR, part numbers with invoice
numbers MUST be referenced in the appropriate section of the claim form.
2. Complete the Warranty Claim as noted in the "Warranty Claim Procedure" section. Provide
as much information as possible to enable TIME CONDOR to thoroughly evaluate the claim
and process it in the shortest amount of time possible.
NOTE: CLAIMS NOT RECEIVED BY TIME CONDOR WITHIN 45 DAYS OF

FAILURE WILL BE DENIED
3. Provided no return parts are required and all the information has been verified, the claim will
be processed and credit will be issued against your account.
E. RETURN AUTHORIZATION
1. If a component is found to be defective within the normal guidelines of the Warranty, a

Warranty Claim Form must be completed.
2. It will be necessary for you to call the TIME CONDOR Service Department and request a
Return Authorization (R/A) number . You will be asked for a Dealer Claim N urn ber. As noted
in Section 2, Item A, ofthe Warranty Claim Procedure, this is a number assigned by the dealer
for the purpose of tracking the claim, as there may be more than one claim for the same
CONDOR®. The R/A number issued must be logged in the appropriate section of the claim
form, and the gold copy (R/A) of the form MUST be returned with the parts being returned.
NOTE: DO NOT SHIP ANY RETURN PARTS WITHOUT
A RETURN AUTHORIZATION (RIA) NUMBER
Doing so may result in parts getting lost in the system and may delay processing the claim, or
may cause denial due to the time element of the claim.
3. All RIA parts must be received at TIME CONDOR Corporation within 45 days from the date
the RIA number was issued. Failure to do so will cause the claim to be denied.
4. All parts claimed under Warrranty will be required to be shipped back to TIME CONDOR
Corporation FREIGHT PREPAID. No freight collect shipments will be accepted.
NOTE: Due to shipping charges and impart duties imposed on INTERNATIONAL DEALERS, these
dealers will not be required to automatically return all parts.
TIME CONDOR Corporation requires that all parts claimed on a Warranty Form be retained
by the international dealer for a period of no less than 180 days. After this period, if no
instructions have been received form TIME CONDOR Corporation, the parts may be
scrapped.
Should TIME CONDOR Corporation request any part be reurned, it will be shipped to our
factory in Waco, Texas, frieght prepaid.
WARRANTY CLAIM PROCEDURE
INTRODUCTION
This procedure is offered to assist our Dealers in properly completing our Warranty Claim
Forms. The more information supplied, the better TIME CONDOR Corporation can evaluate
the problem and expedite processing the claim.
The form should be TYPED or completed LEGIBL Y in ink. Several copies are utilized.
Ensure that sufficient pressure is applied to make all copies legible.
PROCEDURE
NOTE: THE NUMBERS NOTED BELOW CORRESPOND TO THE BLOCK

NUMBERS ON THE CLAIM FORM
1. Where to mail: P.O. Box for mailing claim, street address for RIA parts returns.
2. Claim information:
a. Dealer's Claim Number: This assigned number is necessary for Dealer and TIME
CONDOR Corporation tracking purposes, since there may be more than one claim
for the same unit.
b. TIME CONDOR Corporation Warranty Number: Do not write in this section. It is

for Condor Div. use only.
c. Return Authorization Num ber: All parts replaced under Warranty MUST be returned
to TIME CONDOR Corporation freight prepaid. Call the TIME CONDOR
Corporation Service Department for Return Authorization Number. Parts returned
without proper authorization and gold packing slip will not be accepted.
d. All dates pertinent to the claim and/or RIA are to be entered in the proper locations.
3. Dealer information: Supply the name of the company, address and name of the person
submitting the claim. This person will be the contact if a discrepancy occurs, and will be
referred to on all correspondence.
4. This section is provided to identifY the unit: The date ofdelivery (date unit was received at your
facility); In Service date (date sold to end user or date put into operation); Model and Serial
numbers; type of Warranty, (A) Aerial Lift Warranty on a specific unit or (B) Parts
Replacement, Warranty on a new part ordered and found to be defective.
5. Owner Information: Supply end user company name and address. If it is the same as the dealer's,
write "Same".
6. This area is for part number(s) and description(s). It is VERY important that the TIME CONDOR
Corporation invoice number(s) for which the partes) were purchased be provided along with the
amounts in order to properly process the claim. NOTE: All dollar amounts are to be in U.S. currency.
7. Labor Description: A detailed description of the failure along with the work performed is required in
order to fully evaluate the hours of your claim and the amount TIME CONDOR Corporation will
approve.
8. TIME CONDOR Corporation remarks: This area is completed by TIME CONDOR Corporation A
brief explanation and steps taken in the determination of approval or denial is provided here.
Upon completion of the form, remove the YELLOW copy for your records. Remove the GOLD copy (packing
slip) and send it, along with the parts being returned under warranty. The GOLD copy MUST have the RJA
number in the proper location and must be packed in with the parts sent back to Condor Div ..
Mail the remaining copies to the TIME CONDOR Corporation P.O. Box block# 1forTIMECONDORCorporation
evaluation.
NOTE: CLAIMS NOT RECEIVED WITHIN 45 DAYS OF FAILURE WILL BE
DENIED.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................ i
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................ ii
WARRANTY ............................................................................................................................................. iii
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 4
Machine Specifications ................................................................................................................................. 6
Machine Component Locator ....................................................................................................................... 7
Lubrication Chart .......................................................................................................................................... 8
Lubrication Diagram ..................................................................................................................................... 9
Section 1: Transportation and Emergency Procedures
Transporting the Unit .................................................................................................................................. 13

Truck or Trailer Transport .......................................................................................................................... 13
Unloading Procedures ................................................................................................................................. 14
Emergency System and Procedures ........................................................................................................... 15
Emergency Electrical Pump ........................................................................................................................ 15
Unpowered Emergency Movement ............................................................................................................ 15
Emergency Lowering .................................................................................................................................. 17
Section 2: Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Fluid
Handling Precautions ..................................................................................................................... 22
FluidRecommendations ................................................................................................................. 22
Fluid Contamination Checks ........................................................................................................... 23
System Flushing Procedure ............................................................................................................ 23
Hydraulic System Components ................................................................................................................... 24
Main Hydraulic Pump .................................................................................................................... 24
Main Pump Replacement ............................................................................................................... 24
Emergency Pump ........................................................................................................................... 25
Emergency Pump Adjustment ................................................................................................. 25
Maintenance ............................................................................................................................ 25
Hydraulic Circuit Line Check .................................................................................................. 25
Drive Motor ................................................................................................................................... 26
Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir .............................................................................................................. 26
Hydraulic Reservoir Maintenance ........................................................................................... 26
Hydraulic Fluid Filter ...................................................................................................................... 26
Return Filter ............................................................................................................................ 26
High Pressure Filter ................................................................................................................ 26
Main Hydraulic Control Valve ....................................................................................................... 27
Boom Lift System .......................................................................................................................... 28
Boom Lift Valve Segment ....................................................................................................... 28
Flow Control Valve ................................................................................................................. 28
Flow Control Valve Adjustment .............................................................................................. 28
LiftCylinder ............................................................................................................................ 28
Boom Telescope (Extend) System ..................................................................................................... 28
Boom Extend Valve Segment ........................................................................................................ 28
Pressure Relief Valve .................................................................................................................... 28
Telescope (Extend) Cylinder ......................................................................................................... 29
Jib BoomSystem ................................................................................................................................. 29
Jib Boom Valve Segment ............................................................................................................... 29
JibCylinder .................................................................................................................................... 29
Platform Rotate System ...................................................................................................................... 29
Rotary Actuator ............................................................................................................................. 29
Rotary Actuator Maintenance ....................................................................................................... 29
MANUAl 9237S.()Q2
March 1998
• TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section 2: Hydraulic System (Continued)
Platfonn Levelling System .................................................................................................................. 29

MasterLevellingCylinder .............................................................................................................. 30
Slave Levelling Cylinder ................................................................................................................. 30
Relief Valves ................................................................................................................................. 30
Steer System ....................................................................................................................................... 30
Selector Valve Segment ................................................................................................................. 30
Steer Pressure Relief Valve .......................................................................................................... 30
Steer Cylinder ................................................................................................................................ 30
Steer System Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 31
Hydraulic Swivel ............................................................................................................................ 31
Section 3: Drive System
Drive System Components ......................................................................................................................... 35

Drive Motor ................................................................................................................................... 35
Drive Valve Manifold - Two Wheel Drive .................................................................................... 35
Hi Speed Drive Enable Valve ................................................................................................. 36
Flow Divider! Combiner Valve ................................................................................................ 36
Brake Valve Circuit ................................................................................................................. 36
Drive Valve Manifold - Four Wheel Drive .................................................................................... 37
Brake Valve Circuit ................................................................................................................. 38
Selector Spool Valve Circuit ................................................................................................... 38
Toggle Switch on the Pendant Control .......................................................................................... 39
Platfonn Control Handle (Joystick) ............................................................................................... 39
Section 4: Electrical System
GeneralOperations ............................................................................................................................... 42
Control System Adjustment ................................................................................................................... 44
Error Codes ........................................................................................................................................... 46
Electrical System ................................................................................................................................... 47
Battery ................................................................................................................................................. 47
Battery Maintenance (IN Use) ...................................................................................................... 47
Battery Preventive Maintenance ................................................................................................... 47
Battery Replacement ..................................................................................................................... 48
Movement Alarm ................................................................................................................................. 48
TiltAlann .............................................................................................................................................. 49
Circuit Breaker ...................................................................................................................................... 49
Limit Switch .......................................................................................................................................... 49
Emergency Pump .................................................................................................................................. 49
Emergency Stop Button ........................................................................................................................ 49
Ground Control Cabinet Switch Removal ............................................................................................. 50
Platfonn Console Switch Removal ........................................................................................................ 50
Platfonn Control Board .... ,.................................................................................................................... 50
Electronics Control Module ................................ '" ................................................................................ 50
Angle Sensor Calibration ....................................................................................................................... 51
Length Sensor Calibration ..................................................................................................................... 52
MANUAL 9237 5-002

March 1998
Section 5: Mechanical Components
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Mechanical Components ............................................................................................................................. 57

Tires ................................................................................................................................................. 57
•
Changing Tires ............................................................................................................................... 57
Wheels and Lug Nuts ............................................................................................................................ 57
Drive Hub Assembly ............................................................................................................................. 57
Steer Cylinder Pins ................................................................................................................................ 59
Steer Cylinder ........................................................................................................................................ 59
Steer Cylinder Seal Replacement .................................................................................................. 59
Drive Motor Replacement ............................................................................................................. 60
Turret ............................................................................................................................................. 60
Platform ......................................................................................................................................... 60
Hoses and Cables .................................................................................................................................. 60
Miscellaneous Equipment ...................................................................................................................... 60
Boom ................................................................................................................................................. 60
Boom Pivot Pin and Bushing Replacement ................................................................................... 60
Wear Pads ..................................................................................................................................... 61
Base Boom Top Wear Pad Replacement ............................................................................... 61
Moving Anchor Wear Pad Replacement ................................................................................ 62
Mid Boom Top Front Wear Pad Replacement ....................................................................... 62
Mid Boom Rear Wear Pad Replacement ............................................................................... 62
Tip Boom Top Wear Pad Replacement .................................................................................. 63
Boom Lift Cylinder ................................................................................................................................ 63
Lift Cylinder Pivot Pin Replacement ............................................................................................ 63
Lift Cylinder Seal Replacement (On Machine) ............................................................................. 63
Bench Replacement Of Lift Cylinder Seals ................................................................................... 64
Counterbalance Valve Inspection .................................................................................................. 66
Jib Boom Removal ................................................................................................................................ 66
Jib Boom Installation ............................................................................................................................. 66
Boom Telescope Cylinder ..................................................................................................................... 67
Telescope Cylinder Removal ......................................................................................................... 68
Telescope Cylinder Seal Replacement .......................................................................................... 68
Telescope Cylinder Installation ...................................................................................................... 69
Counterbalance Valve Inspection .................................................................................................. 69
Platform Level Cylinders ...................................................................................................................... 69
Platform Level Cylinder Pin Replacement ..................................................................................... 69
Level Cylinder Seal Replacement .................................................................................................. 69
Platform Leveling Procedure ......................................................................................................... 69
Section 6: Maintenance
Maintenance .......................................................................................................................................... 73
General Maintenance Tips .................................................................................................................... 73
First Three Months of Operation ........................................................................................................... 73
Routine Servicing .................................................................................................................................. 74
Shift Operational Checklist .................................................................................................................... 78
Weekly Operational Checklist ............................................................................................................... 81
Monthly Operational Checklist .............................................................................................................. 83
Semi-Annual Operational Checklist ...................................................................................................... 85
Bolt Torque Chart
MANUAL92375-002
MarCh 1998
INTRODUCTION
This Service Manual is designed to provide you with the instructions needed to properly maintain the
Time Condor Corporation. T60 Aerial Platfonn with full hydraulic controls. When used in conjunction
with the Operators and Parts manuals (provided separately) this Service Manual will Assist you in
making necessary adjustments or repairs.
Time Condor Aerial Platfonns are designed and built to provide many years of safe, dependable
service. To obtain full benefits from your T60, always follow the proper operating and maintenance
procedures. Only trained, authorized personnel should be allowed to operate or service this machine.
Service personnel should read and study the Operators, Service and Parts Manuals in order to gain a
thorough understanding of the unit prior to making any repairs. Exercise all necessary safety
precautions when perfonning maintenance not covered in this manual.
To help you recognize important safety information, we have identified warnings and instructions that
directly impact on safety with the following signals:
& DANGER
"DANGER" INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF
NOT AVOIDED, WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. THIS SIGNAL
WORD IS TO BE APPLIED TO THE MOST EXTREME SITUATIONS.
A. WARNING
"WARNING" INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH,
IF NOT AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
A. CAUTION
"CAUTION" indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result
in minor moderate injury. It is also used to alert against unsafe practices which could
lead to property-damage-only accidents.
MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
Service personnel and machine operators must understand and comply with all warnings and
instructional decals on the body of the machine, and at the ground controls and platform
control console.
•
.. DANGER
MODIFICATIONS OF THIS MACHINE FROM THE ORIGINAL DESIGN
AND SPECIFICATION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM CONDOR
ARE STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. A MODIFICATION MAY COMPROMISE THE
SAFETY OF THE MACHINE, SUBJECTING USERS TO SERIOUS INJURY
OR DEATH. ANY SUCH MODIFICATION WILL VOID ANY REMAINING
WARRANTY.
Condor reserves the right to change, improve, modify or expand features of its equipment at any
time. Specifications, models or equipment are subject to change without notice, and without incurring
any obligations to change, improve, modify or expand features of previously delivered equipment.
Any procedures not found within this manual must be evaluated by the individual to assure
himselfthat they are "proper and safe", because all possible procedures cannot be covered.
All Condor manuals are periodically updated to reflect changes that occur in the equipment.
Please contact the factory with any questions you may have regarding your machine, or
the availability of more recent manuals.
- MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
• MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
Working Height ............................ ,........................................................................................................ 66 Ft.

Platform Height .................................................................................................... ,................................ 60 Ft.
Horizontal Reach (Boom Angle 0°) ..................................................................................................... 47 Ft.
Platform Capacity (Unrestricted) ..................................................................................................... 500 Lbs.
Platform Size ............................................................................................................................ 36 In. x 60 In.
Stowed Length .............................................................................................................................. 28 Ft. 2 In.

Stowed Height .............................................................................................................................. 7 Ft. 11 In.
Machine Width .............................................................................................................................. 7 Ft. 11 In.
Wheelbase ............................................................................................................................................. 8 Ft.

Ground Clearance ................................................................................................................................ 10.5 In
Gross Weight (Approximately) .................................................................................................... 18,600 Lbs.
Maximum Travel Speed:
Boom Stowed ........................................................................................................................... 5.25 MPH
Boom Extended or Elevated ....................................................................................................... 0.5 MPH
Turning Radius
Inside ..................................................................................................................................... 8 Ft. 7 In.
Outside ................................................................................................................................ 18 Ft. .25 In.
Gradeability (On Hard Surface) .............................................................................................................. 30%
Platform Rotation .................................................................................................................................... 160°

Superstructure Rotation ............................. '" ................................................................ 360° Non-continuous
Tire Size ........................................................................................................................... 15 x 16.5-10 Ply
Tire Pressure (not applicable to foam filled tires) ................................................................................ 80 PSI
Hydraulic Pressure (Maximum) ....................................................................................................... 3000 PSI
Hydraulic Tank Capacity .................................................................................................................... 45 Gal.
Fuel Capacity:
Gas or Diesel ................................................................................................................................. 40 Gal.
Propane ......................................................................................................................................... 30 Lbs.
Electrical System .................................................................................................... One 12 Volt DC Battery
MANUAL92375-OO2
March 1998
PRIMARY MACHINE COMPONENTS
•
PLATFORM
CON1ROLS
PLATFORM
JIB BOOM
\ I
SLAVELEVELING
CYLINDER
MASTER
~ MAIN BOOM
LEVELING ASSEMBLY
CYLINDER
//
/f
ii
/i
LIFT
CYLINDER
LEFT HAND SIDE
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
• NO. ITEM
LUBRlCATION CHART
SPECIFICATION
AND QUANTITY
FREQUENCY OF
LUBRICA TION
1. Hydraulic Reservoir Shell Tellus T-32 to "Full" Check level & condition each shift.
mark with all cylinders Analye 6 months or 500 hours. *+
retracted. Change yearly or 1000 hours. *+
2. Hydraulic Filters Filter elements. Change 6 months or 500 hours. *+
3. Swing Bearing Lithium N.L.G.I. #2 EP. Weekly or every 25 hours. *+

(standard open style) Purge old grease.
4. Exposed Swing Bearing Dry moly lube spray. Every six (6) months or 500
Gear Teeth hours.*+
5. Swing Drive Gear Box Fill to plug. SAE 140 EP Check monthly or every 100
or N.L.G.I. #00 EP oiL hours. *+ Change every two (2)
years or 2,000 hours.*
6: Extension Cable Pulley Lithium N.L.G.I. #2 EP. Monthly or every 100 hours. *+
Purge old grease.
7. Wheel Bearings Lithium N.L.G.I. #2 EP. Change every six (6) months or 500
Clean and repair. hours.*+
8. Drive Wheel SAE 90, halffulL Change after first 50 hours. Check
Power Hubs monthly or every 100 hours. *+
Change yearly or 1,000 hours. *+
* Whichever occurs first.

+ Different requirements for severe duty applications. See check list.
MANUAL 9237 5-002

March 1998
LUBRICATION DIAGRAM
6 I
;;
/7
II
//
;1
u
/1
/~
- MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
SECTION 1:
TRANSPORTATION
AND
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
TABLE OF CONTENTS, SECTION 1
Transporting the Unit .................................................................................................................................. 13

Truck or Trailer Transport .......................................................................................................................... 13
Unloading Procedures ................................................................................................................................. 14
Emergency System and Procedures ........................................................................................................... 15
Emergency Electrical Pump ........................................................................................................................ 15
Unpowered Emergency Movement ............................................................................................................ 15
Emergency Lowering .................................................................................................................................. 17
MANUAL 92375.-002
March 1998
FACTORY RECOMMENDED
TRANSPORTATION DIAGRAM
r-------------------------------------------------.-r/----------
LOCATE TURRET AT 50 ANCjLE p,ND USE (
TURRET ROTATION LOCK PIN
7 ~ 795
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
TRANSPORTING THE UNIT
TRUCK OR TRAILER TRANSPORT
A WARNING
ALWAYS ATTACH THE UNIT TO A WINCH WHEN LOADING OR
UNLOADING FROM A TRUCK OR TRAILER. CONNECT WINCH
CABLE TO THE TIE DOWN LUGS ON THE CHASSIS.
UNASSISTED LOADING OR UNLOADING OF ANY MOBILE

PLATFORM IS NOT RECOMMENDED.
1. Enter the platform, secure the safety gate, and start the engine using the platform controls.
Select the engine "OPERATING SPEED".
2. Raise the main andjib booms to allow greater ground clearance so thatthe platform will
clear any obstacles as the machine goes up the loading ramp.
3. Using a winch, carefully drive the unit onto the truck or trailer.
4. Lock the turret to the chassis by installing the lock pin provided.
A CAUTION
To avoid damaging the unit, the platform MUST NOT be tied to the trailer
bed in any way and should only REST on the bed.
5. The negative battery cables should be disconnected for long distance transport.
It is recommended that the fuel and hydraulic tank valves be closed as well.
6. Tie down locations are located on all four comers of the undercarriage and on the
platform skirt weldment. Use four (4) 112 inch, "Grade 7" chains from each of the tie
down lugs, and run the chains as shown in the diagram. (also located on decals
on both sides of chassis).
Ratchet type load binders are recommended. If using lever type load binders, wire
or strap them shut, or wrap chains around them to prevent opening.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
UNLOADING PROCEDURES
A WARNING
TO AVOID A SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,
ENSURE THAT THE MACHINE IS IN "LOW" DRIVE SPEED
WHILE UNLOADING FROM A TRUCK OR TRAILER.
• Inspect the outside of the unit for damage (including the underside). Inspect all hoses,
boom sections and cables for chafing road damage. Confirm that all wheel lug nuts
and swing bearing bolts are tight (refer to specifications).
• Remove the pin that locks the turret to the chassis near the swing bearing.
Stow the lock pin in the location provided nearby.
• Unlock and open both side compartment doors. Inspect all fuel, electrical and hydraulic
connections for damage and security.
Connect battery cables to batteries if required. Check electrolyte level.
Check engine oil level, and add as required per engine manufacturer's recommendations.
Check fluid level at the sight gauge on the hydraulic tank, and add fluid as required
(see Lubrication Chart). Check that shutoff valves on the hydraulic tank are open.
Close side compartment doors.
• Attach the unit to a winch for the unloading procedure.
[AWARNING I
ALWAYS ATTACH THE UNIT TO A WINCH WHEN LOADING OR
UNLOADING FROM A TRUCK OR TRAILER. CONNECT WINCH
CABLE TO THE TIE DOWN LUGS ON THE CHASSIS. UNASSISTED
LOADING OR UNLOADING OF ANY MOBILE PLATFORM IS NOT
RECOMMENDED.
READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL SAFETY, CONTROL AND OPERATING

INFORMATION FOUND ON THE MACHINE AND IN THIS MANUAL
BEFORE OPERATING THE UNIT.
• Remove all machine tie downs (see Transporting Unit). Remove wheel chocks, ifused.
Switch the "GROUND IPLATFORM" key switch to "PLATFORM".
MANUAL92375-002
March 1998
Enter the platform, and restart the engine using the platform controls. Select the
" OPERATING" engine speed, and test all platform functions.
• Raise the boom and the jib so that the platform will clear any obstacles as the
machine is driven down the loading ramp.
• Carefully drive the unit off the truck or trailer with the assistance of a winch.
NOTE: The brakes are automatically released for driving, and will automatically apply
when the unit stops.
• Before placing the unit into service, all operators must read and understand the
contents of the Operator's Manual.
EMERGENCY SYSTEM AND PROCEDURES
.. DANGER
IF THE UNIT FAILS TO OPERATE WHEN THE PLATFORM IS RAISED OR
EXTENDED, DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CLIMB DOWN THE BOOM ASSEMBLY.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT.
EMERGENCY PUMP
The T60 has an emergency pump which can be operated from the operator's platform or
ground controls to safety return the platform to the ground position when the unit has lost
engine/pump power. Operation from the ground controls override platform controls.
• Press and hold the "PUMP" toggle to "EMERGENCY" on the ground control box,
OR
• Press and hold the "EMERGENCY PUMP" button on the platform control console.
Select the proper function (boom retract, boom lower, or swing) as required to safely lower
the platform to ground level.
To prevent the battery from completely discharging and the emergency pump from
overheating, release the emergency pump button to allow a 30 second rest period after
every 30 seconds of operation. Once the unit has been safely positioned, correct the cause
of the failure before returning the unit to service.
UNPOWERED EMERGENCY MOVEMENT
• Every attempt should be made to restore engine/pump power to the unit before using
this procedure.
MANUAL 92375.{)()2
March 1998
THIS PROCEDURE REQUIRES RELEASING THE VEHICLE BRAKES,
WHICH RESULTS IN NO MEANS TO STOP THE UNIT'S TRAVEL.
TIME CONDOR RECOMMENDS USING THIS PROCEDURE ONLY IN
CASE OF EMERGENCY, AND ONLY A SHORT DISTANCE.
BE AWARE OF UNIT RUNAWAY ON SLOPING SURFACES. MOVEMENT

SPEED SHALL NOT EXCEED 1 M.P.H. (1.6 K.P.H.).
& DANGER
UNPOWERED EMERGENCY MOVEMENT (CONTINUED)
1. Secure the unit chains or ropes.
The T60 is equipped with tie down lugs (front and rear ofchassis) that can be used
for towing the unit. The chains or ropes must be ofsufficient capacity to move the unit.
A. WARNING
ALWAYS CHOCK THE WHEELS BEFORE YOU RELEASE THE BRAKES TO
PREVENT UNEXPECTED UNIT MOVEMENT ON SLOPES.
2. Chockwheels.
3. Close brake circuit needle valve located atthe centerrear ofthe chassis.
4. Disengage torque hubs:
A. WARNING
DISCONNECTION FROM TOWING VEHICLE,ENSURE THAT THE UNIT
CANNOT ROLL.
Type 1: remove the plate in the center ofthe torque hub, turn the plate so
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
Type 2: remove the large hex cap in the center ofthe torque hub, push in and
turn screw slot in the center of the torque hub to line up with
5. Disconnect steer cylinder.
After unchocking the wheels, the unit will be ready to be moved.
After engine/pump power has been restored to the machine, engage the torque hubs, reset
the brake circuit needle valve, and connect steer cylinder. The machine is now ready for
normal operation.
EMERGENCY LOWERING
It is not possible for us to foresee every emergency situation that could arise during
operation ofthis machine. Information on the following pages describesthreetypical
emergency situations, and lists appropriate actions that can be taken.
When faced with an emergency, above all please remember:
• Stay calm.
• Think through the situation before operating the machine.
• Gethelpifnecessary.
SITUATION ONE: Platform elevated, operator not incapacitated, but unit will not
respond to platform controls.
POSSIBLE CONDITION:
• One or more functions not operating correctly.
• Unit movement from unselected lever.
• Unit function will not stop unless power is switched off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove foot from foot switch.
MANUAL92375-002
March 1998
2. Push the red "Emergency Stop" Button.
3. Evaluate the nature ofthe failure. Return to the ground, using the emergency pump and
lowering procedure (see "Emergency Pump", earlier in this section).
.. DANGER
DO NOT TRY TO CLIMB DOWN THE BOOM.
HAVE AN EXPEIDENCED OPERATOR USE THE EMERGENCY PUMP TO

SAFELY LOWER THE PLATFORM.
4. Ifunable to return to the ground using the platform controls and the emergency pump,
contact an experienced operator to lower the machine with the emergency pump using
the ground controls (see "Emergency Pump", earlier in this section).
SITUATION TWO: Unit elevated, with operator incapacitated at platform controls.
,
.. DANGER
DONOTTOUCHUNIT!!!
DETERMINE THE CAUSE OF THE PROBLEM BEFORE YOU TOUCH THE

MACHINE.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Attempt to talk to operator before taking any rescue measures.
3. Check to see if the operator is in a pinned position, or would be endangered

ifplatform is moved, before attempting emergency lowering procedure.
4. After establishing that the machine is not in contact with live power lines, lower the
platform using the emergency lowering procedure (see "Emergency Pump", earlier
in this section).
5. Render first aid to the operator.

MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
SITUATION THREE: Platform in contact with live power lines and operator
incapacitated.
& DANGER
DONOTTOUCHUNIT!!!
ELECTROCUTION HAZARD I!!
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Contact authorized personnel to disconnect power supply touching unit.
3. Ifoperator is unconscious, check to see ifhe is in a pinned position, or would be

endangered ifplatform is moved.
4. AFTER POWER IS CUT, use the emergency lowering procedure to bring platform
with operator to a safe location to render first aid (see "Emergency Pump", earlier
in this section.)
IMPORTANT: Anyincidentinvolvingpersonalinjurymustbeimmediately
MANUAL92375-OO2
March 1998
SECTION 2:
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
MANUAl 9237 5-002

March 1998
TABLE OF CONTENTS, SECTION 2:
Hydraulic Fluid ............................................................................................................................................ 22

Handling Precautions ............................................................................................................................ 22
Fluid Recommendations ........................................................................................................................ 22
Fluid Contamination Checks .................................................................................................................. 23
System Flushing Procedure ................................................................................................................... 23
Hydraulic System Components ................... ,............................................................................................... 24
Main Hydraulic Pump ........................................................................................................................... 24
Main Pump Replacement ............................................................................................................... 24
Emergency Pump .................................................................................................................................. 25
Emergency Pump Adjustment ....................................................................................................... 25
Maintenance .................................................................................................................................. 25
Hydraulic Circuit Line Check .................................................................................................. 25
Drive Motor ........................................................................................................................................... 26
Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir ...................................................................................................................... 26
Hydraulic Reservoir Maintenance ................................................................................................. 26
Hydraulic Fluid Filter ............................................................................................................................. 26
RetumFilter ................................................................................................................................... 26
High Pressure Filter ....................................................................................................................... 26
Main Hydraulic Control Valve .............................................................. , ............................................... 27
Boom Lift System ................................................................................................................................. 28
Boom Lift Valve Segment ............................................................................................................. 28
Flow Control Valve ........................................................................................................................ 28
Flow Control Valve Adjustment ..................................................................................................... 28
LiftCylinder ................................................................................................................................... 28
Boom Telescope (Extend) System ........................................................................................................ 28
Boom Extend Valve Segment ........................................................................................................ 28
Pressure Relief Valve .................................................................................................................... 28
Telescope (Extend) Cylinder ......................................................................................................... 29
Jib Boom System ................................................................................................................................... 29
Jib Boom Valve Segment ............................................................................................................... 29
Jib Cylinder .................................................................................................................................... 29
Platform Rotate System ........................................................................................................................ 29
Rotary Actuator ............................................................................................................................ 29
Rotary Actuator Maintenance ................................................................................................. 29
Platform Levelling System .................................................................................................................... 29
Master Levelling Cylinder .............................................................................................................. 30
Slave Levelling Cylinder ................................................................................................................ 30
Relief Valves ................................................................................................................................. 30
Steer System ........................................................................................................................................ , 30
Selector Valve Segment ................................................................................................................ 30
Steer Pressure Relief Valve .......................................................................................................... 30
Steer Cylinder ................................................................................................................................ 30
Steer System Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 31
Hydraulic Swivel ............................................................................................................................ 31
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
HYDRAULIC FLUID
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
AWARNING
PERSONS IN REGULAR CONTACT WITH MINERAL - BASED
HYDRAULIC FLUID NEED TO BE AWARE OF THE IMPORTANCE
OF THOROUGH HYGIENE, AND THE PROPER METHODS FOR
HANDLING MINERAL OILS IN ORDER TO AVOID POTENTIAL
HAZARDS TO HEALTH.
Ifmineral- based hydraulic fluid is SPLASHED INTO THE EYES, it must

be WASHED OUT THOROUGHLY using abundant quantities ofwater.
If irritation persists, medical advice should be sought.
Mineral oils act as solvents on the natural oils in the skin. FREQUENT AND
PROLONGED SKIN CONTACT CAN CAUSE DERMATITIS OR
SEVERE IRRITATION. Mineral-basedhydraulicfluidsnormallypresent
no health hazard when used properly. Protective clothing and proper
washing facilities should be provided or be accessible.
AWARNING
HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENETRATE AND BURN
THE SKIN, DAMAGE EYES, AND MAY CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY,
BLINDNESS, AND EVEN DEATH.
FLUID LEAKS UNDER PRESSURE MAY NOT ALWAYS BE VISIBLE.
IF MINERAL - BASED HYDRAULIC FLUID HAS PENETRATED THE SKIN,

IT MUST BE MEDICALLY TREATED, BY A DOCTOR FAMILIAR WITH
THIS TYPE OF INJURY, WITHIN AFEWHOURS.
FLUID RECOMMENDATIONS
We strongly recommend the use of SHELL TELLUS T-32 HYDRAULIC FLUID. An

EQUIVALENT substitute can be used if absolutely necessary. Mineral- based hydraulic
fluids produced by different companies will USUALLY mix with each other satisfactorily,
but this IS NOT RECOMMENDED. When in doubt, consult your supplier.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
FLUID CONTAMINATION CHECKS
Use the following as a guide to determine when analysis of the hydraulic fluid is necessary.
• Any time the hydraulic pump is replaced.
• If fluid discoloration is noticed in the hydraulic reservoir sight tube.
• If, after the first 50 hours of operation, the hydraulic filter elements are plugged.
• Any time the hydraulic filter elements show signs of metal content.
• Once every six months, under normal operating conditions.
• Every 3 months, in extremely dusty or dirty operating conditions.
The hydraulic fluid analysis must be done by a qualified laboratory. To ensure that you receive
accurate recommendations about the fluid being analyzed, always provide the following
information with the test sample.
Type of hydraulic fluid. (See Lubrication Chart)
• Model and serial number of unit from which sample was taken.
• Purpose of analysis: i.e. pump failure, discoloration, etc.
• Type of analysis: i.e. complete to show additive breakdown, acid buildup, viscosity, type
and percent of contaminants. Comparison to new fluid and recommendations.
Comply with contamination analysis and recommendations to achieve a clean, contamination free
hydraulic system.
Following the above guide will prevent premature failure of pumps, cylinder seals and drive
motors, and unnecessary down time.
If system flushing and replacement of fluid is recommended, refer to the flushing procedure.
SYSTEM FLUSHING PROCEDURE
With BOTH MAIN BOOM AND JIB BOOM DOWN AND FULLY RETRACTED
(in stowed position), drain hydraulic fluid from hydraulic tank into a clean, empty container.
This can be done with an oil filter cart so the fluid may be reused if analysis is good.
When the hydraulic tank is empty, remove suction hoses and return line hose. Remove all hoses
between pump and high pressure filter. Flush the hoses. Remove hydraulic fluid filter, and flush
the filter body and attaching hoses. Discard old filter element and replace.
With hoses removed from the hydraulic tank, flush out the tank. When this is complete, all the
hoses removed in the previous steps should be properly reinstalled EXCEPT the system return
line to tank. This hose should be lengthened to drain into the reservoir fluid container.
Fill hydraulic tank with filtered, fresh hydraulic fluid (refer to Lubrication Chart).
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
Make sure the suction lines are open to allow fluid to flow to the hydraulic pump. Loosen hose
fittings at pump to allow pump to flood with hydraulic fluid, then tighten pump fittings.
Tum the main power key switch to the "GROUND" position. Press engine start button
to start engine. After a brief warm-up period, select the "HIGH" engine RPM setting.
Briefly cycle all boom functions to flush the hydraulic components of the hydraulic fluid.
Use care when doing this as hydraulic fluid is now being returned to container provided.
This will remove old fluid from the hydraulic system as the boom is cycled to its maximum
limits.
A CAUTION
Monitor the hydraulic reservoir fluid level when cycling the unit
functions, adding fluid as necessary to replace that being discharged
to container at system return line. This fluid may be returned to the
reservoir through a filter cart, if good.
Three cycles of all hydraulic cylinder functions should remove old hydraulic fluid.
When the above procedures have been completed, reconnect system return hose to tank.
Fill hydraulic tank to full mark on sight gauge. Operate all functions to their full extreme positions
to ensure proper operation. Check for leaks and correct as necessary. Unit is now ready to be
placed back in operation.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Following is a description of the major components of the hydraulic system.
Main Hydraulic Pump
The SAUER-SUNDSTRAND SERlES40-M46 hydrostatic pump is a 46cc variable pump.

The pump's displacement can be controlled by three different methods; manually, electrically,
or hydraulically. The pump comes with Electric Displacement Control (EDC), the pump
displacement and output flow, in either direction, is approximately proportional to an electrical
input signal.
Main Pump Replacement
1. With all ball valves closed, ensure hydraulic tank is filled with oil.
2. The replacement pump should be installed with the same orientation as the existing
pump.
IMPORTANT: When installing the replacement pump, the pump shaft coupling teeth must
properly mate with the engine nylon element. Adjust the coupling on the pump shaft for
maximum engagement.
MANUAl 9237S'()()2
March 1998
3. Open all ball valves from hydraulic tank.
4. Fill the pump case with hydraulic fluid by loosening the vent/fill plug in the pump case,
opening the inlet line and allowing gravity to prefill the inlet line pump case.
5. Disable engine ignition and crank engine for a maximum of30 seconds to ensure that
pump is primed. (For gasoline engine, pull coil wire: for Diesel engine, disconnect fuel
solenoid).
6. Tighten vent/fill plug in the pump case.
7. Check all inlet connections to be sure they are air-tight. An air leak in the inlet line can cause
the pump case to drain down and cause the pump to loosen prime during succeeding
start-ups.
8. The pressure compensator is factory set and can be adjusted (if necessary) for start-up.
Clockwise rotation increases the compensator setting and counterclockwise rotation
decreases this setting. Pump compensator should be set with the system deadheaded.
9. Differential pressure adjustment and horsepower control adjustment are factory set.
Readjustment is NOT recommended. Consult Time Condor Corporation, if necessary.
EMERGENCY PUMP
The emergency pump is driven by a 12 volt DC electric motor. This pump delivers
hydraulic fluid, under pressure, to the manifold assembly. The electric motor is
rated for noncontinuous duty and will fail prematurely if activated continuously
for extended time periods.
NOTE: This pump should only be used in emergency situations.
EMERGENCY PUMP ADJUSTMENT
The emergency pump pressure setting screw is located on the side of the adapter plate. To
adjust the relief pressure on the pump, remove the acorn nut, loosen the jam nut and turn
the adjusting screw in to increase pressure. To decrease pressure, turn the adjusting screw
out.
MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic Circuit Line Check
Insert hydraulic lines and connections for signs of looseness or obstruction.
Tighten loose fittings and correct any crimped hoses:
• From pump through pressure filter to valve stack.
• Lines between valve stack and reservoir.
All hoses to the cylinders.
Tie-down of hoses.
MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
NOTE: Entrapped air in the hydraulic lines is common upon start-up and may result in
temporary irregular motion. However, if after a reasonable operating period this condition
persists, hydraulic lines should be bled to remove entrapped air and carefully inspected
for leaks, starting with the pump suction line.
DRIVE MOTORS
For two wheel drive systems, there are two drive motors on the rear wheels, and for four wheel
drive systems there are four drive motors (front and rear wheels). The drive motor connects to
the torque hub which has an integral brake. The SAUER-SUNDSTRAND SERIES 40-M35
fixed displacement motor is used as the T60's drive motor.
HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOm
The hydraulic fluid reservoir consists ofthe tank, a sight gauge, a filler cap with filter, a strainer, a
vent, a sump with drain plug, one valve for suction line, five valves for return lines and a valve for
the emergency pump suction line.
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR MAINTENANCE
Check tank for signs of leakage. Inspect tank securing bolts for tightness. Clean cap filter by
flushing with clean water and dry thoroughly.
HYDRAULIC FILTER
There are two hydraulic filters: a return filter and a high pressure filter. They are both located
near the hydraulic tank.
MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
MAIN HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
The main control valve is located on the same side as the ground controls on the hydraulic tray
assembly. The location of the different hydraulic functions' solenoids, relief valves (if applicable), .
and flow controllers are located on the isometric drawing below. The individual hydraulic functions
that the main hydraulic control valve regulates are described in more detail in the following pages.
and the isometric drawing below shows the location of the individual solenoids, reliefvalves
(if applicable), and flow controllers.
BOOM RETRACT FLON CONTROLLER
BOOM EXTEND RELIEF VALVE
PLATFORM ROTATE ceN
BCOM EXTt::NO---------------
STEER U::r-T (ON/OFT;

TURRET Sf/INC RELIEF VALVE
BOOM RETRACT STEER R:G;..!: :O:>'/GrF~
_ _ _ _ UI\;,-OADER
LOC'( VALVE #1
- - - - - oU"TFCRM LE'iEL CC:,Y\ (ON/OFf)
----~ PLATFORM RC,TAT[ c,:,
- - - 500Jv1 EXTEND/RETRACT
FROPO~TIONAL
SYSTDA RELIEF v"ALVE
BOOIJ Us
.:18 (0:::1 l\;OT INSTALL C~ T42 AND T6C;
MANUAL92375-OO2
March 1998
BOOM LIFT SYSTEM
The boom lift system consists of a hydraulic valve segment on the ground valve bank, a flow
control valve, a lift cylinder with a counterbalance valve, a lift toggle switch on the remote control
pendant and a control lever on the platform console.
BOOM LIFT VALVE SEGMENT
When the boom control lever on the platform console or the boom control toggle switch on
the ground control is activated, an electrical signal is transmitted to the valve cartridge in the
boom lift valve segment. This allows hydraulic fluid at the correct pressure to be sent to the
proper end of the lift cylinder to raises or lower the boom.
FLOW CONTROL VALVE
The flow control valve, located at the boom up outlet on the boom lift valve segment,
controls boom down speed. The flow control valve allows full hydraulic fluid flow for the
boom up function. For the boom down function, the flow control valve meters the hydraulic
fluid flow, thus allowing a smooth descent.
Flow Control Valve Adjustment
If boom bounces while descending, adjust the valve clockwise until boom descends smoothly.
LIFT CYLINDER
The boom lift function is controlled by a double acting cylinder. The cylinder contains
a counterbalance valve, which will prevent unintended movement of the cylinder should
a hose or fitting develop a leak. When the boom is lowered, fluid flows to the rod end cylinder
port and to the counterbalance valve, and allowing fluid in the base end of the cylinder to flow
back to the hydraulic reservoir. When the boom section is raised, fluid flows to the base end
cylinder port and to the counterbalance valve, opening this valve and allowing fluid in the
rod end of the cylinder to flow back to the hydraulic reservoir.
BOOM TELESCOPE SYSTEM
The boom telescope system consists of a hydraulic valve segment on the ground valve bank,
a pressure relief valve, a double telescope cylinder with two counterbalance valves, an extend
toggle switch on the remote control pendant and a control lever on the platform console.
BOOM TELESCOPE VALVE SEGMENT
When the boom telescope control lever on the platform console or the boom telescope
control toggle switch on the remote control pendant is activated, an electrical signal is
transmitted to the valve cartridge in the boom telescope valve segment. This allows hydraulic
fluid at the correct pressure to be sent to the proper end of the telescope cylinder to extend
or retract the boom.
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
The pressure relief valve limits the pressure on the base end of the cylinder to 1500 PSI (103
Bar, 105.5 Kg/cm2) to prevent the cylinder rod from buckling. The pressure relief valve is
factory set and needs no adjustment.
MANUAL92375-OO2
March 1998
TELESCOPE CYLINDER
The telescope cylinders control the extending and retracting of the boom.
JIB BOOM SYSTEM
The jib boom system consists of a hydraulic valve segment on the ground valve bank, a cylinder
with a counterbalance valve, and a control lever on the platform console and a toggle switch on
the remote control pendant.
JIB BOOM VALVE SEGMENT
When the jib boom control lever on the platform console or ground control station is activated, an
electrical signal is transmitted to the valve cartridge in the jib boom valve segment. This allows
hydraulic fluid at the selected flow to be sent to the proper end ofthe cylinder to raise or lower jib
boom.
JIB ARTICULATION CYLINDER
The jib boom function is controlled by a double acting cylinder. The cylinder contains a
counterbalance valve, which will prevent unintended movement of the cylinder should a hose or
fitting develop a leak. When the boom is lowered, fluid flows to the rod end cylinder port and
the counterbalance valve, opening this valve and allowing fluid in the base end of the cylinder
to flow back to the hydraulic reservoir. When the jib boom section is raised, fluid flows to the
base end cylinder port and to the counterbalance valve, opening this valve and allowing fluid in
the rod end of the cylinder to flow back to the hydraulic reservoir.
PLATFORM ROTATE SYSTEM
The platform rotate system consists of a platform rotate toggle switch and valve, a double pilot
operated check valve, a rotary actuator and a platform rotator manifold. The platform rotate
system can only be operated from platform console.
ROTARY ACTUATOR
The rotary actuator is a helical gear type. Hydraulic fluid enters the actuator from either side
depending on the control valve direction, and moves the rack which causes the pinion shaft to
rotate.
ROTARY ACTUATOR MAINTENANCE
Change the hydraulic fluid once every year (see Lubrication Chart).
PLATFORM LEVELLING SYSTEM
The platform levelling system automatically keeps the platform level, using a master/slave cylinder
arrangement. As the boom is raised or lowered, fluid is forced from one cylinder to the other in a
closed loop, which keeps the platform parallel to the ground in any boom position. Due to slight
intemalleakage, fluid circuit through the platform level control valve.
The platform levelling system in only controlled from the platform console.
Refer to "Boom Component Locators" in the introduction ofthis manual for platform leveling
system component locations.
MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
MASTER LEVELLING CYLINDER
The master levelling cylinder is a double acting cylinder located between the upper frame of the
superstructure and the boom. Whenever the boom is raised or lowered, the master cylinder is
forced to extend or retract. The fluid displacement from the master cylinder is in turn sent up
the boom to the slave cylinder. This forces the slave cylinder to move the same distance as the
master levelling cylinder; thereby keeping the platform level.
SLAVE LEVELLING CYLINDER
The slave levelling cylinder is a double acting cylinder located between the jib boom and the
platform. This cylinder controls the position of the platform relative to the tip boom.
The slave levelling cylinder contains two counterbalance valves. The counterbalance valves
prevent platform movement in the event of hose failure.
RELIEF VALYES
The relief valves are factory set at 3000 PSI (207 Bar/2!! Kg/cm2) and prevent high pressure
spikes in the levelling circuit that could result in component damage. High pressure spikes can
occur when the platform is manually controlled for levelling, which cause the slave level cylinder
to bottom out before the master level cylinder stops moving as the boom is lowered.
STEER SYSTEM
The two wheel steering system consists of a selector valve assembly, a steer valve segment,
hydraulic swivel, a steer cylinder, a steer toggle switch on the remote control pendant and a
steer rocker switch on the drive lever at the platform console. Refer to "Component Locators"
in the introduction of this manual.
The four wheel steering system also includes a diverter valve located on the undercarriage,
that is activated by a toggle switch at the platform controls. This valve is used to select front
or rear steer.
STEER VALVE SEGMENT
When the steer control lever on the platform console or the steer control toggle switch on the
remote control pendant is activated, an electrical signal is transmitted to the valve cartridge
in the steer valve segment. This allows hydraulic fluid to be sent to the steer cylinder.
STEER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
The steer pressure relief valves limits the pressure on the base end of the cylinder to 1900 PSI
(131 Bar, 131.5 Kg/cm2) to prevent the cylinder rod from buckling. The pressure relief is
factory set and needs no adjustment.
STEER CYLINDER
The cylinder is double acting and is directly connected to the steering linkage assembly. This
cylinder powers all steering movements.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
STEER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Check all pins on steering linkage and steer cylinder for excessive play, and ensure that all
retaining rings are in place and secure.
Lubricate linkage as required (see Lubrication Chart).
HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The hydraulic swivel allows passage of hydraulic fluid from the steer valve segment in the
turret to the steer cylinder in the undercarriage and back. The swivel allows for 360 0 of
continuous turret rotation in either direction. STEER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Check all pins on steering linkage and steer cylinder for excessive play, and ensure that all
retaining rings are in place and secure.
Lubricate linkage as required (see Lubrication Chart).
"
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
SECTION 3:
DRIVE SYSTEM
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
Drive System Components ......................................................................................................................... 35

Drive Motor ...................................... '" ............................................................................................ '" 35
Drive Valve Manifold - Two Wheel Drive ......................................................................................... 35
Hi Speed Drive Enable Valve ........... ,..................................................................................... 36
Flow Divider! Com biner Valve ................................................................................................ 36
Brake Valve Circuit ................................................................................................................ 36
Drive Valve Manifold - Four Wheel Drive ......................................................................................... 37
Brake Valve Circuit ................................................................................................................ 38
Selector Spool Valve Circuit ................................................................................................... 38
Toggle Switch on the Pendant Control ............................................................................................... 39
Platform Control Handle (Joystick) .................................................................................................... 39
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
DRIVE SYSTEM COMPONENTS
The standard T60 is propelled by two hydraulic drive motors. The optional 4 wheel drive T60 is
propelled by four hydraulic drive motors. The drive circuit consists ofthe hydraulic drive motors,
the drive valve segment, the drive manifold, a toggle switch on the ground control and a platform
drive control lever Goystick).
DRIVE MOTOR
For two wheel drive systems, there are two drive motors on the rear wheels, and for four
wheel drive systems there are four drive motors (front and rear wheels). The drive motor
connects to the torque hub, which ifit has an internal brake, or to a separate brake ifneeded.
DRIVE VALVE MANIFOLD - TWO WHEEL DRIVE
REAR BRAKE SOLENO:C
~I'
r '
~
(r30.,~O·\
:~
SOLEN C
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
DRIVE VALVE MANIFOLD - TWO WHEEL DRIVE
NOTE: Refer to "Machine Specifications" to determine maximum system pressure

for your T60.
HI SPEED DRIVE ENABLE VALVE
The hi speed drive enable valves are 2 positions, 2 way solenoid valves that bypass the
flow divider valve and are used to control the fluid flow for travel speed. The valves require
no adjustment and seal kits are available (see Illustrated Parts Catalog).
FLOW DIVIDER/COMBINER VALVE
In the forward direction, this valve divides flow, and in the reverse direction it combines the
flow. The single flow divider directs the flow so that 50% goes to the left and 50% goes to
the right. The valve requires no adjustment and a seal kit is available (see Illustrated Parts
Catalog).
There is a non-serviceable, fixed orifice that allows hydraulic fluid to transfer from one drive
motor to the other. When making turns, the outside tire turns faster and requires more hydraulic
fluid flow. Since the flow divider gives each motor equal flow, this orifice will allow the transfer
of hydraulic fluid from the inside wheel to the outside wheel and prevent tire scrubbing on hard
surfaces.
BRAKE VALVE CIRCUIT
The brake valve circuit consists of a shuttle valve, a pressure reducing valve and a flow
control valve. The shuttle valve diverts maximum pressure from either the forward or
reverse supply ports and sends it to the pressure reducing valve which reduces it to 500
PSI maximum. The flow control valve delays the application of the spring applied hydraulically
released brake when releasing the drive handle. This delay allows for a smooth stop by
restricting the return flow of oil. The valves require no adjustment and seal kits are available
(see Illustrated Parts Catalog).
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
DRIVE VALVE MANIFOLD - FOUR WHEEL DRIVE
BRAKE SOLENOID
REAR FLO,.. DIV:DER (P~44)
FRONT Te
~L(Y:·; c):ViD~R
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
DRIVE VALVE MANIFOLD - FOUR WHEEL DRIVE
NOTE: Refer to "Machine Specifications" to determine maximum system pressure for your T60.
HI SPEED DRIVE ENABLE VALVE
The hi speed drive enable valves are 2 positions, 2 way solenoid valves that bypass the
flow divider valve and are used to control the fluid flow for travel speed. The valves require
no adjustment and seal kits are available (see Illustrated Parts Catalog).
FLOW DIVIDER/COMBINER VALVE
In the forward direction, these valves divide flow, and in the reverse direction they combines the
flow. The single flow divider directs the flow so that 50% goes to the left and 50% goes to the right
The remaining two flow dividers direst the flow for each side so that 50% goes to the front and 50%
goes to the rear. These two valves guarantee flow to all wheels (4 wheel positraction) and are only
active while the function speed switch at the platform console is in low. The valves require no
adjustment and seal kits are available (see Illustrated Parts Catalog).
There is a non-serviceable, fixed orifice that allows hydraulic fluid to transfer from one drive motor to
the other. When making turns, the outside tire turns faster and requires more hydraulic fluid flow. Since
the flow divider gives each motor equal flow, this orifice will allow the transfer of hydraulic fluid from.
the inside wheel to the outside wheel and prevent tire scrubbing on hard surfaces.
BRAKE VALVE CIRCUIT
The brake valve circuit consists of a shuttle valve, a pressure reducing valve and a flow
control valve. The shuttle valve diverts maximum pressure from either the forward or
reverse supply ports and sends it to the pressure reducing valve which reduces it to 500
PSI maximum. The flow control valve delays the application of the spring applied hydraulically
released brake when releasing the drive handle. This delay allows for a smooth stop by
restricting the return flow of oil. The valves require no adjustment and seal kits are available
(see Illustrated Parts Catalog).
SELECTOR SPOOL VALVE CIRCUIT
The hi speed selector valve is a 2 position, 4 way solenoid valve that pilots the two selector spools open
when energized in high speed. This results in a series - parallel flow operation. When the hi speed
selector valve is not energized, the system diverts 25% of the flow to each wheel motor. The selector
spool flow valves divert flow from the flow dividers and reduce heat generation.
MANUAL 9237&002
March 1998
TOGGLE SWITCH ON THE PENDANT CONTROL
To operate the drive function from the ground, use the "Drive" toggle switch on the pendant control.
See "Section 4: Electrical System" for switch replacement.
PLATFORM CONTROL HANDLE (JOYSTICK)
To operate the drive function from the platform, use the platform control handle. See "Section 4:
Electrical System" for control handle adjustment or replacement.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
SECTION 4:
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
General Operations ....................................................................................................... ,....................... 42

Control System Adjustment ................................................................................................................... 44
Error Codes ........................................................................................................................................... 46
Electrical System .................................................................................................................................. 47
Battery ................................................................................................................................................. 47
Battery Maintenance (In Use) ....................................................................................................... 47
Battery Preventive Maintenance ................................................................................................... 47
Battery Replacement ..................................................................................................................... 48
Movement Alarm .................................................................................................................................. 48
TiltAlarm .............................................................................................................................................. 49
Circuit Breaker ........................................................................................................................................... 49
Limit Switch ................................................................................................................................................ 49
Emergency Pump ........................................................................................................................................ 49
Emergency Stop Button .............................................................................................................................. 49
Ground Control Cabinet Switch Removal ................................................................................................... 50
Platform Console Switch Removal ............................................................................................................. 50
Platform Control Board ............................................................................................................................... 50
Electronics Control Module ......................................................................................................................... 50
AngleSensorCalibration ............................................................................................................................ 51
Length Sensor Calibration ........................................................................................................................... 52
MANUAL92375-OO2
March 1998
GENERAL OPERATION
The control system in the T-Series machines consists of the following parts. (See Diagram On Page 43)
Platform Joysticks and Switches

Platform Control Board
Ground Control Switches
Ground Control Board
Hydraulic Valve
Hydraulic Actuators
All platform switches and proportional joystick wires are connected directly to the platform control board.
Communication of these inputs is transmitted to the ground contro board via two wires in the 8 conductor
shielded boom cable using RS232 protocol. This data is transmitted at a very high speed where no delay
in operation is noticed. The ground control board receives the signal and outputs the correct signal
to drive the hydraulic valve. Hydraulic actuation then takes place. The ground board is a solid state
switching board that takes the place of many failure prone mechanical relays.
The ground control board consists of24 on/off outputs and 12 proportional outputs. All switches and
lights are controlled by the on/off outputs. All joysticks are controlled by the proportional outputs.
MANUAL92375-002
March 1998
CONTROL SYSTEM DIA
JOYSTICK
SNITCH
PLA TFORM -~-

CONTROL
PLATFORM CONTROL BOX BOARD
8 CONDUCTOR S'1EiLDED
CABLE THROUGh 20JrvL
HYCRAUUC
A.CTUA,TJR
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
All adjustment are made by turning the 14 turn potentiometers located on the ground control board.
No adjustments are made on the platform control board. Function speeds are adjusted using the following
three potentiometers:
MAX Potentiometer
This adjusts the current (or speed) of the function when the joystick is at full on. Initial current settings
for each function are listed in Table 1. The function speed (time to move through the complete motion of
function in seconds) is also listed. The procedure should be to initially set the current, then go back and
do any final tweaking to get the correct speed. Valve tolerances vary from one to another so function
speed should always be the final setting. Adjusting the MIN potentiometer will effect the MAX setting.
You will have to go back and forth to get the final setting for both.
MIN Potentiometer
This adjusts the current (or speed) of the function when joystick is movedjust slightly. This is sometimes
referred to as the threshold. In order to achieve the smoothest full joystick range of proportional control,
it is desired to have the machine initially start to move when the joystick is just moved slightly, and at full
speed when the joystick is full on. With the ammeter connecter (see diagram 1), move the joystick until
the first reading is displayed. The required current for the specific function is listed in Table 1.
If the current needs to be increased, tum the pot in (clockwise). If it needs to be reduced tum it out
(counterclockwise). If the machine lurches when the joystick is initially moved, the setting is to high and
should be reduced. The final adjustment should be based on how the functions feel. If you have to move
the joystick a long way before the function starts moving, the setting is too low. Adjusting the MAX
potentiometer will also effect the MIN setting, so you have to go back and forth. Remember, if you
increase the MAX, it will increase the MIN slightly and vice versa. The MIN adjustment also directly
effects the speed when the platform function speed switch is set to low. This is sometimes a more
important adjustment based on feel.
RAMP Potentiometer
The ramp adjustment determines how quickly the function will start and stop when the joystick is moved
suddenly. Caution should be used because when ramping off, you do not have the control to quickly stop
the function unless you remove your foot from the deadman switch. Initial settings are listed in Table 1.
MANUAL 92375'{)()2
March 1998
GRUUND CUNTRUL BUARD
4 DIGIT ERROR S~ING RIGHT RAMP ADJUSTMENT
CODE DISPLAY
S~ING RIGHT MIN ADJUSTMENT
12 PROPORTIONAL LED'S
24 ON/OFF LED'S S~ING RIGHT MAX ADJUSTMENT
o o
EJ D
COM
'-CTIVE
• GOOD
DATA
•
ENGINE
START
UNLOADER
EMERG.
•
PUMP
ENGINE
CHOKE
•
GLOVI PLUG
SLOVI
LIGHTS
•
FAST
a• •
OAMP
MIN
MAX
SViING
LEFT
OA""§
MIN
MAX
BOOM.
RETRACT
ON/OFF
0
• • • •
VALVE ON THROTTLE THROTTLE
• a
MOVEMENT HORN HIGH STEER
RAMP §-OAMP_§ OAMP§
• • •
ALARM DRIVE RIGHT
4) MIN -MIN- MIN .,
e MAX
• •
0- _
8 MAX MAX
BOOM BOOM. JIB JIB.

DOWN UP DOWN UP
STEER PLATFROM PLATFORM PLATFORM
• • • •
LEFT RIGHT LEFT UP
a
PLATFORM AXLE AXLE AXLE
• • • • a
DOVIN LIGHT VALVE 1 VALVE 2
OAMP .AMP
§ R
-RAMP-
e MIN : _MIN_: MIN e
• • •
e MAX _ -MA)(- __
MAX e
STEE~ SI£ER ANGLE BRAKE DRIVE BOOM BOOM . .
DRIVE.
• • •
VALVE 1 VALVE 2 INDICATOR VALVE REVERSE FORWARD EXTEND RETRACT
PRDPORTlIlNAL PRDPllnlDN'l
POWER
•
(+5V ON)
0 0
0 0
MANUAl 92375-002
MarcI11998
ERROR CODES
E[HAN A RIIDIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM

ERROR CODE DISPLAY
EJ
THE FOLLOWING CHART ASSISTS THE USER IN TROUBLE-
_ OK - SHOOTING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. PLEASE REFER TO
SERVICE MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION PROBABLE CAUSE

EC01 DATA LINES DA TA LINE PROBLEM OR PROBLEM AT PLA TFORM BOX-
EC02 DRIVE BAD CONNECTION AT DRIVE JOYSTICK
EC03 BOOM UP/DOWN BAD CONNECTION AT BOOM UP /DOWN JOYSTICK
EC04 SWING BAD CONNECTION AT SWING JOYSTICK
EC05 BOOM EXT./RET. BAD CONNECTION AT EXTENDED/RETRACT JOYSTICK
EC06 JIB BAD CONNECTION AT JIB JOYSTICK
EC07 STARTER SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO STARTER RELAY
EC08 EMERGENCY PUMP SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO EMERGENCY PUMP
EC09 CHOKE/GLOW PUMP SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO CHOCK/GUY PLUG RELAY
EC10 PUMP STROKER SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO DUMP VALVE
EC11 HORN SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO HORN RELAY
EC12 HIGH SPEED DRIVE SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO SERIES/PARALLEL VALVE
EC13 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO PLATFORM ROT. RT VALVE
EC14 PLATFORM ROTATAE LEFT SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO PLTFRM ROTATE LF VALVE
EC15 PLATFORM LEVEL UP SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO PL TFRM LEVEL UP VALVE
EC16 PLA TFORM LEVEL DOWN SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO PL TFRM LEVEL DOWN VALVE
EC17 AXLE LIGHT SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO AXLE LIGHT
EC18 AXLE LOCK VALVE 1 SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO AXLE LOCK VALVE 1
EC19 AXLE LOCK VALVE 2 SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO AXLE LOCK VALVE 2
EC20 STEER VALVE 1 SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO STEER VALVE 1
EC21 STEER VALVE 2 SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO STEER VALVE 2
EC22 BRAKE SHORT OR OPEN CONNECTION TO BRAKE VALVE
EC23 AXLE PROXIMITY SWITCH AXLE NOT IN LEVEL POSITION
EC24 ENGINE DISTRESS ~L PRESSURE OR WATER TEMP SWITCH OR \",IRING I
EC25 BOOM EXTENSION BAD LENGTH SENSOR
EC26 i BOOM ANGLE BAD ANGLE SENSOR I
The error codes identify where to look for bad connections or failed components.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
ELECTlUCALSYSTEM
The following section is a description of maintenance for the major components of the electrical system.
BATTERY
One 12 volt batteries supply the electrical power required to operate the machine.
BATTERY MAINTENANCE (IN USE)
Check battery and surrounding area for signs of damage or corrosion.
Check battery terminals for:
• Corrosion. Regular clean connections and apply a non-metallic grease or protective

spray to retard corrosion.
Loose Connections. Be sure all cable connections are tight, and that good contact is
made to terminals.
Broken or Frayed Cables. Be sure all cable connections are good, and that no loose
or broken wires are exposed. Replace as needed.
Check battery electrolyte level. Replenish the electrolyte, if necessary. Remove vent caps before filling,
and USE ONLY DISTILLED WATER. Fill all cells to the proper level. Do not overfill. Fill to level
indicator ( or 112 inch over the top of the separators if there is no level indicator). Fill after charging to
prevent overflow of acid due to expansion. Do not use a hose to add water to batteries.
Allowing the electrolyte level to drop below the top of the separators will lead to shortened battery
life. Excessive water usage can indicate that a battery has been overcharged, has been subjected to
excessively high temperatures, or is nearing the end of its service life.
Keep battery clean. Wash the top of the battery, making sure all vents are in place. Do not allow
cleaning water or other foreign matter to enter the cells. Use a solution of bicarbonate of soda and
water to wash the battery if there is an accumulation of acid.
BATTERY PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Once a month, after the battery has been charged, spot check the specific gravity of two or more cells.
A fully charged battery should indicate 1.28 specific gravity. If low readings are noted, check the
following:
• Check terminals for corrosion, loose connections and broken or frayed cables.
Check all cells with a hydrometer for variation in specific gravity. A variation of 0.03 points or
more between cells is cause for concern.
Recheck specific gravity of all cells after recharging.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
G BATTERY REPLACEMENT
To remove the battery, follow these procedures:
AWARNING
BEFORE REMOVING BATTERY FROM THE UNIT, TURN
OFF THE IGNITION SWITCH. THERE SHOULD BE NO POWER
TO THE MACHINE.
AWARNING
Always disconnect the negative battery cables first.
Remove bolts holding battery to turret.
Lift the battery from the turret. Put the battery to the side and dispose of properly.
AWARNING
Always connect the positive battery cable first.
To install the battery, lift and position it on turret. Secure battery in position with wing nuts and battery
hold downs. Connect battery cables.
MOVEMENT ALARM
The optional movement alarm is activated as soon as the platform console drive controller or drive
toggle switch on the ground control is moved offthe center "Neutral" position.
AWARNING
THE MOVEMENT ALARM IS PROVIDED FOR YOUR PROTECTION,
AND PROTECTION OF PERSONS WORKING IN IMMEDIATE AREA.
DISABLING THIS IMPORTANT SAFETY DEVICE MAY RESULT IN
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
MANUAL92375-002
March 1998
TILT ALARM
The tilt alarm gives an audible warning when the machine is 4-112° or more out of level. It is located in
the platform control console. To replace the tilt alarm, open the platform control console, disconnect the
wires and remove it from the platform control console.
TILT ALARM TEST
The alarm can be tested by manually tipping the alarm sensor. This "Push-to Test" feature enables tilt
alarm to be tested without losing its adjustment. Select "Platform" at the ground key (selector) switch.
With the boom raised above horizontal, individually push down on each of the three fastened comers of the
tilt alarm. On the tilt alarm, there are three LED's. The green LED indicates the unit has power. The red
LED indicates the sensor is tilted beyond 4-112°. The yellow LED indicates the sensor is tilted beyond 4-
112° and the 3 second delay has expired (tilt alarm should sound at the platform). On these units, there is
an in-line 2 amp fuse. Check the fuse first, if the alarm sounds continuously when the sensor is level.
Then, check the flange nuts.
TILT ALARM ADJUSTMENT
The tilt alarm can be adjusted. Before attempting to adjust the alarm, park the machine on a flat, level
surface.Level the base of the alarm by adjusting each of the three flange nuts until the level bubble is
centered.
CIRCUIT BREAKER
There is one 20 amp circuit breaker mounted on the face of the ground control box.
If the breaker is tripped, reset it by pushing in the button. If the breaker trips again, the cause of the high
current draw must be corrected prior to further operation.
LIMIT SWITCH
There are limit switches for the boom telescope and boom lift. The boom telescope limit switch is located
on the lower left side of the base boom. The boom lift limit switch is located on the center post of the
turret. Unless the boom lift and telescope limit switches are closed as shown on the machine electrical
schematic at the end of this manual, the machine will only be able to travel at creep speed from platform.
EMERGENCY PUMP
There is an emergency pump mounted near the ground control box. It is activated when the Emergency
Pump push button on the platform control console or on the remote control pendant is pressed. When
either push button is pressed and held, the emergency pump is energized, allowing all hydraulic functions
to operate should the main motor powered hydraulic pump is disabled. When either of the emergency
pump push-buttons is energized, main pump, high speed, and low speed throttle solenoids are turned off
automatically.
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
There is an emergency stop button on the ground control console and on the platform control console.
When the emergency stop buttons are pressed, all functions stop immediately and the wheel brakes are
automatically applied. To replace the emergency stop button, open the ground control console or platform
control console to gain access for button removal. Remove the appropriate button mounting screws and
wires.
MANUAL 9237!HlO2
March 1998
• GROUND CONTROL BOX SWITCH REMOV AL
To replace a ground control switch or button, disengage the ground control cover retaining screws to
gain access for switch or button removal. Remove the appropriate button mounting screws and wires.
PLATFORM CONTROL CONSOLE SWITCH REMOV AL
To replace a platform switch,joystick or light, remove the six platform console screws and swing the
console up on its hinges, to gain access for removal. Remove the appropriate switch, joystick, or light
mounting screws and wires.
PLATFORM CONTROL BOARD
The platform control board contains the microprocessor or related electronics for the control of
platform lights and sending data to the electronics control module.
To replace the platform control board remove the six platform console screws and swing the console
up on its hinges to gain access for removal. Unlatch the individual connectors by pressing on top of
the connector locks and remove connectors. Remove four bolts holding the board in place.
ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
The electronics control module, located in the ground control box, contains the microprocessor and
related electronics for the control of all ofthe machine functions. It is a non-serviceable unit. Ifthe
module is suspected of being faulty, remove the four bolts that secure it in place inside the ground
control box. Also, unplug the two connectors. Return the module to TIME CONDOR Corporation.
When installing the electronics control module, secure it in place with the four bolts, and plug in the
two cable connectors. The connectors are keyed so they cannot be interchanged.
Refer to the troubleshooting section for electronics console module fault code identifications and
diagnostic procedures.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
PROCEDURE FOR CALIBRATING ANGLE SENSOR
The following procedure is to be followed to calibrate the angle sensor.
1. With the boom in the fully lowered position, insert the slot screw (part #71531) into the end of the boom pin.
After the slot screw is flush with the jam nut, rotate the screw until its' slot is vertical and tighten the jam nut.
2. After the jam nut is tight, raise the boom to its fully raised position. Then, install the angle sensor, along with
the angle sensor blade (part #71728), onto the angle sensor plate (part #71529) using two #10-32 x 1.75" long
screws. Leave the screws loose enough so that the angle sensor can be rotated.
3. Finally, rotate the angle sensor until the angle sensor calibration light comes on the lower control box.
Tighten down the screws and install the boom angle sensor cover (part #71499).
0 0
00 8
ANGLE SENSOR _
CAUBRA nON LIGHT
0
0 0
0
0 0
0 o 0
0 0 0
~
0 0
LOWERCONTROL BOX
MANUAL92375-002
March 1998
PROCEDURE FOR CALIBRATING THE LENGTH SENSOR
The following procedure is to be followed to calibrate the length sensor.
I. Place the machine on a flat level surface. Next, raise the boom until it is horizontal with the ground.
Then, extend the boom until it stops. The boom extend decal located on the tip boom (shown below) displays the
acceptable operating zone along with a calibration line on the center of the decal. In general operation, the boom
may extend slightly more or slightly less. As long as it always stop within the acceptable range it is O.K. But,
when doing any adjustments it should be set to the calibration line. The initial adjustment must be such that the
end of the midboom must lie inline with the calibration line.
2. If the midboom does not line up with the calibration line, the length sensor will need to be calibrated
< ::ATI: LINE J

>
L ACCEPTABLE OPERATING ZONE
3. Location of the length sensor is in the box mounted to the outerboom located just above the boom's pivot
pin on the inside of the outer boom. To get to the length sensor adjustment, take the cover off the end of the
outer boom and set aside. Then, take off the box's cover and set aside.
COVER MTG
SCREWS
LENGTH BASE BOOM

SENSOR COVER REMOVED
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
GEAR B GEAR A
LEVER ARM
PULLED AWAY
VIEW "A" VIEW "B"
4. In order to calibrate the length sensor if the boom is extending past the acceptable operating zone, the lever arm
needs to be pulled away from Gear B (See View B). Rotate Gear A counter clockwise at 1 tooth increments to
calibrate the sensor. If the boom is not extending far enough, rotate gear A clockwise. Rotate the lever arm back
until Gear A meshes with Gear B. Retract the boom slightly and extend until it stops. Repeat this step until
alignment is achieved.
MANUAL92375-002
March 1998
SECTION 5:
MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
Table of Contents, Section 5
Mechanical Components ................................................................................................................. 57

Tires .................................................................................................................................... 57
Changing Tires .................................................................................................................... 57
Wheels and Lug Nuts ................................................................................................................ 57
Drive Hub Assembly ................................................................................................................. 57
Steer Cylinder Pins .................................................................................................................... 59
Steer Cylinder ........................................................................................................................... 59
SteerCylinderSealreplacement .......................................................................................... 59
Drive Motor Replacement ......................................................................................................... 60
Turret .................................................................................................................................... 60
Platform .................................................................................................................................... 60
Hoses and Cables ..................................................................................................................... 60
Miscellaneous Equipment ........................................................................................................... 60
Boom .................................................................................................................................... 60
Boom Pivot Pin and Bushing Replacement ........................................................................... 60
Wear Pads ......................................................................................................................... 61
Base Boom Top Wear Pad Replacement ...................................................................... 61
Moving Anchor Wear Pad Replacement ....................................................................... 62
MidBoomTopFrontWearPadReplacement .............................................................. 62
Mid Boom Rear Wear Pad Replacement ...................................................................... 62
Tip Boom Top Front Wear Pad Replacement ............................................................... 63
BoomLiftCylinder .................................................................................................................... 63
LiftCylinder Pivot Pin Replacement .................................................................................... 63
Lift Cylinder Seal Replacement (On Machine) ..................................................................... 63
Bench Replacement OfLift Cylinder Seals .......................................................................... 64
Counterbalance Valve Inspection ........................................................................................ 66
Jib Boom Removal .................................................................................................................... 66
Jib Boom Installation ................................................................................................................. 66
Boom Telescope ....................................................................................................................... 67
Telescope Cylinder Removal ............................................................................................... 67
Telescope Cylinder Seal Replacement ................................................................................. 67
Telescope Cylinder Installation .. ,......................................................................................... 68
Counterbalance Valve Inspection ........................................................................................ 68
Platform Levelling Cylinders ....................................................................................................... 69
Platform levelling Cylinder Pin Replacement ......................................................................... 69
Levelling Cylinder Seal Replacement ................................................................................... 69
PlatfonnLevellingProcedure .............................................................................................. 69
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
Following is a description ofthe major mechanical components.

•
TIRES
Tires used are pneumatic or the optional foam filled. Inspect tires for cuts, sidewall damage or
abnormal wear. Any tire faults MUST BE CORRECTED before further machine operation.
CHANGING TIRES
AWARNING
CALCIUM FILLED AND/OR FOAM FILLED TIRES ARE EXTREMELY
HEAVY. CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY.
When a tire change is necessary, follow these steps:
A CAUTION
AL WAYS BLOCK THE WHEELS before you raise the machine.
• Loosen and remove lug nuts, and pull offthe wheel assembly and tire.
Replace the tire and reinstall.
Fasten lug nuts and tighten to proper torque (see Machine Specifications).
• Lower the machine and remove the blocks.
WHEELS AND LUG NUTS
Check the security of the wheel lug nuts (see Machine Specification for proper torque) and
examine the wheel rims for damage.
DRIVE HUB ASSEMBLY
Drive hub assembly consists of a hydraulic motor, and a torque hub.
To remove drive hub assembly:
1. Block the steer wheels and raise the machine at the drive end.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
AWARNING
2. Remove tire and wheel assembly:
a. Loosen and remove the lug nuts.
b. Pull offthe tire and wheel assembly.
A CAUTION
Plug all open hydraulic fittings to prevent contamination by dirt or other foreign
objects.
3. Disconnect hoses to the drive hub assembly.
4. Loosen and remove eight capscrews and flat washers on the drive hub assembly.
5. Slide off hydraulic motor and torque hub as one unit.
• Install drive hub assembly:
1. Align the drive hub assembly (hydraulic motor and torque hub) with the axle tube
assembly.
2. Install and torque the eight capscrews with flat washers.
3. Connect hydraulic hoses to the drive hub assembly.
AWARNING
4. Install tire and wheel assembly:
a. Position tire and wheel assembly.
b. Install and torque lug nuts.

5. Lower the machine and remove the steer wheel blocks.
MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
STEER CYLINDER PINS
Check all pins for wear. If pin rotates, check for a missing retaining ring. If wear is detected,
the pin must be replaced.
CYLINDER PIN REPLACEMENT
1. Remove retaining rings (rod end) or hair pin clips (base end).
2. Remove the pin.
3. Grease and install new pin retaining rings or hair pin clips.
STEER CYLINDER
The steer cylinder is of the double acting type. Check the cylinder for hydraulic fluid leaks.
STEER CYLINDER SEAL REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the hydraulic hoses.
2. Remove the steer cylinder pin.
3. Remove the cylinder.
4. Clean the end of the cylinder.
5. Loosen the end cap and withdraw it over the piston rod.
A CAUTION
Take care not to damage the rod surface and guard against dirt
entering the system.
6. Remove the rod and piston assembly.
7. Replace the seals and "0" -rings.
8. Install the rod and piston assembly.
9. Install and tighten the end cap.
10. Install cylinder.
11. Connect the hydraulic hoses.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
DRIVE MOTOR REPLACEMENT
Disconnect hoses and remove bolts that secure drive motor to drive assembly. Then slide motor out.
To install drive motor, secure it to the drive assembly with bolts. Connect hoses to drive motor.
TURRET
The turret consists of two compartments; one is the engine compartment and the other is the
hydraulic compartment.
Steam clean the turret once a year, and inspect all welds and brackets. Check for cylinder
pins that turn in their mounting, which will indicate sheared pin lock bolts.
PLATFORM
Steam clean the platform and inspect all welds and brackets. Check all the hydraulic and electrical
components.
HOSES AND CABLES
Inspect all hoses and electrical cables for security and damage. Check for leaks at fittings. ANY
DAMAGED HOSES OR CABLES SHOULD BE REPLACED. Cables and hoses should be
examined for rubbing and chafing, especially in the swing bearing area and the hose track area.
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
Check all miscellaneous equipment mounted on the machine for secure attachment. Check
for evidence of oil or hydraulic fluid leakage.
BOOM
Clean the boom once a year and inspect along the boom structure, especially all welds and brackets.
BOOM PIVOT PIN AND BUSHING REPLACEMENT
IMPORTANT: It is NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE CORRECT

ALIGNMENT between the boom and pylon weldment during this
operation. Any relative movement will make fitting of the pin more
difficult.
AWARNING
THE BOOM WILL FALL IF NOT SUPPORTED WHEN THE PIVOT PIN IS REMOVED.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
1. SUPPORT THE BOOM securely (on a boom stand or similar rigid platform).
2. Remove the retaining rings, capscrew and locknut, and drive out the boom pivot pin,
taking care not to damage the inner bore, bushings, sleeve bearings or thrust bearings.
3. Check bushings, sleeve bearings and thrust bearings and replace if necessary.
4. Install new pivot pin.
5. Install capscrew, locknut and retaining rings.
6. Apply grease to pin through the grease fitting.
WEAR PADS
Wear to boom sections is prevented by the installation of wear pads at several points along
the boom length. The wear pads should be checked for wear approximately every six months.
Fully retract the boom, and check the gap between the wear pad and the boom section.
Wear pads are located at the top front of the tip boom and at the top front of the mid boom,
and at the top, bottom and side rear of the mid boom, and at the top, bottom and side rear
of the base boom. There is also a moving anchor wear pad mounted on a weldment located
on the side of the base boom.
A CAUTION
If a pad wears to approximately 3/8" (9.5) thick, it should be replaced or shimmed.
Generally, only the bottom pad at the upper end and the top pad at the lower end of
the boom will show wear.
Base Boom Wear Pad Replacement
1. Fully retract and lower the boom.
2. Remove the capscrews, lockwashers and jam nuts holding the top and side wear pads.
3. Slide out the top and side wear pads.
4. Use a crane to hold the mid and tip boom section off the bottom wear pad.
5. Remove the capscrews, lockwashers and jam nuts holding the boom wear pad.
6. Remove the bottom wear pad.
7. Install new bottom wear pad with caps crews, lockwashers and nuts.
8. Rest the mid and tip boom section on the new bottom wear pad.
9. Install new base boom top and side wear pads.
10. Install capscrews, lockwashers and jam nuts.

MANUAL 9237!HJ02
March 1998
Moving Anchor Wear Pad Replacement
2. Remove the caps crews, flat washers and locknuts holding moving anchor wear pad.
3. Remove wear pad.
4. Install new wear pad.
5. Install capscrews, flat washers and locknuts.
Mid Boom Top Front Wear Pad Replacement
1. Fully retract the boom and support the boom in the horizontal position.
2. Remove the telescope cylinder pin retaining rings and flat washers.
3. Remove telescope cylinder pin and lower the end of the telescope cylinder.
4. Access can now be gained to the mid boom top front wear pad retaining bolts,
lockwashers and nuts.
5. Remove bolts, washers and nuts; wear pad will easily fall out.
6. Install new wear pad with bolts, lockwashers and nuts.
7. Raise cylinder and install cylinder pin, retaining rings and flat washers.
Mid Boom Rear Wear Pads Replacement
2. Remove the capscrews, lockwashers and jam nuts holding the top and side wear pads.
3. Slide out the top and side wear pads.
4. Use a crane to hold the tip boom section off the bottom wear pad.
5. Remove the capscrews, lockwashers and jam nuts holding the bottom wear pad.
6. Remove the bottom wear pad.
7. Install new bottom wear pad with capscrews, lockwashers and nuts.
8. Rest the tip boom section on the new bottom wear pad.
9. Install new base boom top and side wear pads.
10. Install capscrews, lockwashers and jam nuts.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
Tip Boom Top Front Wear Pad Replacement
1. Fully extend the boom and support the boom in the horizontal position.
2. Remove bolts, washers and nuts; wear pad will easily fall out.
3. Install new wear pad with bolts, lockwashers and nuts.
BOOM LIFT CYLINDER
The boom lift cylinder is of the double acting type. During operation, the cylinder should not leak,
but a slight dampness at the rod seal is acceptable. The pins should be checked for wear. Check
the pin capscrew for tightness. The cylinder and holding valve should be inspected for fluid leakage,
damage and security.
LIFT CYLINDER PIVOT PIN REPLACEMENT
A CAUTION
Support the boom any time maintenance is required on the boom or boom cylinders.
1. Support the boom securely (on a boom stand or similar rigid platform).
2. Operate the boom lift control to release hydraulic pressure and remove any load on the
lift cylinder.
3. Remove the retaining rings.
4. Remove the capscrews and nuts.
A CAUTION
The cylinder will fall if not supported when the pivot pin is removed.
5. SUPPORT THE LIFT CYLINDER and remove the pin.
6. Install new pin, capscrews, nuts and retaining rings.
7. Apply grease to pin through grease fitting.
LIFT CYLINDER SEAL REPLACEMENT (ON MACHINE)
I A CAUTION I
MANUAl92375-OO2
March 1998
1. Support the boom securely in the horizontal position (on a boom stand or similar
rigid platform).
2. Operate the boom lift control to release hydraulic pressure and remove any load in the lift
cylinder circuit.
3. Clean the cylinder, and loosen the cylinder end cap by several turns.
A CAUTION
The cylinder barrel will fall if not supported when the pivot pin is removed.
4. Remove the rod end pivot pin, and support the cylinder barrel.
5. Loosen the end cap completely, and withdraw it carefully over the piston rod.
A CAUTION
Take care no to damage the rod surface and guard against dirt entering the system.
7. Replace the "0" -rings, seals and backup rings.
8. Reassemble the lift cylinder, again AVOIDING DIRT AND ROD DAMAGE.
9. Tighten the end cap.
10. Install rod end pin.
BENCH REPLACEMENT OF LIFT CYLINDER SEALS
The lift cylinder can also be removed from the machine for seal replacement.
1. Operate boom lift to horizontal position.
A CAUTION
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
2. SUPPORT THE BOOM (on a boom stand or similar rigid platform) at the horizontal position.
3. Disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the cylinder.
A CAUTION
The cylinder will fall if not supported when rod end pin is removed.
4. Support the cylinder with a crane.
5. Remove the rod end cylinder pin.
6. With the cylinder supported, remove the base end cylinder pin.
7. Move the cylinder to a bench for examination.
8. Extend the cylinder, and examine the protruding rod for score marks and damage.
9. Clean the holding valve and examine for signs ofleakage.
10. Clean the end of the cylinder.
11. Loosen the end cap, and withdraw it carefully over the piston rod.
A CAUTION
Take care not to damage the rod surface and guard against dirt entering the system.
NOTE: It is recommended that the backup rings be placed when seals are changed.
13. Replace the seals and backup rings and reassemble the cylinder, AVOIDING DIRT AND ROD.
DAMAGE.
14. Tighten the end cap.
15. Install the base end of the cylinder on the machine.
16. Connect all the hydraulic hoses.
17. Extend the lift cylinder and install the rod end to the boom.
18. Remove cylinder support.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
19. Remove boom support.
20. BLEED THE SYSTEM after reinstalling the cylinder.
COUNTERBALANCE VALVE INSPECTION
1. Place rated load in platform, raise the boom to the horizontal position, extend the boom
to full side reach and stop the engine.
2. If the cylinder subsequently begins to move, the counterbalance valve is faulty and the
cartridge should be replaced.
A DANGER
BOOM MUST BE SUPPORTED WHEN CHANGING THE COUNTERBALANCE
VALVE. CYLINDER WILL RETRACT WHEN CARTRIDGE IS REMOVED.
NOTE: The counterbalance valve is preset at the factory and is not field adjustable.
JIB BOOM REMOVAL
A CAUTION
Plug all open hydraulic fittings to prevent contamination by dirt or other foreign objects.
1. Raise jib boom and support the platform.
2. Disconnect all electrical cables and hydraulic hoses at the platform and from the jib boom.
Note the connection of cables and hoses for ease of proper assembly.
3. Remove articulation cylinder pin.
4. Remove parallel arm pin to free jib boom weldment.
5. Remove upper jib boom pin to free jib boom weldment.
JIB BOOM INSTALLATION
To installjib boom and platform.
I. Attachjib boom weldment to tip boom withjib boom pin.
2. Attach parallel arm weldment to tip boom with parallel arm pin.
3. Attach jib boom articulation cylinder to jib boom weldment with articulation cylinder pin.
4. Connect all electrical cables and hydraulic hoses at the platform and to the jib boom.
MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
BOOM TELESCOPE CYLINDER
The function of the telescope cylinder is to extend and retract the boom segment to allow positioning
ofthe work platform. The double acting cylinder must be removed from the machine before a
thorough inspection can be accomplished.
TELESCOPE CYLINDER REMOVAL
1. Elevate the boom to the horizontal position.
A. CAUTION
2. Extend the boom until the telescope cylinder rod end mounting pins on the mid boom are
exposed.
3. SUPPORT THE EXTENDED TIP BOOM (on a boom stand or similar rigid platform).
4. Remove retaining clips and the two pins at the rod end of the telescope cylinder to the tip
boom.
5. Close the hydraulic valves and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the telescope cylinder.
Plug hose ends.
6. Remove the remaining rings, flat washers and pins from the boom base end of the cylinder.
7. Remove the two boom cap plates that secure the telescope cylinder to the mid boom.
8. Using a crane, withdraw the cylinder from the back end of the boom.
TELESCOPE CYLINDER SEAL REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the end cap from the cylinder.
A. CAUTION
Take care not to damage the rod surface and guard against dirt entering the system.
MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
2. Pull the cap and rod straight out of the cylinder barrel.
3. Remove the nut from the end of the rod.
4. Slip off the piston.
5. Examine the rod and seals for signs of damage or wear.
6. Remove the old seals and backup rings. Refer to Illustrated Parts Catalog.
7. Install new seals and backup rings. Refer to Illustrated Parts Catalog.
TELESCOPE CYLINDER INSTALLATION
A. CAUTION
1. SUPPORT THE EXTENDED TIP BOOM (on a boom stand or similar rigid platform)
IN THE HORIZONTAL POSITION.
2. Connect the hydraulic hoses to the telescope cylinder and open hydraulic lines.
3. Cycle the telescope cylinder several times to BLEED THE SYSTEM.
4. Measure the distance from base boom pin holes to tip boom pin holes, and extend the telescope ....
cylinder that direction.
5. Using a crane, slide the telescope cylinder into the boom and align the rod end mounting
holes with the holes in the tip boom.
6. Install the two pins and retaining rings holding the rod end of the telescope cylinder to the tip
boom.
7. Install the pin, flatwashers and retaining rings in the base end of the cylinder.
8. Install the two boom cap plates that secure the telescope cylinder to the mid boom.
COUNTERBALANCE VALVE INSPECTION
1. Place rated load in the platform, hoist the boom to full elevation and extend the telescope
cylinder, then stop the engine.
2. If the telescope cylinder subsequently begins to move, the counterbalance valve is faulty and
the cartridge should be replaced.
NOTE: The counterbalance valve is preset at the factory and is not adjustable.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
PLATFORM LEVELLING CYLINDERS
The platform levelling system automatically keeps the platform level, using a master/ slave cylinder
arrangement. Whenever the boom is raised or lowered, the master cylinder is forced to move.
The fluid displacement from the mastercylinder is in tum sent up the boom to the slave cylinder.
This forces the slave cylinder to move the same distance as the master cylinder, which keeps
the platform parallel to the ground in any boom position.
The platform levelling cylinders (master and slave) are of the double acting type. The pivot pins
should be checked for wear. Check the pivot pin locking bolts for tightness. The cylinders should
be inspected for fluid leakage, damage and security. The seals should be replaced whenever the
cylinder is serviced.
LEVELLING CYLINDER PIN REPLACEMENT
SUPPORT THE PLATFORM to remove the load on both master and slave cylinders. Remove
the retaining ring, the pin locking bolts and nuts, and remove the pin.
Install new pin, locking bolts and nuts (lubricate bolts before installation) and retaining ring.
Apply grease to pin.
LEVELLING CYLINDER SEAL REPLACEMENT
Lower the main boom. SUPPORT THE PLATFORM to remove the load on both master and slave
cylinders. Remove the lock collar and pin. Slave cylinder seals can be replaced on the machine.
Master cylinder must be removed for seal replacement.
Clean the end of the cylinder. Unscrew the end cap and pull the cap and rod straight out to the
cylinder barrel. TAKE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE THE ROD SURFACE, AND GUARD
AGAINST DIRT ENTERING THE SYSTEM. Remove the split pin and nut from the end
of the rod. Slip off the collar. Examine the rod and seals for signs of damage or wear.
Remove the old seals and install a new seal kit.
PLATFORM LEVELLING PROCEDURE
After a platform levelling cylinder has been repaired or replaced, or if the platform does not remain
level with the raising and lowering of the boom, the platform levelling circuit may need to be bled.
With the platform near ground, operate the platform level control to move the platform fully
backward and forward. Perform procedure five (5) times in order to expel any air from the system .
.A CAUTION
CARE MUST BE TAKEN WHEN OPERATING LEVEL CONTROL. AIR IN
CYLINDERS CAN CAUSE UNCONTROLLED PLATFORM MOTION.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
SECTION 6:
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
• Table of Contents, Section 6
Maintenance Schedule ................................................................................................................................ 73
General Maintenance Tips .......................................................................................................................... 73
First Three Months Of Operation ............................................................................................................... 73
RoutingServicing ................................ ,....................................................................................................... 74
Shift Operational Checklist ......................................................................................................................... 78
Weekly Operational Checklist ..................................................................................................................... 81
Monthly Operational Checklist .................................................................................................................... 83
Semi-Annual Operational Checklist ............................................................................................................ 86
MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
MAINTENANCE
The T60 is designed to require a minimum amount ofmaintenance. However, it is essential that the
specified services be performed at the indicated intervals, and that the instructions contained in this
manual are followed to ensure safety and reliability.
A DANGER
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF MACHINE IS OPERATED IN
AN UNSAFE CONDITION. DO NOT OPERATE ANY MACHINE IF IN UNSAFE
OPERATING CONDITION.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE TIPS
• AL WAYS clean the surrounding area before opening hydraulic components.
• Never open a hydraulic system when there are contaminants in the air.
• Never leave components or hoses open. They must be protected from contamination
(including rain) at all times.
• Use only recommended lubricants (see Lubrication Chart in this manual). Improper
lubricants or incompatible lubricants may be as harmful as no lubrication.
• Watch for makeshift "fixes", which can jeopardize safety as well as lead to more costly repairs.
• Any work platform found not to be in safe operating condition should be removed from
service until repaired. All repairs should be made by authorized personnel in conformance
with the manufacturer's operating, maintenance, and repair manuals.
FIRST THREE MONTHS OF OPERATION
As with any new machine, minor fluid leaks may occur until the various hydraulic components
and pipe fittings are fully seated.
It is particularly important that, for the first three months of operation, all hydraulic components,
hoses and pipe fittings be checked regularly for leaks and tightness, and corrective action taken
as required.
The hydraulic pump, electric motor, cylinders and pressure valves are self-lubricating.
MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
ROUTINE SERVICING
NOTE: The following recommendations are based on advice of our component suppliers,
and the requirements ofvarious safety regulations. They should be followed with discretion
based on factors such as amount and type ofmachine usage, environmental conditions, and
local safety regulations.
IMPORTANT: Make certain that the unit is inspected per the operational checklists at the
end ofthis section.
SIDFT SERVICE
Hydraulic System
Before checking the hydraulic fluid level, ensure that the machine booms are stowed in the traveling
position, and the machine is standing on level ground. Fluid level must be to full mark on sight
gauge, located on the side of tank. Refer to Lubrication Chart for correct grade of hydraulic fluid.
Ensure that the filler cap is secure to prevent entry of water or other impurities into the tank.
Tire Condition
Check that the tires are not damaged.
Platform Rails and Safety Gate
Check security of platform and safety gate.
Steering
Check the steer cylinder for fluid leakage. Inspect steering linkage for signs of wear.
Batteries
Check the electrolyte level in battery cells. Replenish with distilled water, if necessary.
Pivot Pins
Examine all pivot pins on booms and cylinders to ensure that they are positively secured in position.
Test All Machine Systems
Test the operation of the drive assembly, including drive motor and steering. Test the operation
ofall machine boom functions.
MANUAl 92375-002
March 1998
Checklist
•
Perform all items on the Shift Checklist found later in this section.
WEEKLYSERVICE
Swing Bearing and Drive Pinion Gear
Lubricate standard open swing bearing and drive pinion gear, and check optional oil bath
swing bearing case.
Checklist
Perform all items on the Weekly Checklist found later in this section.
MONTHLY SERVICE
Hydraulic System
Pressurize the hydraulic circuit and inspect the system for any signs ofleakage, particularly at
flexible hoses, connections and hydraulic components. Check hydraulic fluid color. If the
hydraulic fluid does not appear clear amber, but has a cloudy appearance, it is usually an
indication that water is present. A dark drown color, accompanied by a strong "burnt" smell,
indicates that the fluid has overheated. Ifeither condition occurs, a complete hydraulic fluid and
filter change will be necessary.
The cause ofhydraulic fluid deterioration should be investigated and rectified. Have fluid analyzed
by a qualified laboratory.
Chassis Bolts
Check all bolts for signs oflooseness. Refer to individual items in the Monthly Checklist.
Cylinders
Check all cylinders for hydraulic fluid leakage.
Pivot Pins and Grease Fittings
Lubricate all pivot pins and grease fittings.
MANUAl 9237 5-002

March 1998
Platform Mounting
Check that platfonn weldments and platfonn frame members are in good condition.
Checklist
Perfonn all items on the Monthly Checklist found later in this section.
SEMI-ANNUAL SERVICE
Boom Cylinders
Fully retract, then extend the boom lift cylinder. At each extreme position, check that there
is no movement between cylinder rod and bearing housing, or between cylinder cap and tube.
Fully retract, then extend the boom telescope cylinder. At each extreme position, check that
there is no movement ofthe cylinder pin.
Hydraulic Filter
Change the high pressure and return filter elements.
In severe use applications, more frequent filter changes wills be necessary.
Checklist
Perfonn all items on the Semi-Annual Checklist found later in this section.
ANNUAL SERVICE
NOTE: Machine Annual Inspection Report Fonns are available from TIME CONDOR.
Flexible Hoses
Inspect all hoses over their complete length. Replace any hoses showing looseness or
corrosion at the end fittings. Replace hoses with cracking, blistering or excessive wear of outer
protective covering.
Hydraulic Fluid
If the hydraulic system has been properly maintained, the fluid should only need to be changed
once each year. This, of course, will depend on machine application, amount of use,
temperature, atmospheric conditions and other factors.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
Hydraulic Fluid Tank
Carefully check the condition ofthe fluid inside the tank to ensure that it flows easily and is
of clear, amber color. In cases of gross contamination, it will be necessary to completely
drain and reftll the entire hydraulic system.
Place a suitable waste oil container under the drain tap, or attach a suitable hose from the
drain tap to the container. Open the drain tap, and completely drain the fluid from the tank.
Clean or replace the suction hose, and close the drain tap. Refill the tank to the correct level.
Structural Examination
A thorough examination of the machine should be carried out for signs of corrosion,
misalignment, material fractures, and other damage. Particular attention should be given
to the condition of welded joints.
FOUR YEAR INTERVAL SERVICE
Pivot Pins and Bearings
Remove the pivot pins for examination. Check the pivot pin bearings with the pivot pins
removed. Replace with the correct type of pins and bearings, as necessary.
MANUAl92375-OO2
March 1998
SIDFT OPERATIONAL CHECKLIST
All checks must be completed before operation of the unit.
These checklists can be copied as needed to aid in performing these inspections.
DATE: INSPECTED BY:

--------------------- -------------------
MODEL NUMBER: ------------- SERIAL NUMBER:
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. Keep inspection records up-to-date.

2. Record and report all discrepancies to your supervisor.
3. A dirty machine cannot be properly inspected.
KEEP YOUR CONDOR MACHINE CLEAN!!!
AWARNING
THIS CHECKLIST MUST BE USED AT DAILYINTERVALS OR AFTER
EVERY 6 TO 8 HOURS OF USE, WHICHEVER IS SOONER. FAILURE
TO DO SO COULD ENDANGER THE LIFE OF THE OPERATOR. ALWAYS
REMEMBER, A LITTLE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CAN SAVE MUCH
MORE THAN IT COSTS.
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
1. Check unit for any prior-shift or transportation damage, i.e. missing

parts, tom or loose hoses, hydraulic fluid leaks, tom or disconnected
wires, flat or damaged tires etc. The compartment doors on both
sides can be opened to inspect components inside.
2. Check for machine damage, broken welds, improper or makeshift

repairs.
3. Check hydraulic system for leaks, examine hoses for signs of

excessive wear, chafing or twisting.
4. Check engine oil and fuel levels.
5. Check engine coolant level (liquid cooled engine only).
MANUAL92375-002
March 1998
SHIFT OPERATIONAL CHECKLIST (Continued)
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
6. Check battery electrolyte level. Check battery terminals for tight

connections and cleanliness.
7. Check hydraulic fluid level. The level should be at the line

marked on the sight gauge with the unit in stowed position. Inspect
condition ofhydraulic fluid in the reservoir. Fluid should be a clear
amber color.
8. Check that all shutoff valves on hydraulic tank are open

(parallel to flow).
9. Check tires proper inflation pressure (see Machine Specifications).
10. Check if wheel lug nuts are tight.
11. Check hose carrier to verify that it is not bent or sagging.
12. Inspect safety equipment as required by OSHA, government and

local rules.
13. Inspect the work platform and boom structure for signs of damage
and broken welds. Check platform gate latch for damage.
14. Check pivot pins for security.
15. Check that no attempt had been made to override the drive interlock
system by a previous operator.
16. Check that all warning and instructional decals are legible and
secure.
17. Start engine. Check hydraulic pressure (see Machine Specifications).
18. Check that the tilt alarm is working properly.
19. When all pre-inspection checks have been completed, test the
ground controls for proper operation.
MANUAl92375-002
March 1998
SHIFT OPERATIONAL CHECKLIST (Continued)
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
20. Check emergency pumps for operation and pressure (see Machine
Specifications).
21. With the main boom raised, check for the smooth operation of drive,
creep speed.
22. Follow instructions for servicing engine daily. Refer to the Engine
Maintenance Manual supplied with your machine.
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR HARSH ENVIRONMENTS
NOTE: Do not lubricate wear pads or boom cables in dusty or sandblast environments.
There are boots and guards available to extend the unit's life in these applications.
Consult TIME CONDOR Service Department.
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
• Inspect cylinder bots, valve spool boots, etc., for cuts or other
damage after every eight (8) hours of service. Repair if necessary.
• Check hydraulic system for leakage after every eight (8) hours of
operation.
Follow instructions for servicing engine when used severely. Refer to

the Engine Maintenance Manual supplied with your machine.
MANUAL92375-002
March 1998
WEEKLY OPERATIONAL CHECKLIST
DATE:---------------------- INSPECTED BY:
MODEL NUMBER: - - - - - - - SERIAL NUMBER:
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. Keep inspection records up- to-date.

Keep your Condor machine clean!!
AWARNING
THIS CHECKLIST MUST BE USED AT WEEKLY INTERVALS OR EVERY
25 HOURS, WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD
ENDANGER THE LIFE OF THE OPERATOR. ALWAYS REMEMBER, A
LITTLE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CAN SAVE MUCH MORE THAN
IT COSTS.
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
1. Perform all checks listed on Shift Operational Checklist.
2. Check wheel lug nut torque (120 LB-FT).
3. Check hydraulic connections for leaks, corrosion and wear.
4. Lubricate swing bearing and drive pinion gear.
5. Apply lubricant swing to exposed swing bearing and drive

pinion gear (see Lubrication Chart).
Check lubricant in optional oil bath swing bearing case, if so

equipped, for proper level, and check for dirt or mental
contamination (see Lubrication Chart).
MANUAL92375-OO2
March 1998
WEEKLY OPERATIONAL CHECKLIST (CONTINUED)
NOTE: Do not lubricate wear pads or boom cables in dusty or sandblast environments. There
are boots and guards available to extend unit's life in these applications. Consult Time Condor
Parts Department.
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
• Lubricate all grease fittings (see Lubrication Chart).
• Check oil level in swing drive motor assembly (see

Lubrication Chart).
• Check oil level in power hubs (see Lubrication Chart).
Follow instructions for servicing engine when used

severely. Refer to the Engine Maintenance Manual
supplied with your machine.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
MONTHLY OPERATIONAL CHECKLIST
DATE:---------------------- INSPECTED BY:
GENERAL INFORMATION

AWARNING
TillS CHECKLIST MUST BE USED AT MONTHLY INTERVALS OR EVERY
100 HOURS, WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD
ENDANGER THE LIFE OF THE OPERATOR. ALWAYS REMEMBER, A
LITTLE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CAN SAVE MUCH MORE THAN
IT COSTS.
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
1. Perform all checks listed on Shift and Weekly Operational

Checklists.
2. Lubricate all grease fittings (see Lubrication Chart).
3. Lubricate all hydraulic valve spool linkages.
4. Check hose and electrical wire routed from the main boom,
through the jib boom and to the platform for any damage.
5. Check protective rubber cover around hoses at moving

anchor, tip boom, boom hose passages, and at swing bearing.
6. Check boom hose carrier for sag and damage. If damaged,

have them repaired.
7. Check torque of swing bearing bolts (l70LB-FT).
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
MONTHLY OPERATIONAL CHECKLIST (CONTINUED)
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
8. Check torque of rear axle mounting bolts (200 LB-FT).
9. Check adjustment and security of swing drive motor assembly.

There should be a slight amount of backlash between the turret
and chassis when properly adjusted. Check torque of mounting
bolts (55LB-FT).
10. Check oil level in swing drive gear box (see Lubrication Chart).
11. Check oil level in power hubs (see Lubrication Chart).
12. Check that tires are not leaning in or out.
l3. Check that wheel spindles turn freely, with no end play.
14. Check drive wheel power hub mounting bolt torque (11 OLB-FT).
15. Check that neither the main boom nor jib boom drift with a full load,
when there is no hydraulic pressure (engine off) and the controls are in
the "BOOM DOWN" position.
16. Inspect boom cables.
17. Check to make sure boom sections are not dented or bent.
18. Check that all adjustable flow valves are locked. Check settings if
any are not locked.
19. Check fuel shutoff rack for proper operation. Loosen lever arm and
lubricate with WD-40 or equivalent.
20. Follow instructions for servicing engine monthly. Refer to the Engine
Maintenance Manual Supplied with your equivalent.
EVERY 90 DAYS
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
Replace high pressure filter element.
Follow instructions for servicing engine when used severely. Refer

to the Engine Maintenance Manual supplied with your machine.
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
120 LB-FT
110 LB-FT
~ ~200 LB-FT
200 LB-FT
200 LB-FT
~~ 200 LB-FT
MANUAL92375-002
March 1996
SEMI-ANNUAL OPERATIONAL CHECKLIST
DATE: -------------------- INSPECTED BY:
GENERAL INFORMATION

AWARNING
THIS CHECKLIST MUST BE USED AT SIX MONTH INTERVALS OR
EVERY 500 HOURS, WHICHEVER IS SOONER. FAILURE TO DO SO
COULD ENDANGER THE LIFE OF THE OPERATOR. ALWAYS REMEMBER,
A LITTLE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CAN SAVE MUCH MORE THAN
IT COSTS.
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
1. Perform all checks listed on Shift and Weekly Operational

Checklists.
2. Have hydraulic fluid sample analyzed at a test laboratory.

Comply with test results and recommendations to ensure
long, trouble free operation.
NOTE: Ifhydraulic fluid has been regularly maintained, it

should only require changing once every year, depending
on maintenance, temperature, application, duty cycle, and
atmospheric conditions.
3. Inspect the entire machine for signs of structural damage and

broken welds, and worn or damaged components. Replace
as necessary.
4. Clean and lubricate all electrical switches with an electrical

contact cleaner and ensure that the switches operate freely
inall positions.
5. Check the electrical mounting and hardware connections

for security.
MANUAl 92375412
March 1998
SEMI-ANNUAL OPERATIONAL CHECKLIST (CONTINUED)
INITIAL DESCRIPTION
6. Replace high pressure and return filter elements.
7. Clean and lubricate the exposed swing bearing gear teeth with dry
moly lube spray (not required for oil bath swing bearing option).
8. Repack front wheel bearings.
9. Follow instructions for servicing engine semi-annually. Refer to the

Engine Maintenance Manual supplied with your machine.
EVERY YEAR
10. Drain and replace fluid from hydraulic reservoir. Drain and replace
fluid from drive wheel power hubs. Ifbadly contaminated, it may be
necessary to disassemble and inspect components.
EVERY TWO YEARS
11. Drain and replace fluid from swing drive motor assembly. Ifbadly
contaminated, it may be necessary to disassemble and inspect
components.
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR HARSH ENVIRINMENTS
EVERY SIX MONTHS
Drain and replace fluid swing drive motor assembly and drive wheel
power hubs.
Follow instructions for servicing engine when used severely. Refer

to the Engine Maintenance Manual supplied with your machine.
MANUAL 9237 5-002

March 1998
APPENDIX A
BASIC STRESS
MAJOR AREA SAEGRADE8
NOMINAL DIA SQ. IN
THREADS INCH
NOTES:
1. THIS CHART SHOWS RECOMMENDED BOLT TORQUES.
2.TORQUE= RX D XT
R = .150 FOR LUB CONDITIONS
R = .200 FOR DRY CONDITIONS
TO ASSURE CONSISTENCY IN TORQUE, LUBRICATE FASTENERS WITH ENGINE OIL
(MA Y BE USED OIL)
D = NOMINAL DIAMETER IN INCHES
T = DESIRED CLAMP LOAD IN POUNDS = 75% PROOFLOAD X STRESS AREA
APPENDIXB
BOLT TORQUE CHART
FOR METRIC HEX HEAD CAP SCREWS
• RECOMMENDED ASSEMBLY TORQUES IN FOOT-POUNDS

('VALUES IN LB-IN, OTHERS ARE LB-FT.)
'THE TORQUE VALUES FOR EACH DIAMETER ARE ACCEPTABLE

FOR ANY THREAD PITCH IN THAT DIAMETER.
PROPERTY CLASS 8.8 PROPERTY CLASS 9.S PROPERTY CLASS 10.9 PROPERTY CLASS 12.9
DIAMETER DRY LUBRICATED DRY LUBRICATED DRY LUBRICATED DRY LUBRICATED
THREADS THREADS TIlREADS THREADS THREADS THREADS THREADS THREADS
M4 27.5' 17- 30' 18' 38.5- 24' 53' 32.5*
M5 56.5' 33.5· 61* 37' 78' 47* 107· 65*
M6 95· 57.5* 103· 61* 132* 79* ISO· 109'
MS 19 12 21 13 27 16 37 22
MIO 39 23 42 25 53 32 73 44
M12 67 40 73 44 92 55 127 76
M14 107 64 116 69 146 89 203 122
M16 167 100 lSI 108 230 138 316 190
M20 325 195 352 211 449 269 617 370
M24 562 337 609 386 775 465 1066 640
M30 1117 670 1210 726 1540 924 21S8 1271

Power Wheel Service Manual
Model 6 Double Reduction
Wheel Drives With Integral
Parking Brake Option .
PHONE: (219) 925-3200
FAX: (219) 925-4725
I
12 13
I
I 11 16
14
/~@
\ o @tJf)oo~ !
15
L )00
19
, 30
OPTIONAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION * NO. USED ITEM DESCRIPTION * NO. USED
NO. IN ASS'Y. NO. IN ASS'Y.
Socket or Torx Head Screw 4 20 Disengage Spring 1
2 Piston Assembly 21 Ring Gear 1
3 Disc Pack 22 Secondary Carrier Assembly
4 Coupling 1 23 Primary Carrier Assembly 1
5 Retaining Ring 1 24 Primary Sun Gear 1
6 Input Shaft 1 25 Thrust Washer 1
7 Sleeve Bearing 26 Thrust Washer 1
8 Spindle 27 Disengage Plunger 1
9 Oil Seal 14-00-044-010 1 28 "0" Ring

Cast Iron Cover 614101
10 Bearing Cone 04-01-101-35 1 Aluminum Cover 10-00-141-113
11 Bearing Cup 04-01-102-12 2 29 Large Cover
12 Wheel Bolt 9 30 Hex Head Bolt 8
13 Hub 1 31 ·Magnetic Plug 14-00-052-002 1
14 Hex Head Bolt (Grade 8) 6-12 32 Disengage Cover 14-02-039-005 1
15 Flat Washer 6-12 33 Hex Head Bolt 2
16 Bearing Cone 04-01-101-17 1 34 Quick Disconnect Gasket
17 Retaining Ring Kit 14-02-410-003 1 35 Quick Disconnect Assembly 1
18 Retaining Ring 2 36 Hex Head Bolt 2
19 Washer 2
* Contact Auburn Gear with part number and order code of drive to obtain the apropriate parts list.
Refer to parts list for the specific part numbers and quantities.
Model 6 Power Wheel Service Kits
Part No. Description Included Items
14-02-410-003 Retaining Ring Kit 17 ( 7 Retaining Rings)

641008 ** Bearing and Seal Kit 9,10,11,16,17 and 28
641017 ** Seal Kit 9, 17, and 28
** Indicates kit also includes a tube of sealant, part number 604101.
I\AHL1?1 - Rq~
IDENTIFICATION
IMPORTANT: All Power Wheel units and kits are shipped with a name plate that includes the Auburn Gear part number and order code as shown.
, Power Wheel ® """

ORDER CODE: 6WB13156C
Example: PART NO.: 6000236
SERIAL NO.: L",

143434
" A'!!!M!}Jgf~
In addition to the nameplate, Power Wheel drives are stamped .... :;.:. -, ... identification number which appears on the cover or hub flange as shown.
Example: 6000236-A-4-9
When ordering parts, the information included on the nameplate or the stamped identification number is necessary to accurately identify the drive and obtain
the correct replacement parts. Once this information has been obtained, contact Auburn Gear for the appropriate parts list
DISASSEMBLY OF POWER WHEEL

STEP 1 remains with large cover (29). Remove disengage plunger (27) and "0' ring
If brake portion of drive is to be serviced: SAE A and SAE B MOUNT (28) from cover on end of input shaft (6). The thrust washer (26) will usually
BRAKES-Remove motor from planetary drive. SAE B MOUNT BRAKES- remain in position on thrust face of large cover (29).
Temporarily install two 1/2 -13x1.25 screws into hydraulic motor mounting STEPS
holes and torque to 50 lb. ft. (67 Nm). These must be used to hold spring Remove sun gear (24) and thrust washer (25), used in aluminum cover units
back-up plate in position when parking brake assembly is removed from the only, from end of input shaft (6).
drive. If the brake portion of drive does not require service go to step 5. STEP 9
STEP 2 Remove primary carrier assembly (23).
SAE A MOUNT BRAKES-Remove the four socket head cap screws (1) STEP 10
retaining the brake to the drive, leaving the two screws in line with the motor Remove the secondary carrier assembly (22). It may be necessary to
mounting holes in place. These two screws hold the spring back-up plate in remove the ring gear (21) first, if difficulty is encountered in removing the
position when the parking brake assembly is removed from the drive. SAE carrier.
B MOUNT BRAKES -Remove the four T-50 Torx head screws (1) holding STEP 11
the parking brake assembly in position. (Some models may be equipped Remove the inputshaft(6) from spindle (8). Remove the retaining rings (18),
with socket head cap screws). It may be necessary to lightly strike the piston washers (19), and spring (20) from input shaft (6) only if replacement is
assembly (2) with a rubber mallet to loosen from spindle or cover. required.
STEP 3 STEP 12
Remove disc pack (3) from drive only if necessary. Be careful to maintain Remove the 6 or 12 bolts ( 14) and washers ( 15) from hub ( 13) and ring gear
discs in order. (21) and remove ring gear (21 ).It may be necessary to strike ring gear (21)
STEP 4 with a rubber mallet to loosen from hub (13).
If brake piston assembly (2) has been removed slide the coupling (4) and STEP 13
retaining ring (5) from splines on input shaft (6). Remove sleeve bearing (7) Remove the retaining ring (17) from in front of the bearing cone (16) and lift
if replacement is required. hub (13) from spindle (8). If bearings are not a loose fit. it may be necessary
STEPS to press spindle (8) from hub (13). NOTE: Use a retaining ring expander tool
Position the assembly upright on face of spindle (8). to remove retaining ring (17).
STEP 6 STEP 14
Remove the disengage cover (32) if necessary. Remove the oil seal (9) and bearing cones (10 & 16) from hub (13). Inspect
STEP 7 bearing cups (11) in position and remove only if replacement is required.
Remove bolts (30) and large cover (29). Disengage plunger (27) usually
ASSEMBLY OF POWER WHEEL

STEP 1 STEP 7
Press newbearingcups(11)ineach sideofthehub(13).ltis recommended Assemble secondary carrier assembly (22) to spindle (8) at splines.
that bearing cups (11) and cones (10 & 16) be replaced in sets. STEPS
STEP 2 Clean mating surfaces and apply a bead of silicone sealant to face of hub
Assemble bearing cone (10) into cup (11) at seal end of hub (13) and press (13) that mates with ring gear (21). (See instructions on sealant package)
a new seal (9) into hub (13). Hub (13) is attached to ring gear (21) with either 6 or 123/8-24 grade 8 hex
STEP 3 head cap screws (14) and flat washers (15). Torque cap screws to 52-60
Position spindle (8) upright on bench. Lubricate lips of seal (9) and lower lb. ft. (70-81 Nm).
hub (13) onto spindle (8). Hub (13) should be centered as itis lowered over STEP 9
spindle (8) to prevent seal damage. Assemble the primary carrier assembly (23) into the ring gear (21). It will be
STEP 4 necessary to rotate carrier to align secondary sun gear (part of primary
Assemble bearing cone (16) over spindle (8) and into bearing cup (11).1f carrier assembly (23)) with planet gear teeth in secondary carrier assembly
bearings (10, 11, & 16), hub (13) or spindle (8) is replaced, a new retaining (22). Assemble primary sun gear (24) over input shaft (6). Rotate primary
ring (17) is required for proper bearing setting. Select the thickest retaining sun gear (24) to align input shaft (6) to gear splines and gear teeth in primary
ring (17) that can be assembled into the ring groove of the splined end of carrier assembly (23).
spindle (8) above bearing cone (16). Bearing should have from .000-.006 STEP 10
inches of end play when proper retaining ring (17) is installed. Assemble the small thrust washer (25) over input shaft (6) and against
STEPS shoulder of input shaft (6).
Assemble a retaining ring (18) in groove opposite pilot end of input shaft (6). STEP 11
Assembleawasher(19), spring (20), a second washer (19). and a second For units with the aluminum cover (29), lubricate "0" (28) ring and assemble
retaining ring (18) in the middle grooves of input shaft (6). Some shafts have in groove of the disengage plunger (27). Assemble disengage plunger (27)
a shoulder and require only one retaining ring (18). over end of input shaft (6) and against thrust washer (25). For units with cast
STEP 6 iron cover (29), lubricate '0' ring (28) and assemble in groove inside cover
hole, push plunger (27) into cover with pointed end facing inside of unit.
Assemble the splined end of the input shaft (6) down into spindle (8).
STEP 12 AlsO'. the spline en the frictien discs sheuld be aligned with the spline en the
Assemble the thrust washer (26) with tangs engaged with cover (29). NOTE: Pewer Wheel adapter ceupling (4). Check to' make sure that the disc pack
A small ameunt ef grease applied to' the back side ef thrustwasher (26) will is preperly seated.
held washer in place. Apply a bead ef silicene sealant to' end face ef ring gear STEP 17
(21). Assemble cover (29) alining heles ef cover and ring gear. Assemble Clean seal surface ef the drive and pisten assembly (2) ef any eld sealant
the eight 5/16-18xl inch hex head belts (30). Terque bolts to' 20-25 lb. ft. and wipe any eil from seal surface ef spindle er cever. Apply a centinueus
(27-34 Nm). 1/32 bead ef silicone sealant to' seal surface en inside ef the belt circle
STEP 13 NOTE: De net use excessive ameunt ef sealant as this can interfere witt
Assemble the disengage cover (32) with dimpled center pretruding eut if preper eperatien ef the parking brake.
wheel is to' be used to' drive the vehicle. Assemble and terque the twO' 5/16- STEP 18
18x3/4 inch belts (33). Terque bolts to' 10-20 lb. ft. (13-27Nm). SAE A MOUNT BRAKES-Align the feur brake assembly heles with the
STEP 14 feur heles in the Pewer Wheel spindle er cover. Apply Lecktite 262 to' the
Invert the Pewer Wheel assembly and assemble the sleeve bearing (7). feur screws to' be installed and terque to' 110-125 lb. ft. (148-169 Nm).
coupling (4) and retaining ring (5) with counterbere eut to Ihe input shaft (6). SAE B MOUNT BRAKES-Align the feur pis ten assembly heles with the four
STEP 15 heles in the Pewer Wheel spindle er cever. Apply Lecktite 262 to' the
The pre per disc pack and pisten cylinder assemlJ,y , ':'1 depend en the Pewer feur screws to' be installed and terque to' 80-94 lb. 1.. \ :~'3-127 Nm).
Wheel brake model number: Contact Auburn Gear fer specific part num- STEP 19
bers. Disc packs are supplied as a matched set. Replacement packs are SAE B MOUNTS ONLY-Remeve the twO' screws installed in metor
furnished with a twist-tie to' retain the matched characteristics. Pre-seak the meunting heles.
disc pack in th'}eil used in the Pewer Wheel drive befere placing intO' the unit. STEP 20
Do net remeve the twist-tie until jusl befere inserting the disc pack intO' the Befere using the brake. it is recommended that a pressure release check
drive. be perfermed. Using a suitable hydraulic seurce. bleed the air frem the brake
STEP 16 and pressurize the brake to' the specified release pressure. The brake plates
Align the tangs en the steel separater plates and carefully rem eve the sheuld new turn freely. If the hydraulic seurce will previde at least 1000 PSI
twist-tie. Place the complete disc pack (3) intO' the Pewer Wheel drive sO' pressure. apply 1000 PSI and check Ie make sure that the pressure does
that the tangs en the separater plates are within the slets in the drive. net decay mere than 30 PSI in 60 secends.
NOTE: When installing a hydraulic meter to' the Pewer Wheel Drive it is necessary to' place an '0" ring er gasket (net supplied by Auburn Gear) between
the meter and the planetary drive. '0' ring sizes: SAE A 2-042. SAE B 2-155. SAE C 2-159.
CARRIER ASSEMBLIES
It is recommended that the primary and secendary carrier assemblies (22 & 23) be serviced in their entirety to' pretect the integrity ef the Pewer Wheel drive.
LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATIONS
IMPORTANT: POWER WHEEL PLANETARY DRIVES ARE SHIPPED WITHOUT LUBRICANT AND MUST BE FILLED TO THE PROPER LEVEL
PRIOR TO START UP.
Observe lubricatien recommendatiens given by the eriginal equipment manufacturer. When specific recommendatiens are net available. use mild extreme
pressure lubricant API-GL-5. NO'. 80 er90 when filling the Pewer Wheel under nermal temperature ranges between 0-120 o F (-18 to' 49°C). Pewer Wheel
is to' be half full ef eil when unit is mounted level and horizental. Use drain and fill plug lecated in cover. Oil to' be changed after first 50 heurs ef eperation
with subsequent changes every 1000 heurs er yearly, which ever comes first. If unit is to' be eperated vertically. if ambient conditiens are eutside the specified
range. er if the eil temperature exceeds 200 0 F (93 C C) centact Auburn Gear fer eil and level recemmendatiens.
TOWING VEHICLE
CAUTION: The Pewer Wheel will net nermally be damaged by tewing; hewever, the hydraulic drive compenents may be damaged unless the Pewer Wheel
is disengaged frem the drive meter. Read speeds in excess ef 25 MPH sheuld be aveided unless clearly specified to' be permissible by the equipment
manufacturer.
TO DISENGAGE POWER WHEEL

CAUTION: Fer units equipped with the standard spring discennect, assemble the disengage cever (32) with the dimpled center pretruding inward. Fer units
equipped with the eptienal quick disconnect. push in center plunger ef discennect. PARKING BRAKE WILL NOT FUNCTION IF UNIT IS DISENGAGED.
STORAGE
A protective film is applied to' the Pewer Wheel at the factery to' prevent rust during shipment. Additienal protectien may be required if the Pewer Wheel is
to' be stered fer an extended period ef time.
SEALING COMPOUND
Silastic RTV 732 sealer and General Electric Silimate RTV Ne.1473 er RTV No.1503 are currently recommended fer sealing gasket surfaces. Sealant sheuld
be applied in a centinueus bead. which sheuld be centered en the surface to' be sealed but sheuld meve to' the inside ef the hele at each belt hele locatien.
Fer service requirements erder Auburn Gear part number 604101.
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum intermittent eutput terque ............................... ........................................... . ........................................... 50,000 lb. in. (5650 Nm~
Maximum input speed .................................................................................................................. ......................................... . ........................ 2,500 RPM
Oil capacity ................................................................................................................. ..................... ........... 35ez (1035 ml}
Maximum parking brake release pressure ................................................ ................................................. 2.000 PSI (137 bar)
3
• ®
PC992001
SEPTEMBER 1993
INTRODUCTION
IMPORTANT: PLEASE READ THIS SECTION BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY SERVICE·
PROCEDURES.
The service procedures given in this section are specifically for aU RS Series motors. The proce-
dures given are designed as a guide for the instailation of seal kits and are not intended for trouble-shooting
purposes. The service procedures given have been presented as clearly and accurately as possible.
However, White Hydraulics makes no guarantees that the directions and descriptions are complete or
aC~':~r\te or that following the procedures will result in a properly f\,;,,;.-";oning motor.
All White Hydraulics' motors are of the highest quality and are guaranteed against defects in workmanship
and materials for four years from the date of manufacture (a copy of the warranty can be obtained from the
distributor or the factory.). However, any disassembly of the motor voids this warranty. If a motor is
suspected of having a warranty problem. the motor should not be disassembled, but should be returned to
White Hydraulics for analysis and warranty consideration. Before returning motors to the factory, White
Hydraulics must be contacted to obtain a Return Authorization number. No returned motors will be ac-
cepted at the factory without the RGA number printed on the outside of the box.
Because of the extremely tight tolerances designed into every White HydrauliCS' motor. care should be
taken to provide a clean work area when servicing a motor. Before the motor is removed from any machin-
ery, all fittings and the area around the fittings should be thoroughly brushed and cleaned to remove all dirt.
Care should be taken to insure that no dirt enters the motor through the ports. Once removed from the
machinery, the ports should be plugged and the outside of the motor cleaned in preparation for service.
White Hydraulics recommends that a new seal kit be installed anytime that the motor is disassembled.
Failure to do so could result in leaks when the motor is returned to service.
SEPTEMBER 1993
WHITE HYDRAULICS, INC.
110 Bill Bryan Blvd. * P.O. Box 1127* Hopkinsville. KY 42241
Phone (502) 885-1110 * Fax (502) 886-8462
COMPONE'NT PARTS
Components List
1. dust seal
2. split wire ring
3. metal backup shim
4. high pressure seal
5. metal backup shim
6. teflon backup seal
7. shaft seal
8. body seal (3)
Items 1-8 included in seal kit
9. seal carrier
10. thrust washer
11. thrust bearing
12. drive link
13. wear plate
14. rotor assembly
15. drive link pin
16. endcover ball
17. endcover
Items 16-17 included in kit
18. 1.0. tag assembly
19. assembly bolts (4)
20. housing
21. COOling plug
22. shaft
23. shaft key
Items 20-23 included in housing/shaft kit
TOOLS REQUIRED FOR DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. bench vise that opens to at least 6"
2. breaker bar no longer than 14"
3. 9/16" socket
4. torque wrench capable of at least 50 tt.lbs.
5. seal puller
6. small chisel
7. small flat screwdriver
8. plastic headed hammer
9. compressed air source and safety blow-oft nozzle (optional)
1C'. petroleum-based solvent
11. permanent marker or paint
12. clean shop towels
13. STP or equivilent
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
White Hydraulics recommends that aU safety guidelines included but not limited to those contained in
OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910 (General Industry Standards) be observed when performing any service proce-
dures.
1. Protective goggles or safety glasses should be worn when performing any service procedures.
2. Steel toed shoes or boots should be worn when performing any service procedures.
3. If using compressed air to dry parts, set maximum air pressure at 30 psi or less.
4. Dispose of oily rags or towels in ctosed containers.
5. Keep all oils and cleaning solvents away from sparks or open flames.
6. Keep all tools dry and clean to prevent hands from slipping oft of tool and causing possible injury.
7. Excercise extreme caution when handling machined motor parts.
SEPTEMBER 1993
SEAL KIT INSTALLATION
This section contains the service procedures necessary to install a seal kit in all White Hydraulics' RS series
motors. White Hydraulics recommends that a new seal kit be installed anytime that the motor i~ disas-
sembled
1. Using a marker or paint, make a V-shaped set 2. With the shaft facing down, securely tighten
of lines on the rear assembly of the motor from the motor in a vise by clamping around the ports in
the housing to the endcover as shown. These the housing. Using a breaker bar and a 9/16"
lines will aid in part realignment when reassem- socket. loosen and remove the four bolts attaching
bling the motor. Oepending on shaft type, remove the rear assembly to the housing.
any keys or nuts from the shaft.
3. Uft the endcover from the motor and remove 4. Uft the rotor set from the motor and remove
the seal and discard. lay the endcover aside. and discard the seal from the face of the rotor set.
Remove the drive link pin from the drive link and Lay the rotor set aside. Remove the wear plate
Jay aside. from the motor and lay aside. Remove the seal
from the groove in the rear face of the housing
and discard.
SEPTEMBER 1993
5. Remove the drive link from the motor and lay 6. Grasping the housing, loosen the vise and
aside. From the flange side of the housing, push the remove the housing. Above a clean surface, rotate
shaft upwards and grasp the rear end of the shaft the housing 1800 and allow the thrust bearing and
with a clean shop towel and remove it from the thrust washer to fall from the housing. Clamp the
housing. Turn the output end of the shaft up to allow housing back in the vise with the flange side of the
the cooling plug to drop out of the shaft. Lay both housing facing up.
asidet--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
7. Using a seal puller, carefully pull the dust seal 8. Using a small flat-bladed screwdriver, remove
from the front of the housing and discard. Placing a the split wire ring from the groove in the front of
hand under the housing to catch the seal carrier, the housing. Also use the screwdriver to remove
use a wood or plastic hammer handle to lightly tap the backup shim and high pressure seal from the
on the seal carrier until it falls out the bottom of the housing. Discard the shim and seal.
housing.
,
9. If seal kit PS222001 is being used, the seal 10. Using 400 grit wet/dry sandpaper, a sanding
carrier assembly and thrust washer may be block and an oil based solvent. wet sand all mating
discarded. If seal kit PS222002 is being used, use surfaces to remove all dirt, grit, paint, nicks and
a small, flat-bladed screwdriver to pry the seals burrs.
from the seal carrier. Discard the seals and lay
the seal carrier and thrust washer aside.
SEPTEMBER 1993
11. At this point. all parts should be cleaned in an oil 12. Place the shaft on a clean dry surface with
based solvent. After the parts have bean cleaned. the output end of the shaft faCing up and apply a
use compressed air to carefully dry all parts. Make light coat of STP® to the seal area of the shaft.
sure to remove all solvent from the bolt holes in the Install the thrust bearing and then the thrust
housing as failure to do so could result in a cracked washer onto the shaft.
housing when the bolts are reinstalled.
13. Being careful not to cut the new shaft seal on 14. Place the new white teflon backup seal onto
the keys lot or splines on the shaft. push the new the shaft making sure that the lip on the inside
seal down onto the shaft. The flat side of the seal diameter faces the shaft seal. Next. place the
should be facing up. (Clear tape may be applied new backup shim onto the shaft over the teflon
over the keyslot to aid in seal in.:;tallation.) backup seal.
15. Place the seal carrier over the shaft making 16. Coat the new high pressure seal in STP ® and
sure that the side with the recess faces the shaft place the seal into the groove in the housing. To
seal. Center the seal in the recess in the seal install the backup shim. squeeze the shim until it
carrier and use a press and a sleeve to gently bows in the middle (do not told the shim in half).
press the seal carrier down untit the seal is seated While maintaining the bow. install it in the groove
in the seal carrier. A plastic headed hammer and next to the high pressure seal in the housing.
sleeve may be used if necessary. (Shim installation continued with step 17.)
SEPTEMBER 1993
17. A portion of the shim will not want to go into the 18. Install the split wire ring into the groove in the
groove. To this portion of the shim, apply pressure housing. Run a small screwdriver around the
downward and towards the center of the housing to circumference of the snap ring to make sure it is
expand the shim into the groove. Use a flat screw- fully seated in the groove and that the ends are
driver to push the remaining portion of the shim into butted together.
the groove to fully seat the shim.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
The rotation of the shaft in the RS Series motors is
dependent upon the timing alignment of the shaft,
drive link and rotor set. The rotational code of the
motor is the seventh number (0 or 1) in the model
number which can be found on the motor 1.0. tag
located on the endcover. Before installing the
drive link in the shaft end, be certain of the rota-
tional code of the motor, as this will affect the
orientation of the drive link splines in relation to the
shaft splines.
19. On a clean level work surface, stand the one of the long slots on the outside diameter of the
shaft up so that the output end of the shaft faces shaft. In this alignment, the splines will not mesh. For a
down. Install the cooling plug into the shaft with "0" rotational code motor, slowly rotate the drive link
the small diameter end facing down. Lower the counter-clockwise until the splines engage. For a "1"
drive link into the shaft making sure that the rotational code motor, slowly rotate the drive link
timing mark end of the shaft is up and the timing clockwise until the splines engage.
mark is aligned with
-,
''A
'-_'!'p--, "'-,
~.,
20. Tighten the housing in a vise with the mounting 21. lightly coat a new body seal in STP® and
flange side of the motor facing down. Using a clean place the seal in the groove on the rear face of the
shop towel, grasp the shaft near the drive link end housing. Place the wear plate onto the housing
and lower the shaft assembly into the housing. Use using the alignment marks as a guide. lightly coat
a plastic headed hammer to lightly tap the end of a new body seal in STP® and install it in the
the drive link down to seat the seal carrier against groove in the face of the rotor set.
the split wire ring.
SEPTEMBER 1993
22. With the seal side facing down, line up the drive link
timing mark with anyone of the valleys on the rotor and lower ROTOR SET TO DRIVE
the rotor set onto the motor (See drawing at right). Once the LINK ALIGNMENT
splines are engaged, the rotor set should be rotated until the
alignment marks match those on the wear plate. (Check to
make sure that all rollers are in the rotor set.)
23. Install the drive link pin into the end of the shaft 24. Install the four 3/8-24 bolts
with the concave end up. Lightly coat a new body and pre-torque to 5-10 ft.lbs. CD ®
seal in STP® and place it in the groove in the face using a 9/16" socket and torque
of the endcover. Using the alignment marks as a wrench. Using the bolt torque
guide, place the endcover ante the rotor set making sequence shown at the right, ®
sure that the drive link pin extends into the hole in torque all bolts to 50 ft.lbs.
the center of the endcover.
,Bt
, .k,a' S
.
25. Remove the motor from the vise and set on

the work surface with the shaft end facing up.
Making sure that the flat side of the dust seal
faces up, install the dust seal over the shaft and
use a sleeve and plastic headed hammer to tap
the seal into the front face of the housing.
SEPTEMBER 1993
PRECISION GOVERNORS, INC.
2322 SEVENTH AVENUE ROCKFORD.IL 61104 815-229-5300 FAX: 815-229-5342
ELECTRIC GOVERNOR
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Series K Integral Governor System

Shown with
Model E-~b.L Controller

2
GENERAL
The following information is intended as an aid to properly applying a Precision Governor Electric Governor.
Since these governors are used on a wide range of engines in many different applications. much of the
information is somewhat general in nature. If you need assistance concerning a specific detail on your
application. please consult Precision Gt.·• ..:;""'ors Application Engineering at 8151229-5300.
These instructions presume no electrical test equipment other than a multimeter for making the electrical
measurements called for on the following pages. If no meter is available. inexpensive but adequate meters.
are available Tram many consumer electronics stores such as Radio Shack.
Many "governor problems" turn out to be installation problems. particularly in first-time applications. Careful
attention to the directions provided will go far toward a successful installation made in the least amount of
time.
QUICK-START INSTRUCTIONS
If you are experienced in installing and adjusting Electric Governors. follow these steps. Otherwise. refer to
the more detailed instructions which begin on Page 2. starting with "Governor Assembly".
1) Mount the governor assembly to the engine manifold using appropriate gaskets. Connect fuel. vacuum
electrical and air lines
2) Mount Controller in a dry. fairly cool location. Accessibility for adjusting is required ..
3) Wire per the attached schematic. using 116 wire. BE SURE TO OBSERVE CORRECT POu\RI1Y.
4) Hold linkage for safety. and start engine.
5) Adjust engine speed to desired value using Speed-set pot. (See figure on page 4.)
Tum ON to increase. CON to decrease speed.
6) Set Gain as required. using Gain pot. (See page 4.) ON increases sensitivity.
Load and unload engine to check for proper gain. Also. pull back Governor arm slightly and
release.
MOUNTING-GOVERNOR ASSEMBLY
The governor assembly is a preassembled and pretested unit consisting of a carburetor. actuator. mounting
bracket and linkage. The end user need only mount the unit to the engine intake manifold with any needed
adapter; connect fuel. vacuum. electric lines and the dean air hose to complete the installlation. Appropriate
gaskets should be used.
A ball-end allen wrench or driver is highly recommenced for the fasteners used on the governor assembly.
Typically. these are 6 mm socket head cap screws requiring a 5 mm wrench.
MOUNTING-CONTROLLER
The controller is water and weather resistant when the cover plate is filleted with RTV by the user.
However. attention to the following points will enhance its performance and reliability;
3
Select a reasonably cool. dry. and vibration free location.
The rear cover will probably need to be removed during set-up in order to make adjustments for
speed-setting and gain. You may wish to defer final installation until this is done.
Atter completing these adjustments. replace cover. and seal with a finger-fillet of RTV.
~ount so that water cannot pool on this cover. Mounting with th;;.. ~r out of sight discourages
"fiddling".
WIRING
See wiring diagrams for details of hook-up.
Use 118 wi~e minimum. '16 is preferred.
If Governor is to be switched through the ignition switch. run power to the Governor directly via a dedicated
116 wire. Check that the wiring from the switch to the battery is at least 114 gage.
Keep all wiring to the Governor as short as is practical.
Go directly from the Controller ground terminal (2 of the 8 pin terminal strip) by dedicated wire. to the battery
"minus" terminal. If this cannot be done, for some reason. go by dedicated wire to a very good engine
ground.
A properly functioning engine electrical system will supply 13.5-14.8 VOC when the engine is running. If
wiring size is adequate. with good connections and proper grounds. you will get this reading between the
wires to terminals 1 & 2 of the 8 pin terminal strip when the Governor is controlling engine speed. Verify this.
CAUTION:
Improper hook-up can damage electronics. Re-check wiring before applying power.
CHECK-OUT & INITIAL START-UP PROCEDURES
Assuming that the Governor Assembly and Controller are mounted and the wiring is run and checked.
proceed as follows:
1) Turn ignition switch on. Do not start engine.
2} Use Multimeter to check battery voltage at battery terminals, and record. Now check voltage at the
machine connection points for terminals 1 & 2 ( 1 is +. 2 is -). This voltage reading should be the same as
at battery. If not. shut down. and correct wiring.
3) Before proceeding. familiarize yourself with the locations of the Speed Set pot and the Gain pot (See
page 4.) Read the section on Adjustments. page 4.
4) Hold the linkage back by hand. so as to control engine speed manually. Start engine. set vehide
controls to obtain high engine speed. gradually release the linkage. and adjust the speed-set as needed to
get the speed desired. If engine speed surges. reduce Gain a little. as required.
5) Re-check voltage between the connections for terminals A & B as in step 2. Voltage reading should be
between 13.5-14.6 VDC. If less. look for undersized wiring somewhere in the system. or for other
components wired in parallel with the Governor.
4
6) Carefully adjust Gain. You are looking for the best compromise between quick response and good
stability. Make very small adjustments. then load and unload engine. or pull linkage back slightty and
release. Usually. a good set-up is one that makes 1 to 3 small bounces and then steadies down after a large
load change. Too much Gain shows up as a rapid (onca per second) instability. most commonly at light
loads. Too little Gain shows up in large over-shoots on start-up or large load changes. and generally
sluggish operation.
7) Make final adjustment to the Speed-set This is the highest speed to be run. This adjustment must be
made before the Aux speed adjustments are done.
8) Set machine controls to obtain the Aux speeds (if used). Adjust the Aux speed pots as needed to obtain
the speeds desired.
9) Re-install the back cover on the control unit. Add a finger fillet of R1V around the edge of this cover to
seal against dirt and moisture. Final-mount the controller.
E-301 ELECTRONICS-ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
Speed Set Factory Adjust AwcSpeed 2
\ PRECISloIGOVERNORS. IN
r I
'----J 101
c:::J
P1 SPEED SET
C19) ;;;tJ
;;
r--,
P~ L--Ql
0 R76
c:::J
CATHODE
UJ c::::)C101 rnIJ Rl00

INTEG~ e ~16 11'11201\.\
O
1 o~l )
IJITL]
[]li]~
!14
,W
$3
@I] R1B R 1
U1 QIJ R Sca
c 1
~ Je~N
8 ~ N
~C20
~ 0
'----Q2 IElJ ~
/'\ em-, C, R81 $1
1 C2 R77
~~
AS1~ c=;]PJ
R75
~~~J
~
RJ1
~
7
AS1\AUX Speed 1 Gain
GOVERNOR ADJUSTMENTS
MULTI-TURN ADJUSTMENT (SPEED-SET)

This adjustment is made by turning the 118- brass screw clockwise (ON) to increase speed. and
counterclockwise (CCW) to decrease speed. The adjustment range of the pot is 25 full turns. and one full
tum will change speed about 100-200 rpm. This pot is protected by a slip clutch at each end. and will not
be harmed by moderate over-adjustment However. the Governor will not function while the pot is past full
travel.
If you suspect you may have over-adjusted the Speed-set pot. or have lost track of where you are. tum the
pot 25-30 turns cx:.N. then back 10-12 turns ON to get back into the range of normal adjustment
5
SINGLE-TURN ADJUSTMENT (GAIN. Aux SPEEDS. FACTORY ADJUST)

This pot is 318" square and has a 1IS" plastic screw in its center. Be gentle! This pot turns 270·, and over-
turning will break the internal stops, making adjustment impossible. Turning this pot ON increases speed or
governor sensitivi1y, while turning CON decreases speed or sensitivi1y.
TROUBLESHOOTING
We will discuss Troubleshooting in two general categories:
A) Governor wo~'t work

B) Governor works. but can't be set up to give satisfactory performance
There is, of course, some overlap between these categories. Read both sections and apply the fixes that
seem appropriate.
During troubleshooting. be prepared to control the engine manually to prevent overspeeds. etc.
A. Governor won't work.

No reaction from Governor. Actuator output arm never moves, engine off or engine running. Can
be caused by:
1. No power.
2. Incorrect linkage, preventing movement
3. Incorrect electrical hook-up.
4. No speed signal to Governor.
S. Damaged Controller or Actuator.
1. No power Use a Multimeter to check for 12-15 VDC between terminals 1 & 2 on the ~ntroller. Check
during engine off and engine running conditions. If voltage is absent or low, check tor:
a Wiring error
b. Hook-up on wrong side of ballast resistor
c. Low battery
d. Bad Voltage Regulator
e. Bad ground connection
1. Corroded terminals
g. Undersized wiring
2. Unkage Check linkage and carburetor for freedom of movement and lack of play are important.
3. Incorrect Electrical Hook-up Re-check all wiring and connections to the governor assembly and
controller.
4. No speed signal to Controller

a. Check the voltage between terminals 3 or 4 and ground with the engine running. You should
see 5-30 VDC.
b. The above check does not guarantee a good speed signal, but its absence proves that
there is a problem.
5. Internal Governor fault If steps 1-4 above have not reveaJed the problem. the Governor may
have been damaged. either in shipping or during hook-up and test.
B. Governor reacts. but can't be set up to give proper performance

This kind of trouble usually falls into 3 main categories:
1. Actual Governor malfunction
6
2. Governor installation problems and improper installation

3. Governor not tuned or adjusted for engine/application
1. Actual Governor malfunction The Governor was engine-tested for proper operation just prior
to being shipped. Unless damaged in shipment or by improper handling. it should be
serviceable. To check for proper operation. proceed as follows:
a Control the engine speed manually by holding the linkage.
b. Start engine. hold at a low speed. The linkage should ('1111 towards a higher speed.
c. Increase engine speed carefully. At some engine speed. lOe linkage will try to return to a low-
speed position.
d. By carefully varying engine speed. you should be able to feel the linkage come to a neutral
force position. This engine 3peed is the approximately the set speed for which the Governor is
adjusted. If grossly incorrect. reset Speed set pot.
e. No rubbing or binding should be felt during these movements.
If steps 1a through 1e. can be accomplished as described. the Governor is probably OK. It recognizes
underspeed. overspeed. onspeed. and is not binding internally. If the above steps cannot be accomplished
satisfactorily. there is probably an actual Governor malfunction.
2. Installation and adjustment problems
a If linkage is unable to move freely look for:
1. Unkage binding or misadjusted.
2. Low voltage at Governor during operation (Measure the voltage as discussed previously and
observe voltage during operation.
3. Excessive forces during running
Carburetor butterfly valves are loaded by engine vacuum during
running. which can add considerable force not present when engine isn't
running.
Springs in the system: carburetor return springs. acceleration pump
springs. etc.. are not usually needed and can cause governing problems.
b. Governor experiences sudden. momentary spikes toward max. or min. at random
intervals. then recovers.
1. Look for loose wiring or momentary shorts in wiring.
2. Noise or occasionally missing speed signal.
. 3. Governor not tuned or adjusted for engine/application

The basic adjustment to set sensitivity/stability is the Gain pot. A good starting point for many engines is full
CON. then ON 1/3 turn. (See "Governor adjustment' section.) To increase stability. turn CON. If
satisfactory governing cannot be achieved with this one adjustment. the factory adjustment may be needed.
Normal starting point for this iiajustment is fully CON. then ON 1/4 turn. (Before changing this pot. mark
the original position.)
UNITED EGI,...)IPMENT ACCESSOR.IES
P.O. BOX 8] 7, 2] 03 E. BREMER. AVE.

WA VERlY, IA 50677
PHONE: 319-352-394-6 FAX: 319-352-2175
REPAIR PARTS
&
SERVICE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION I tJ ·['{(CUIT £Ut.1t<ICAL 5L1P K'Ne. I/S5'/.
CUSTOMER £ALAVAt< Lf)tr.f!

--------------------------------
CUSTOMER PART # 711"11
-----------------------------
DATE 'f -27- 'J 8
UEA MODEL # S 15AN/{)CAh

--------------------------------
UEA WIRING CODE # R.CIAD82S8Lf REV. I
Continuous
Wire Amperage Voltage The circuits are numbered consecutively starting at the
Circuit 1/ Color Ga. Type Rating Rating 'normal' top of the slip ring core.
1* Wht 14 GPT 7.5 28 VDC The rotational speed rating is 100 :)m.
2* Blk 14 GPT 7.5 28 VDC
Red 14 GPT 7.5 28 VDC The overall he.ight of the assembly is 5.75" (14,6).
3**
4** Vel 14 GPT 7.5 28 VDC I
5*** . Grn 14 GPT . 7.5 28 VDC
6*** Blu 14 GPT 7.5 . 28 VDC
7*** Brn 14 GPT 7.S 28 VDC
8**** Wht 14 GPT 7.S 28 VDC
9**** Blk 14 GPT 7.S 28 VDC
10**** Red 14 GPT 7.5 28 VDC
* , ** ,*** , & **** -Simila~ly marked circuits are located
in the same core slots.
Assembly includes the following:
(1) RCAA008001X3 core base assembly with
(4) P561832250BS (2.50" long) brass core studs.
(1) RCFA008137B reinforcement insulator.
(1) RCPA008066 outboard bearing.
~(l) RCFA008803Al base .casting w/P53508NPT gasket, P859N08 locknut,
(1) RCFA008084RO (0.63" long) nylon bearing and
(1) P152150200 shaft seal.
~(l) P854E08750 (3/4"NPT)liquid tight connector.
(2) RCFA00088YSJ (5.25" Ipng) S.S. brush studs.
(10) RCAA008631P brush assemblies.
(l) liCF AOll096-G (4.50" tall) spun aluminum cover.
(1) RCFA013227A rubber seal f/cover.
(1) SK1510CA6 Pack·Kit:
(10) C027-16 Set screw type connector.
(10) RCFA008024 sleeves.
(10) T099-14 knife disconnects.
(1) RC8460A install. instruction sheet.
(1) RCPA008223 nylon rub disk
JN~TED EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES INC.
\AlMlt"QI V_ln\M!\
SCALE: I
~
...-----7
f
I APPR~l1t!ctBY~· u ... II g i ' J \I III \ I DRAWN BY D.E.
DATE: 9-15-97 REVISED.Al3·21~~8 ar.
Wiring Code for S15AN10CA6
DRAWING NUMB·ER
(Calavar 1171141) RCIA082RJil4
IIV, X 11 I"RIfI1'r '-foIO. 100GB CUiARPRIkT.
ilIIAYIKG iii
CD
~k
f
Q
crry
UNITED EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES INC.
WAVERLY, IOWA
SCAl[:
DAlE:
1: 4
1-3-95
.3-D IMICROSTATION IDRA~ BY: D.E.
S15A STYLE SLIP RING ILLUSTRATION

ORAYING IUl3ER .
tJ II i Le J gq \J i. p 'n e It l ,\ c c •• llll'.
Page 1 of 6
','1 I." 11
SLIP (COLLECTOR) RING
PARTS LIST
111us. Part Quantity ...... ', l
Ref. No. Number , Required Name and Oeflcription
1 S/5AN IDeAl:, Complete Slip Ring Assembly. (Typical

Ass'y. Shown for Illustration Purposes
Customer No. 7//'11 Only.) Includes Brushes & Arms, Core
and Base Bracket. S~e Wiring Cod~
RClA1J8288'1 for 0 the r Com po nell t s
Included in Assembly. May Include
Harnesses and/or "ar~ware.
II •
, "
2 J(CEAdIJ8f1tJ1A I I Slip Ring Aluminum Base Brnckel
3 I?CFAtJ~l1tJ8l{RO 1 Ny Ion n ear i n g 0 n 1 y [ 0 r I!rrAtXJ8803A f

Aluminum Base Bracket.
3 o
2 ()
2 o
3A O· tlO" Ring for Inverted Typc UIl11C IIrnckt't.
(152 t5tJ 2tJIJ f Grease Seal [or Inverted Type lJaRc I\rl~I,
2A f8521£IJ87SIJ 1 Connector ~CFA~8803At Hase Brackel.

,
4 t<L86IA-IOCA{' I Slip Ring Core Assembly (Typical Ass'y.
Show'n) Only. Includes All Brass IHlIgfl
\' With Center Wire & Nylon Insulators.
Also Includes Set Sere'" Connectors tor
Center Harness Termination. Note: 'fIliI
Assembly Should Not Dc Taken Aport Excep'
By Authorized UEA Personnel, and Core
Components Are Not Listed.
Order, CompLete Core for Repair.
UIlI.L(!(\ 1:;qUlptIlCIIl. /\CC., .I lie.
Hev.
~age 2 of 6
t J :
'! SLIP (COLLECTOR) RING
PARTS LIST
I11u5. Part Quantity . .i"

Ref. No. Number Required Name and Description
'See Wiring Code for ~ndividual Circuit Ratin~.
5-6 RLAA~B631 fD 7.5 I\mp Brush lit Holder J\ssembly
(For Circuits #I-/~ (Pair) For Compact Circuits.
--)
Used on Circuits Rated,Thru
28VDC Only. Brush is .G72"
Thick. Knife Disconnect Terminal
On End is for 14-16 Ga. Wire.
Assembly Also Includes:.RCPAOO~2
Spring, (2) T099~ 14 Knife Disconnects,+
~FAOO8tl2'1 Plastic Sleeve. Shunt
Wire In~ulation is Green.
5-6 ._ o 15 Amp Capacity D1:"ush & Holder

(For Circuits ~ Assembly (Pair). Used on Cireui l:s
--)
Rated 20VOC Thru 120VAC. "rush is
1/0" 'l'hick. Kli.i.fc Discol1necl '1'0.1:11I1n;11
On End is for 14-16 Ga. Wirc. l\ssemGly
Also Includes: Spring, (2)
Knife Disconnect Terminals
& . ; Plastic Sleeve. Shunt Wire
Insulation is Yellow. ~ote: If
Wiring Code sp~cification Lists 10
i\/Ilp Capacity, Use This l\sBeIllIJ.I.y 1-'£.11"
Replacement.
5-6
(For Circuits -.---
o 20 Amp Capacity Brush & Holder
Assembly (Pair). Used on Circuits
--) Rated 28VDC Thru 120VAC. Brush is
l/B" Thick. Knife Disconnect Terminal
On End is for' 10-12 Ga. Wire. Assembly
~lso Includes: Spring, (2)
Knife Disconnect 'l'erminnls,
& Plastic Sleeve. Shunt
Wire .. lnsulation is Red.
5-6 o 20 Amp High Abras i ve 'l'ype Brush &

(For Circuits r---
--)'
Holder Assembly (Pair). Used on
Circuits Rated 2BVDC Thru 120VAC.
Brush is l/B" Thick. Assembly Also
Includes: Spring, (2)
Large Knife Disconnects for 10-12 Gauge
Wire, & . Plastic Sleeve. nrush
is 1/0" Thick. ('rhis Brush Used on
Assemblies in Extremely Dirty Conditions
Shunt Wire Insulation is Orange.
NO'l'E: 30 AMP CAPACITY CIRCUITS REQUIlU:~ (2) Pl\IRS
: BRUSH & ARM ASSEMBLIES.
'J",LL.CU '-",lu,Ll'IIl\.;:IIL I\CC., .l.IIC
Rev.
Page 3 of 6
SLIP (COI1RECTOR) RING

. :,,;1
PARTS LIST J, .
: .,
lilus. Part Quantity
ReL'No. Number Required Name and Description
5-6 o
(ror Circuits }-,--
45 Amp Brush & Holder Assembly
(Pair). Useu ~n Circuits Rated
20VDC 'rhru 120VAC. Brush i s ~"
Thick. Assembly Also Includes:
Spring, (2)
Jumbo Knife Disconnect Terminals
for B Ga. Wires & Plastic
Sleeve. Shunt Wire Ins~lation is
Black. (Some Early Models of ~his
Assembly May Have Eyelet ~erminal
Instead of Knife Disconnect. Use
Knife Disc. Style to Replace.)
5-6
(For Circuits
o
r---
45 1\mp nigh 1\brasive Type Brush &
Holder Assembly (Pair). Used on
-) Circuits Rated 20VDC 'rhr\! 120Vl\C.
----------------- Brush is !:til Thick. Assembly Also
Includes: Spring, (2)
Jumbo Knife Disconnect.
Terminal for 8 Gauge Wires, &
, Plastic Sleeve. (This Brush is Used
on Assemblies ,in Extremely Dirty
Conditions.) Shunt Wire Insulation
is Black.
NOTE: '75 AMP CAPACITY CIRCUITS REQUIRE (2) Pl\I~S

OF - eRUSH AND l\RM l\SSEMBLIES.
HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUITS (220-'600V)

BRUSH & ARM ASSEMBLIES
5-6
(For Circuits
a
1--
Brush & Holder /\ssembly (Pair)
With Knife Disconnects for 12-10 Ga.
--) Wire. Brush is 1/0" Thick. 20 l\mp
Capaci ty, 2 20 'l'hru_~gO Vol ts .
Assembly /\lso Includes:
Spring, (2) Knife Disconnect
"'erminals, & Red Insula ting
Slee~e., Shunt Wire Insulation is Red.
NOTE: 30 AMP CAPACITY CIRCUITS REQUIRE (2) PAIRS OF

:\SSEMBLY.
l\~V •
Page 4 of G
:'! ,. " I JSLIP (COLLECTOR) lUNG

PARTS LIST '
_Ilus. ' Part Quantity ',1 • I

Ref. No.' Number Required Name and Description
5-6 o Brush & Holder 1\ssembly (Pair)
(For Circuits r---
---'-)
with Jumbo Knife Disconnect for
0-10 Ga. Wire. Brush is ~~ Thick.
45 Amp Capacity, 220 Thru 600 Volts.
Assembly Also Includes: '
Spring, (2) Jumbo Knife
Disconnects, & Black Sleeve.
Shunt Wire Insulation is Black.
NOTE:, 75 AMP CAPACITY CIRCUITS REQUIRE (2) PAIRS OF
" - .. > .
ASSEMBLY.
7 ~CrAO/JD8aY5:r 2 Brush Holding Stud. ~dvise Slip- Hil1.9.,

; (5~·LoNG) Assembly No. or Specify Length When
OrderIn9..:.. 5716-10 Thread Doth gluts.
\On Small Rings, ,Hex Head Cap Screw
May Be Used.)
8 RCPA/){)8tJb.~ f Nylon Outboard Bearing. Used At
Top of 12 Circuit and Larger Rings.
Some Large Rings Aiso Use (1) As
Center Support Bearing. .
9 An. Large Knife Disconnect Terminal.
o For 10-12 Ga. Wire. Used on
Brush & Arm
Assemblies.
9 T(J~9-ILf AR Small Knife Dis60nnect Terminal.
*(I{J) For 14-16 Ga. Wire. Used on
f{t"A~3/' Brush & Arm Assemblies.
9 l\R Jumbb Knife Disconnect Terminal,

0, Used on &
Brush & 1\rm Assemblies.
Not AR ' 110 Stud B Ga. Eyelet Terminal

Illus. '0 For Brush & Arm Ass'y.
10 I(CPA0086/2 AR .1.6# Brush Spring for ~ao86]1
.t(j{)) Brush & Arm Assembly.
l~ Spring for
... An.
o
2" Off
10 AR 5.5' Brush Spring for

()
)J A R" As /{mUJRm
( ),. t)ry. I?C&UJRt:D Ii:A. ·CtJ.v1PLE71t /iss,>"
UU.L.I...c::u. .uyu.Lpment ACC., Inc,
Rev.
Page 5 of 6

PARTS LIST
Illus-. " Part Quantity

Ref. No . . Number Required Name and Description
11 C(JZ7-1t, ~AR Set Screw Type Connector.

YIO) Includes Brass Threaded Insert
and Yellow Nylon Cap. (For
16-16 Gauge Wire.) Used on
7.5 Amp Circuits.
11 AR Set Screw Type Connector.
o Includes Brass Threaded Insert
and Red Nylon Cap. (Fo'r 10 Gauge
Wire.) Used on 30,45, & 75 Amp
Circuits.
12 Crimp Type Wire Connector for
12-14 Gauge Wire. Used When
Ring Has Factory Prewired Center
Harness. Order to Replace.
12 Crimp Type Wire Connector for 10
Gauge Wire. Used When Ring Has
Factory Prewired Center Harness.
Order to Replace.
13 AR ~"I.D. x 3" Long Large Plastic
o Sleeve for Knife Disconnect.
Use with . Knife Disconnect
Terminal on Ring Rated 28VDC
Thru 110VAC.
13 IJYAOfJ802'1 AR 3/16 tt I.D. x 3", Long Small Plastic
*(/{) ) Sleeve for Knife Disconnect. Used
wi th 7{f.).')-/LI- Knife Disconnect
Terminal on Rings Rated 28VDC Thru
110VAC.
13 AR Plastic Sleeve, .330" I.D. x 3"
o Long. Used with Knife
Disconnect Terminal on Rings
Rated 28VDC Thru 110VAC.
13 AR Red Plastic Sleeve. .263" I.D.
a x 3" Long~ Used with
Knife Disconnect Terminals On
Rings 220VAC Thru 600VAC.
Jt:. A R~ As RmUJ~EtJ
( )::l Ll7Y. RraUlRm /'LX! lLJM;t'U7£ /ISSf;'.
united Equipment Acc., Inc
. Rev.
Page 6.of 6

PARTS LIST
Illus. . Part Quantity

Ref. No . Number Required Name and Description
AR Black Plastic Sleeve. .50" 1.0.

D x 3" Long. Used with
Knife Disconnect Terminals On
Rings 220VAC Thru 600VAC.
14 .Slip Ring Mounting Tube Ass'y.
15 Center Harness Assembly._
16 Brush Harness Assembly.
17 RCFNJ//IJJ{, - G Sheet Metal or Spun Aluminum Cover.
·18 ~ Turntable Base aracket.
19 o Two Circuit Pneumatic Swivel.
20 o Four Circuit Pneumatic Swivel.
21 RCPA008223 I Rub Disk, nylon 5.0" 0.0.

22 P5253118NY I 5/16" Nylon Acorn Nut
23 P5223118 2 5116"-18 l1:ocknut Nylon Insert
24 P53531SS 3 Sealing Washer, Neoprene Back
25 P511311805NY I Nylon Hex Head Capscrew
26 P5233118 2 5/16"-18 jam nut, h~~
27 P53131 2 5116" Washer

28 . P132031AL 2 Set Collar 5/16"
~nSCElLANEOUS PARTS NOT ILLUSTRATED
Not Illustrated () Connector for Sheet Metal Cover or
Spun Aluminum Cover.
Not Illustrated o Connector for Turntable Base Bracket.

RLFAtJJ322 ?A i
Installation of the' slip ring is relatively simple,
(Ref. to Drawing RC 8460A). In a typical application, a
1.492-1.496" 0.0. mounting tube is fastened to a stationary
lower unit. The ring core (or center stack of brass ring?)
is secured to the mounting tube by a set screw collar located
at the base of the core. The set screws are tightened to
45-55 in. fIbs. to keep the core stationary. If this is not
done, the core can turn, twisting the center harness wires.
The cente~ ;arness is attached to the core by set ~crew
connectors, and normally runs through the center of the core
to exit at the bottom of the drive tube. This harness is
connected to the electrical components in the s,tationary
member. Typically the brushes, base bracket, and cover
will turn with the rotating member of the equipment upon
which it is located and can move continuously around the
ring core, providing uninterrupted electrical contact.
Rotating the brushes around the core is accomplished by

the use of,a boss in the base bracket. This is normally
tapped to ~-13(UNC) thread and a threaded pin inserted.
The other end of the pin must not be fastened tightly to
the rotating member, but must'b~ allowed to "float". This
is very important on many machines that may acquire an orbiting
condition as the equipment ages. This type of wear will
put stress on the ring and may ultimately break the base
if it'is bolted ~ightly. If the turning pin is tightly
mounted on the rotating member, it must then be small
enough on the opposite end to float within the bos~.
The brush shunt wires are attached to the brush harness
with mating knife disconnect terminals and are protected
by a plastic sleeve. The brush harness then exits through
the base bracket and is connected to the electrical components
in the rotating member.
,
"
IMPORTANT'~'DANGER!
DO NOT REMOVE COVER OR ATTEMPT MAINTENANCE

UNTIL PO,WER IS DISCONNECTED AND LOCKED.
(CRITICAL on 120 VAC to 600 VAC rated circuits)
'Page 1 of 3
SLIP RING MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE

SERIES l~" BORE
,
L·ocated on the center of rotation, slip rings (or collector
rings) maintain full electrical contact at all times between
a rotating member with continuous 360 0 rotation, and a stationary
member. Without ·the slip ring, the wire harness would twist
off and electrical contact would be lost.
U.E.A. slip rings have long been recognized as leaders in
the construction equipment field. Because of their reliability,
applications have spread to other markets. They are now widely
used on utility, forestry, fire fighting, and irrigation equipment,
along with rotating signs, emergency lighting, and in plant
production machinery, etc. (Rotation limited to 100RPM maximum.)
The slip ring is designed for maximum efficiency with a minimum
of maintenance. The self-cleaning brushes will last the life
of the equipment, in most cases under normal conditions and
useage. On all circuits from 10 to 30 Amp capacity, the brushes
ride on a 3/16" wide brass ring. ~ One brush pair per circuit
is used on 10 to 20 Amp circuits. For circuits requiring up
to 30 Amp capacity, two pair of brushes per circuit are used.
For 45 Amp capacity, a 3/8" wide brass ring and a single pair
of wide brushes is used. Two pair of wide brushes are used
on 75 Amp capacity. The special 7~ Amp capacity circuits
ride on a 3/32" brass ring. (See note on pag~ 2 concerning
service and replacement of these.) The brushes are fastened
to the brush arms to allow pivoting of the brushes. This
assures complete contact at all times between the brush and
the brass ring. This is especially important if an orbiting
condition develops as the equipment ages.
The brushes are normally attached to the 'brush' harness with

knife disconnect terminals. This allows.for quick disconnect
of the harness, should removal of the ring be required. Terminals
of this type are protected by a plastic sleeve. When installing
the ring assembly, care should be taken to insure complete coverage
of the terminals by this sleeve. Some slip ring harnesses use
multiple circuit electrical connectors or plugs. These should
be disconnected and connected carefully to avoid damaging the
contacts.
In the case of customer attachment, the center harness is

normally connected to the core leads on the slip ring by
the set screw connectors provided with the ring. These
connectors have proven to be superior to the twist on type,
especially in field installations, because they are a positive
type installation. The brass sleeve is slipped over the
stripped wire ends, and the set screw tightened with a straight
ulll.ted E4U1\Jtnelll l\ce., Illc.
Page 2 of 3
SLIP RING MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE

SERIES l~" BORE
s~rewdtiver. The nylon cover is then screwed down over

the Sleeve for protection. Care should be taken to keep
the center leads as short as possible when connecting
the center harness to prevent the wires from catching
on any moving parts.
Some U.E.A. slip rings are prewired during manufacture
and the center core leads are permanently fastenec to
the center harness with machine crimped terminals. If
it becomes necessary to remove these, the set screw type
connectors should be used for replacement.
If not revolved for some time, under some conditions, the

slip ring will have a tendency to collect fine silt, or
a salt atmosphere will cause corrosion. If this happens,
the equipment should be rotated through several revolutions
if possible. The cleaning action ,of the brushes should
clean the ring surfaces. If i t does not, or it is not
practical to revolve the machine, it may be necessary to
use a standard non-residue solvent to clean the ring. Then
lightly sand the brushes and rings with a fine grade of
sandpaper and dust off with compressed air.
To replace a brush and arm assembly, remove the hex nuts
and washers at the top of the brush stud along with the
outboard bearing, if uRed. This will allow the brush assemblies
to be removed. Note: Some smaller rings use cap screws,
or may be equipped with socket screw type set collars instead
of hex nuts. Carefully remove the brushes without 'over'
stretching the brush springs and arrange in order of removal
with the spacers. Replace the damaged brush assembly and
then reassemble the brushes and spacers in reverse the .t'emoval
order. This will ensure the correct spacing between electrically
live parts which is critical on higher voltages of IIOVAC or
over. Be sure that all brushes are snapped in tight and making
full contact with their corresponding brass ring. Also check
that all springs are hooked correctly through the brush arm.
NOTE: Special care should be exercised when handling or

replacing the 7~ Amp brush and arm assemblies. Because of
their small size, they can be broken if forced up or down.
In the correctly installed position, the possibility of
breakage is minimal.
The series slip rings normally include a nylon bearing
in the base, eliminating the need for lubrication. The
series slip ring assemblies with spun aluminum covers, can be
mounted either upright or inverted. The upright mounted assembly,
with the cover on top, would also include a nylon bearing in the
base, similar to the series. If the ring is supplied for
uni ted ~f~uipmen t 1\cc., Inc.
Rev. 4-88
Page 3 of 3
.• t • :. (.: j'
SLIP lUNG HAINTENANCF. AND SERVICE

I' ,SF.RIF.S l~ BORE
inverted mounting, the base will contain a 'grease' seal and a

shortened nylon bearing. The seal excludes most contaminants
and fluids from running down the mounting tube into the sli~
ring asseh::"'lly. A liquid tight connector for the .:>rush harness
exit is also supplied in the base of an assembly for inverted
usage.
Previous to 1987, on . series assemblies supplied for in-

verted mounting, the bases contained an '0' ring rather than a
nylon bearing. The newer style base with seal and bearinq pro-
vides both a good seal and the superior bearing properties ,of
the nylon bearing. There are some RC 050 series slip, rings e~uip
ped with '0' ring bases that hve covers provided by the custo~er.
If it should become necessary to remove the slip ring from the

machine, do so by loosening the ~ocket screws at the base of the
ring. This will allow the rina ~o be lifted off the mounting
tube. Nhen replacing it, make-sure these set screws are again
tightened. {Recommended torque: 45-55 in.-Ibs.} If the set
screws are not tight, the core can turn or be held by the brushes,
and brist off the core leads or center harness. The mounting
tube should be 1.492"-1.496" 0.0. and approximately 14 gauge-
thickness. This allows for proper fit along ~ith maximum inside
clearance, while maintaining necessary strength. Care should be
taken to abide by these tolerances if mounting tube replacement
is required. The grease seal or '0' ring in the 09tional base
for inverted mountina should be lubricated with GE G322L Versi-
lube or equivalent silicone grease before the insertion of the
rr.ounting tube.
In most cases, slip ring assemblies should not be fastened down

tightly. If they are hot attached perfectly to the center of
rotation or if wear causes an orbiting condition as the equip-
ment ages, excess strain is applied to the slip ting assembly.
Therefore, the slip ring drive pins for the series slip
rings should be at least 1/8" smaller in diameter than the 3/4"
clia. holes in the base casting of the ring. The drive hole in
the base of the RC 850A series slip ring is tapped ~-13 UNC. 1\
~-13 UNC pin in this hole should be allowed to 'float' on the
oppo!3ite end, The same result is achieved by using a 7/16" dla.
or smalle~ ptn fastened tightly on the driven end and with a
iooie tl~ in the hole. (~ome special series round base
slip rings contain (1) 0.500" dia. hole in the drive boss. The
drive pin inserted into this hole should also be at least 1/8"
smaller than the 0.500" hole dia.)
SL Governor/Carburetor Assembly Instructions
Insert the M6 bolts into the bracket from the bottom
Place the gasket over the bolts
Mount the carburetor on the bolts with nylok nuts - leaving the nuts slightly loose at this time
Using gage SL-A ~tween the slot in the bracket and the carburetor shaft, align the carburetor with
the bracket and tighten the nylok nuts
Install the shoulder bolt in the ann with the tapped hole placing the bolt head away from the short
side of the ann using a nylok nut to lock the assembly
Install the arm on the carburetor shaft with the shoulder bolt head away from the carburetor and
the arm flush with the end of the shaft - position the arm to swing approximately equidistant on
either side of vertical - tighten the ann clamp bolt with nylok nut
r Install the actuator by sliding th~ slotted ann under the shoulder bolt on the carburetor arm and
, fitting the actuator in the matchiilg radius of the bracket
\ Loosely assemble the strap using 2 screws with Loctite to the bracket
I' Rotate the actuator to just close the carburetor butterfly against the idle stop screw .. hold this
position
),
\
\ Mark the side (away from the ann) of the actuator at the bracket top edge with pencil. Further
\ rotate the actuator in the direction of closing the butterfly until the pencil mark is above the bracket
edge by approximately .20 inches
Visually check that the slotted ann is centered on the 1e1i1gth of the shoulder bolt and that there is
no interference between the arms or shafts
Tighten the strap screws
Cheek the ann movement - there must be no binding throughout the full stroke and there must be
a; spring preload holding the carburetor in its throttle closed position
Install the wire clamp to the side, of the bracket making approximately a I" loop between the
actuator and bracket - tighten th~ clamp screw
10/12195
TOTAL P.C12
Actuator
Actuator Tach S'gnal
Aux Speed 1 Grounu
Aux Speed 2 ~
Power + 12VDC
876 5 4 3 2 1
o o
o E-301
o
Notes:
1. Polarity at terminals 1 and 2 must be correct .
2. The tach signal comes from the distributor
Precision Governors. Inc.
Port Nome
3. Terminals 3 and 4 are connected at the control box iring Diagram, E301/Non-DIS Engint
Dote Sea e Dr.awn by
4. Aux speeds (if used) are obtained by applying 12 VDC to
9/23/97 I None FDS
one or the other of terminals 7 or 8 Materlol or Speclflcaffon IPart Number rev
5. The actuator (terminals 5 and 6) is not polarity sensitive
Series 40 - M35 Introduction
Introduction
The purpose of this manual is to provide information Sundstrand-Sauer provides a complete repair service
useful in the normal servicing of the Series 40 - M35 for its products. Contact any Sundstran'd-Sauer
Hydrostatic Pumps and Motors. This manual includes Authorized Service Center for details. (See pages 35
unit and component description, troubleshooting, ad- and 36.
justment, and minor repair procedures. Following the
procedures in this manual, the minor repairs may be The torque values, pressures, and dimensions used
performed without affecting the unit warranty. throughout this manual are given in English and metric
measurements.
A Series 40 Transmission does occasionally require
servicing, and these units have been designed with
this in mind. Some repairs and adjustments can be ac-
complished without removing the unit from its installed
location, provided that the unit is accessible and can
be thoroughly cleaned before beginning any proce-
dures. Since dirt or contamination is the greatest
enemy of any hydraulic equipment, the greatest pos-
sible cleanliness is necessary.
Variable Displacement Pump Variable Displacement Tandem Pump
,.
Fixed Displacement Motor Variable Displacement Motor
Series 40 - M3S General Description
General Description
The Series 40 - M35 pumps and motors can be applied A charge relief valve and charge check valves are in-
separately or combined in a system to transfer and cluded in the pump end cap to control the makeup and
control power. When combined in such a system, cooling oil flow for the system. The charge check
these units provide an infinitely variable speed range valves also incorporate the bypass valve function and
between zero and maximum, in both forward and high pressure relief valve function into their design.
reverse modes of operation.
The Series':;'~ M35 variable displacement pump is
Series 40 - M35 variable displacement pumps are a available with a 0.72 in3/rev (11.8 cc/rev) integral gero-
compact, state-of-the-art design, using the parallel axial tor type charge pump. The Series 40 - M35 tandem
piston I slipper design in conjunction with a tiltable pump is available with a 1.00 in3/rev (16.4 cc/rev) inte-
swashplate to vary the pump's displacement. Revers- gral gerotor type charge pump.
ing the direction of tilt of the swashplate reverses the
flow of oil from the pump and thus reverses the direc- The fixed and variable displacement motors also incor-
tion of the motor output rotation. porate the parallel axial piston / slipper design. Fixed
displacement motors utilize a fixed swashplate angle.
A direct displacement control system is used on the The variable displacement motors use a variable angle
Series 40 - M35 variable displacement pump and tan- swashplate with a direct displacement control system,
dem pump. The swashplate control shaft is connected similar to the variable displacement pumps.
directly to the swashplate. Movement of the control
shaft causes a proportional swashplate movement and
change in pump flow. This control can be located on
either side of the unit.
Fixed Displacement
Heat Motor
Cylinder
Exchanger
Block Cylinder
Block
Assembly
Charge
Pump
lCharge Relief
Valve
Variable o Suction Flow

Displacement o Charge Pressure
Pump • High Pressure
o Case Flow
Fig. 1 - Typical Series 40 - M3S Variable Pump -- Fixed Motor Transmission

Schematic
2
Series 40 - M35 Transmission Hydraulic Support System
Transmission Hydraulic Support System
The Series 40 - M35 Pumps and Motors are easy to

install, requiring no adjustments and few auxiliary
components. They have their own hydraulic support
system which is discussed in this section.
.. Basic Closed Circuit
The main ports of the pump are connected by hy-

draulic lines to the main ports of the motor. Fluid flows,
in either cjirection, from the pump to the motor then
back to the pump in this closed circuit. Either of the
hydraulic lines can be under high pressure. The direc-
tion and speed of fluid flow (and the motor output shaft
rotation) depends on the position of the pump swash-
plate. The system pressure is determined by the ma-
chine load.
.. ..
FLOW (BI-DIRECTIONAL) Case Drain and Heat Exchanger
HEAT EXCHANGER WI BYPASS The pump and motor require case drain lines to re-
move hot fluid from the system. The pump case
should be drained from its upper drain port to insure
the case remains full of fluid. The pump case drain is
Fig. 2 - Basic Closed Circuit then connected to the lower drain port on the motor
housing. The upper motor housing drain port is then
connected to the reservoir.
A heat exchanger, with a bypass valve, may be re-

quired to cool the case drain fluid before it returns to
the reservoir.
CAUTION
Continuous case pressure should not ex-
ceed 25 PSI (1.7 BAR).
ASE
RAIN
.. .. Charge System and Inlet Filter
CHARGE RELIEF The charge pump supplies cool fluid to the system and
INE
I keeps the closed loop charged to prevent cavitation.
__ J The charge pump draws its fluid from the system
reservoir. An inlet filter is required to insure that only
clean fluid enters the system.
CAUTION
The inlet vacuum, measured at the charge
pump inlet should not exceed 5 in. Hg (.8
• • BAR abs.), except during cold starts.
CHARGE CHECK &
H.P. RELIEF
VALVES
- Fig. 3 - Charge System
3
Series 40 - M3S Transmission Hydraulic Support System
Since either of the main hydraulic lines can be high

pressure, two (2) charge check valves are used to di-
rect the charge supply into the low pressure line.
These check valves (located in the pump eAd cap) also
incorporate the optional high pressure relief valve
function. Any charge flow not being used for the
closed circuit is discharged over a direct operating
charge relief valve, through the pump and motor
housings, and back to the system reservoir. The
charge pressure relief valve is factory set for 100 ~PSI
(7 BAR) above case pressure under test conditions.
Exact charge pressure may vary in various applications.
NOTE: Certain M35 pumps have a charge pressure

relief valve setting of 200 ~PSI (14 BAR)
High Pressure Relief Valves
Two (2) optional combination check / high pressure re-

lief valves may be provided in the pump end cap for
overload protection. These cartridge type relief valves
are factory set, and are not field adjustable. Changing
the maximum system pressure can be accomplished
by installing different cartridges with the desired set-
ting.
Fig. 4 - Charge Check and High Pressure

Relief Valves
Safety Precautions
• The loss of hydrostatic drive line power in • Use caution when dealing with hydraulic
an acceleration, deceleration, or neutral fluid under pressure. Escaping hydraulic
mode may cause a loss of hydrostatic braking fluid under pressure can have sufficient
capacity. A braking system, redundant to force to penetrate your skin causing serious
the hydrostatic transmission must, therefore, injury. This fluid may also be hot enough to
be provided which is adequate to stop burn. Serious infection or reactions can de-
and/or hold the system should the condition velop if proper medical treatment is not ad-
develop. ministered immediately.
• Certain service procedures may require • Some cleaning solvents are flammable. To
the vehicle/machine to be disabled (wheels avoid possible fire, do not use cleaning sol-
raised off the ground, work function discon- vents in an area where a source of ignition
nected, etc.) while performing them in. order may be present.
to prevent injury to the technician and by-
standers.
4
Series 40 - M3S Product Specifications
Technical Data - Fixed Displacement Motor / Variable Displacement Motor
Product Type M35 Fixed Motor M35 Variable Motor
Displacement
In 3 /Rev 2.1 2.1 (Maximum)
cc/Rev 35 35 (Maximum)
Output Sr~e~ __________________________________________ ~ ____________________
Full Angle (1]0) Max - RPM 4500 4500
Continuous - RPM 3600 3600
Low Angle « 11°) Max - RPM 5300
Continuous - RPM 4100
Output Mounting Flange (per SAE J744)

SAE SAE
B B
Output Shaft (Std. Spline)
Number of Teeth 15 _ _.wALL==-"U~N~IT,_,=S,--_ _ _ •
Pitch 16/32
Weight
LBS 26 47
KG 11 .5 21
Pressure
Maximum PSI 5000 ____.wALL==-"U~N~IT'_'=S'______ •
BAR 345
Continuous PSI 3000 ____~ALL~U~N=IT~S~____ •
BAR 210
Case Pressure
Continuous PSI 25 ___~ALL==U=N~IT~S~____ •
BAR 1.7
Maximum PSI 75 ALL UNITS •
(Cold Start) BAR 5.2
Temperature at Hottest Point in Transmission (normally at case drain)

Maximum OF
'C
220
104
ALL UNITS
•
Continuous or
'C
180
82
ALL UNITS
•
Fluid Viscosity Limits -- SUS (CST)
Optimum 70 (13)
Min. Continuous 55 (9.0)
Min. Intermittent 47 (6.4) .-WALL~U~N!!..!IT~S,--_____ •
Max. Continuous 500 (110)
Max. Cold Start 7500 (1600)
Suggested Filtration
Dedicated Reservoir
Common Reservoir
Beta 10
Beta 10
= 1.5 to 2.0
= 10 to 20
ALL UNITS
•
6
Series 40 - M35 Start-Up & Maintenance
Start-Up & Maintenance
Fluids
WARNING
Hydraulic fluids used with Sundstrand-Sauer products
Do not start prime mover unless pump is in
should be carefully selected with assistance from a
neutral position (0 swash plate angle). Take
reputable supplier, following the guidelines presented
precautions to prevent machine movement in
in the "Fluid Quality Requirements" bulletin, BLN-
case pump is actuated during initial ""tart up.
9887.
Start-Up Procedure Once charge pressure has been established, increase

speed to normal operating RPM. Charge pressure
The following start-up procedure should always be should be 100 PSI (7 BAR) minimum. If charge pres-
followed when starting-up a new installation or when sure is incorrect, shut down and determine cause for
restarting an installation in which either the pump or improper pressure.
motor had been removed from the system.
With motor output shaft disconnected or drive wheels
raised off of the ground, run system at full input and
WARNING output speeds in both directions. Operate system for
at least fifteen (15) minutes.
The following procedure may require the ve-
hicle/machine to be disabled (wheels raised
Shut down prime mover, remove gauges, and plug
off the ground, work function disconnected,
ports. Check reservoir level and add fluid if necessary.
etc.) while performing the procedure in order
to prevent injury to the technician and by-
The transmission is now ready for operation.
standers.
Maintenance
Prior to installing the pump and/or motor, inspect the
units for damage incurred during shipping and han- To insure optimum service life on Series 40 - M35
dling. Make certain all system components (reservoir, products, regular maintenance of the fluid and filter
hoses, valves, fittings, heat exchanger, etc.) are clean must be performed.
prior to filling with fluid.
Check the reservoir daily for proper fluid level, the
Fill the reservoir with recommended hydraulic fluid presence of water (noted by a cloudy to milky appear-
which should be passed through a 10 micron (nominal, ance, or free water in bottom of reservoir), and rancid
no bypass) filter prior to entering the reservoir. fluid odor (indicating excessive heat).
The inlet line leading from the reservoir to the pump It is recommended that the fluid and filter be changed
must be filled prior to start up. Check inlet line for per the vehicle/machine manufacturer's recommenda-
properly tightened fittings and make sure it is free of tions or at the following intervals:
restrictions and air leaks.
• System with a sealed type reservoir - 2000 hrs.
Be certain to fill the pump and/or motor • System with a breathing type reservoir - 500 hrs.
housing with clean hydraulic fluid prior to
start up. Fill the housing by pouring filtered oil into It may be necessary to change the fluid more fre-
the upper case drain port. quently than the above intervals if the fluid becomes
contaminated with foreign matter (dirt, water, grease,
Install a a to 500 PSI (35 BAR) pressure gauge in the etc.) or if the fluid has been subjected to temperature
charge pressure gauge port to monitor the charge levels greater than the maximum recommended.
pressure during start-up. Never reuse fluid.
With the pump swash plate in its neutral (0 angle) posi- The filter should be changed whenever the fluid is
tion, "jog" or slowly rotate prime mover until charge changed or whenever the filter indicator shows that it is
pressure starts to rise. Start the prime mover and run at necessary to change the filter.
the lowest possible RPM until charge pressure has
been established. Excess air may be bled from the
high pressure lines through the high pressure gauge
ports.
8
Series 40 - M3S Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Gauge Installation
A Various pressure and vacuum gauge readings can be a
great asset in troubleshooting problems with the
C Series 40 - M35 transmission or support system.
o It will be necessary to install a high pressure gauge into

the system pressure gauge ports (or tee into the high
pressure lines) to check the setting of the system
8 pressure relief valves.
Fig. 8 - Gauge Connections Measuring the charge pump inlet vacuum will help
locate restrictions in the inlet lines, filter, etc.
Variable Pump (Top View)
Case pressure readings can help locate restrictions in
the return lines, oil cooler, and return filter.
o Gauge Information
System 10,000 PSI (690 BAR) - Gauge
A Pressure ..-------------------------------------
C (LESS Port "A" 9/16 - 18 O-Rinq Fittinq
CHARGE PUMP) System 10,000 PSI (690 BAR) - Gauge
B Pressure --------------------------------------
8 REAR
port "B" 9/16 - 18 O-Rinq Fitting
Charge 500 PSI (35 BAR) - Gauge
Fig. 9 - Gauge Connections
Pressure Suction Filtration: 7/8 - 14 O-Ring
Tandem Pump (Top View) Fitting
C
Pressure Filtration: Tee into Charge
Pressure Filter Outlet Line
Case ~QQ PSI (3~ BAR) - Qa!Jg~
0 Pressure 1-1/16 - 12 O-Ring Fitting (PV, PT,
MV)
7/8 - 14 O-Rinq Fittinq (MF)
Charge Vacuum Gauge
E Pump Inlet ---------------------------------------
Vacuum Tee into Charqe Pump Inlet Line
NOTE: Tandem pumps have two (2) additional system

pressure gauge ports (for system ports "C"
Fig. 10 - Gauge Connections and "0") in the rear section.
Tandem Pump (Side View)
Snubbers are recommended to protect pressure
gauges. Frequent gauge calibration is necessary to
insure accuracy.
Fig. 11 - Gauge Connections

Variable Motor (Rear View)
9
Series 40 - M35 Troubleshooting
Fault-Logic Diagrams
Check Control Inspect Check/Relief Valves Replace

Linkage I--- OK---tl-+ or Check Valves I- OK--.., Transmission
(Pump and Motor)
I I
Defective Defective
1
Repair or Repair or
Replace Replace TRANSMISSION OPERATES IN
ONE DIRECTION ONLY
heck Check
Check
Oil Level OK OK Charge OK System
in Reservoir Pressure
Pressure
low (No Load and
Under Load)
OK
Inspect
ChargePump OK
Inspect
Charge Relief
Valve
low
T
Reduce
Transmission
Load
Clogged
OK
t
Replace Replace
Transmission
(Pump & Motor)
TRANSMISSION OPERATING HOT
Check Inspect Check Check

Oil Level OK Heat OK Charge OK System Hi h
Pressure Pressure
(No Load and Reduce
Under Load) Transmission
l w Load
low
Inspect Check/Relief Valves or
Inspect Charge Check Valves
OK Charge Relief uK Defective
Valve
Defe tive OK
OK
Replace
Transmission
lOSS OF POWER OR (Pump & Motor)
TRANSMISSON Will NOT OPERATE IN EITHER DIRECTION
10
Series 40 - M3S Inspections and Adjustments
Inspections and Adjustments
Direct Displacement Control
Inspect the connection of the control linkage to the

swashplate control shaft to insure that the linkage is
properly attached. Neutral position of the swashplate
is determined by the vehicle/machine control linkage.
Check / High Pressure Relief Valves
When a problem occurs in one direction, interchange

the charge check or check/relief valves to see if the
problem changes to the other direction. If so, one
valve is malfunctioning or the check/relief valve car-
tridge does not have the proper setting.
CAUTION
The relief valves are factory set and should
not be tampered with except for replacing
the entire cartridge. Disassembly may
change the setting and cause erratic unit
operation or premature failure.
Fig. 12 - Check / High Pressure Relief
Valves The pressure setting of the valve (in BAR) is indicated
by a three (3) digit code stamped on the cartridge. The
cartridge must be removed from the special plug in
order to read the code.
Pump Charge Relief Valve
If charge pressure is low, the charge relief valve should

be inspected. Inspect for foreign material holding the
poppet open, and for scoring or wear on the poppet
and seat in the housing.
Adjustment of the charge pressure is accomplished by

changing the shim thickness behind the spring. The
charge relief valve is factory set for 100 to 120 ~PSI (7
to 8 BAR) above case pressure at 1800 RPM.
NOTE: Certain M35 pumps have a charge pressure

relief valve setting of 200 to 220 ~PSI (14 to
15 BAR).
Fig. 13 - Pump Charge Relief Valve Bypass Valve
The bypass function is accomplished by manually

opening the charge check / high pressure relief valves.
If the system is operating hot, check that the valves are
fully seated by turning the special plugs (two [2] on
variable pumps, four [4J on tandem pumps) clockwise
with a 5/16" internal hex wrench. Torque the plugs to
30 to 50 fUbs. (41 to 68 Nm).
--
11
Series 40 - M35 Minor Repair and Replacement
Minor Repair and Replacement
General
Minor Repairs may be performed, following the proce- Protect all exposed sealing surfaces and open cavities
dures in this section, without voiding the unit warranty. from damage and foreign material.
Cleanliness ic; q primary means of assuring satisfactory It is recommended that all gaskets and O-rings be
transmission lif~, on either new or repaired units. replaced. Lightly lubl i.::ate all O-rings with clean pet-
Cleaning parts by using a clean solvent wash and air roleum jelly prior to assembly. All gasket sealing sur-
drying is usually adequate. As with any precision faces must be cleaned prior to installing new gaskets.
equipment, all parts must be kept free of foreign mate-
rials and chemicals.
Charge Pump and

Auxiliary Pump Mounting Pad Auxiliary Pump Mounting Pad . Charge Relief Valve
Shaft Seal
Charge Che<:k and

High Pressure Relief Valves Charge Check and
With Bypass High Pressure Relief Valves
With Bypass
Variable Displacement Pump Variable Displacement Tandem Pump
Shaft Seal Shaft Seal
Fixed Displacement Motor Variable Displacement Motor

Fig. 14 - Minor Repairs
12
Series 40 - M35 Minor Repair and Replacement
Shaft Seal
Lip type shaft seals are used on the Series 40 - M35

pumps and motors. These seals can be repJaced with-
out major disassembly of the unit. However, replace-
ment of the shaft seal generally requires removal of the
pump or motor from the machine.
Remove the retaining ring from the housing.
Carefully pull the seal cover out of the housing using

pliers. Care must be taken so as not to damage the
housing bore or shaft.
Fig. 15 - Remove Seal Cover Retaining
Ring CAUTION
After the seal cover is removed, the shaft
may be free in the housing. DO NOT PULL
SHAFT OUT. The slipper hold down pins
could become dislodged, requiring major
disassembly of the unit.
Remove the O-ring from the seal cover or the housing.
Place the seal cover in an arbor press and press out

the old seal. An appropriately sized pipe spacer or
socket wrench can be used as a press tool. Once re-
moved, the seal is not reusable.
Fig. 16 - Remove Seal Cover from Inspect the seal cover, the new seal, and the O-ring for
Housing damage. Inspect the sealing area on the shaft for rust,
wear, or contamination. Polish the sealing area on the
shaft if necessary.
Using the arbor press, press the new seal into the seal
cover. Be careful not to damage seal.
NOTE: New seals are lubricated with an assembly

grease
Wrap the spline or key end of shaft with thin plastic to

prevent damage to the seal lip during installation.
Install the O-ring onto the seal cover and retain with
petroleum jelly.
Fig. 17 - Shaft Seal Removed
Slide the seal cover assembly over the shaft and into
the housing bore. Install the retaining ring.
NOTE: If a beveled retaining ring is used, install the

ring with its beveled side out.
- Fig. 18 - Install Seal Cover with O-Ring

13
Series 40 - M35 General Parts Identification
M35 Fixed Displacement Motor MF (Minor Repair)
COMMON PARTS OUTPUT SHAFT/AUXILIARY DRIVE GROUP

ITEM DESCRIPTION OTY ITEM DESCRIPTION OTY
802 SEAL-LIP 1 D02N KEY 1
844 PLUG. PLASTIC 2 D02S KEY SOUARE 1
845 PLUG 1
847 PLUG. PLASTIC 1 END CAP GROUP
006 O-RING 1 ITEM DESCRIPTION OTY
007 CARRIER-SEAL 1 E02C SEAL LIP 1
008 RING. RETAINING 1 E12C RING RETAINING 1
M35 Variable Displacement Motor MV (Minor Repair)
COMMON PARTS COMMON PARTS (CON'T)

ITEM DESCRIPTION OTY ITEM DESCRIPTION OTY
802 SEAL-LIP 1 N09 CARRIER. TRUNNION SEAL 1
844 PLUG PLASTIC 3 Nl0 SCREW 8
845 PLUG STTHD 1
848 PLUG STTHD 2 OUTPUT SHAFT/AUXILIARY DRIVE GROUP
851 SEAL-LIP 1 ITEM DESCRIPTION OTY
006 O-RING 1 D02J KEY 1
007 CARRIER-SEAL 1 D02S KEY SOUARE 1
008 RINGRETG 1
E03 NUT, METRIC JAM 1 END CAP GROUP
N05 SHIM, TRUNNION : ITEM DESCRIPTION OTY
N06 SPACER 1 G10R PLUG-END CAP 1
N07 O-RING 2 GllR O-RING 1
N08 COVER. TRUNNION 1 G12R RING-RETAINING 1
G02W SEAL-LIP 1
G12W RING-RETAINING 1
26
ILLUSTRATED PARTS MANUAL
MODELS T60 & T66J

SHIPPING ADDRESS MAILING ADDRESS

TIME CONDOR® TIME CONDOR®
8300 IMPERIAL DRIVE P.O. Box 21447
VVACO, TEXAS 76712 VVAco,TEXAS76702-1447
(254)420-5200 (254)420-5200
MANUAL 92375"()()3
Ap,ill998
i
INTRODUCTION
The primary purpose of this manual is to provide the user with a thorough understanding of the proper
operating procedures necessary to comply with the intended use of the CONDOR®, and to provide the
information necessary to maintain and service the CONDOR®.
THE OPERATOR'S MANUAL MUST BE RETAINED ON THE CONDOR® AT ALL TIMES.
Do not attempt to operate or service the CONDOR® until you have read and
understood all information provided in this manual. Familiarize yourself with
the functions and operations of the upper and lower controls. A good under-
standing of the controls, their limitations, and their capabilities will maximize
operating efficiency. The various decals attached to this CONDOR® also
contain vital operational instructions. Read the decals before operating this
CONDOR®.
It is YOUR RESPONSIBILITY to follow procedures while operating the CONDOR®. The manufacturer
of this CONDOR® cannot control the wide range of applications that may be used in carrying out a variety
ofjobs. Therefore, it is THE USER'S RESPONSIBILITY to consider all personnel when making decisions
regarding the CONDOR®'s intended use.
It is also YOUR RESPONSIBILITY to understand and obey all federal, state, and local regulations regarding
the operation and use ofaerial work platforms. A copy ofthe ANSIISIA Manual ofResponsibilities is attached
for your use: ANSIISIA A92.5-1992 is provided for Boom-Supported Elevating Work Platforms, and ANSI/
SIA A92.6-1990 is provided for Self-Propelled Elevating Work Platforms.
TIME CONDOR Corporation reserves the right to modify, improve, add, and/or delete certain design features
of its products without any obligation to incorporate new features into products previously so ld. Our manuals
are continually updated to reflect these changes.
DO NOT ALTER OR MODIFY THIS CONDOR® WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL

FROM THE MANAGEMENT OF THE TIME CONDOR Corporation.
Many ofthe parts used in the manufacture of the CONDOR® have specific properties, and the manufacturer
recommends that replacement parts be purchased through the TIME CONDOR Corporation in order to ensure
the original integrity of the product. Repairs and adjustments should only be made by trained and qualified
personnel. Please refer to the maintenance and parts sections of the TIME CONDOR Corporation Operation,
Maintenance, & Parts Manual for information on service and maintenance of the CONDOR®.
NOTE: Please refer to the TIME CONDOR Corporation Parts section of the Operation, Maintenance,
& Parts Manual for information pertaining to your CONDOR®.
ii
CONDOR® SERVICE INFORMATION
1. Ifyou need assistance or have any service or maintenance questions, TIME CONDOR
Corporation service and parts personnel are always available by phone or fax. The telephone
numbers are:
(254) 420-5200 Telephone

(817)420-5298 Voice Mail
(800) 443-5803 FAX
2. There are numerous written Maintenance Procedures available for this machine. These procedures
are available through the TIME CONDOR Corporation Service Department to anyone who
requests them.
3. Service and maintenance are not a substitute fortrained, qualified service technicians. TIME
CONDOR Corporation conducts service schools on a continuing basis. Call any ofour service or
sales persons for a schedule. Remember, training ofmechanics is the responsibility of their
employer, but TIME CONDOR Corporation. Service Schools help you provide this training.
4. TIME CONDOR Corporation Service School Training Manuals are available for purchase through
the parts department. The part numbers for these manuals are: #92333 for self-propelled models;
and #923 34 for truck-mounted models.
8300 IMPERIAL DRIVE, P.O. Box 21447, WACO. TEXAS 76702-1447< 817-666-4545, 817-666-4544 FAX
CONDOR® Model T60-0 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
•
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................ i
Service Information ....................................................................................................................... ii
Table of Contents .......................................................................................................................... 1
FIGURE NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE
A ......................................... How To Order Parts .............................................................. 3

B ......................................... Serial Number Location ......................................................... 5
1.1 ....................................... FinalAssembly ...................................................................... 6
2.1 ....................................... Tire Installation ...................................................................... 8
3.1 ....................................... Chassis Installation ................................................................. 10

3.2 ....................................... Chassis Rotation Assembly ................................................... 12
3.3 ....................................... Hydraulic Swivel .................................................................... 16
3.4 ....................................... Electrical Slip Ring ................................................................. 18
3.5 ....................................... Non-Drive Front Axle Assembly ........................................... 20
3.6 ....................................... Tie Rod Assembly ................................................................. 22
3.7 ....................................... Steer Cylinder ........................................................................ 24
3.8 ....................................... Stationary Block Assembly .................................................... 26
3.9 ....................................... Non-Steer Rear Axle Assembly ............................................ 28
3.10 ..................................... 2WD Drive Manifold Assembly ............................................ 30
3.11 ..................................... Drive Manifold ....................................................................... 31
3.12 ..................................... 2 STR Valve Assembly ......................................................... 32
3.13 ..................................... Check Valve .......................................................................... 33
4.1 ....................................... Turret Installation .................. ,................................................ 34

4.2 ....................................... Tray Installation ..................................................................... 36
4.3 ....................................... Turret Rotation Assembly ...................................................... 40
4.4 ....................................... Battery Assembly .................................................................. 42
4.5 ....................................... Engine Pump Filter Assembly ................................................ 44
4.6 ....................................... AirCleaner Installation .......................................................... 45
4.7 ....................................... Engine Installation .................................................................. 46
4.8 ....................................... EngineAssembly ................................................................... 48
4.9 ....................................... Engine Electric Panel Assembly ............................................ 50
4.1 0 ..................................... Nissan Engine Panel Schematic ............................................ 52
4.11 ..................................... Muffler Installation ................................................................. 54
4.12 ..................................... Lift Cylinder Installation ......................................................... 55
4.l3 ..................................... Boom Lift Telescope Cylinder ............................................... 56
4.14 ..................................... Master Cylinder Installation ................................................... 58
4.15 ..................................... Master Level Cylinder .............................................. '" .......... 60
4.16 ..................................... Epromlnstallation .................................................................. 62
4.17 ..................................... Lower Control Box Assembly ............................................... 64
5.1 ....................................... Counterweight Assembly ....................................................... 70
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE NO. DESCRIPTION
6.1 ..................................... Boom/Skirt Installation ........................................................... 72

6.2 ..................................... Main Boom Assembly ...........................................................
PAGE
74
6.3 ..................................... Base Boom Assembly ........................................................... 76
6.4 ..................................... Hose Carrier Installation ........................................................ 77
6.5 ..................................... Boom Extension Cylilnder Assembly ..................................... 78
6.6 ..................................... Boom Extension Cylinder ...................................................... 79
6.7 ..................................... Mid Boom Assembly ............................................................. 80
6.8 ..................................... Tip Boom Assembly .............................................................. 81
6.9 ..................................... Slave Cylinder Assembly ....................................................... 82
6.10 ................................... Slave Level Cylinder .............................................................. 83
6.11 ................................... Angle Sensor Installation ....................................................... 85
6.12 ................................... Skirt Installation ..................................................................... 86
6.13 ................................... Boom/Skirt Installation ........................................................... 88
6.14 ................................... Jib/SkirtInstallation ................................................................ 90
7.1 ..................................... Platform Installation ............................................................... 92

7.2 ..................................... Platform Electrical Installation ............................................... 94
7.3 ..................................... 110VoitLinetoPIatformAssembly ...................................... 95
7.4 ..................................... Platform Control Box Assembly ............................................ 96
7.5 ..................................... Foot Switch Installation ......................................................... 100
8.1 ..................................... Chassis Cover Assembly ....................................................... 101
9.1 ..................................... Fiberglass Door Assembly ..................................................... 102

9.2 ..................................... Gas Cover Shock Assembly .................................................. 103
10.1 ................................... Manual Installation ................................................................. 104
11.1 ................................... Decal Kit ............................................................................... 106
12.1 ................................... LP/Gas Dual Fuel (Liquid) .................................................... 112

12.2 ................................... 4WDManifoid ....................................................................... 114
Electrical Schematic ......... 71675

Hydraulic Schematic ......... 71674
Chassis Hose Kit .............. 71015
Turret Hose Kit ................ 71619
Boom Hose Kit ................. 71620
Skirt Hose Kit ................... 71621
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE A: How to Order Parts •
1. When ordering parts for your CONDOR®, ensure that you are able to give the model and
serial numbers of all units for which parts are needed. The serial number(s) will assist the
Condor Parts Department in providing the correct parts for your machine(s).
2. If known, please specify the Condor part number(s) for the part(s) you require, and always
provide a complete description of all parts.
3. Fax orders are preferable, though parts may also be ordered by mail and telephone. A sample
parts order (with fax number) follows this page.
4. Parts needed for a warranty repair must be purchased through the Condor Parts Department.
Credit will be authorized through the Service Department after a Warranty Claim has been
submitted to Condor. A Warranty Claim is to be filed for any part received as "defective".
5. Condor will ship parts as per our customers' request at the time of the order-i.e., UPS,
Federal Express, or preferred truck line. When shipping Federal Express, your customer
account must be given at the time of the order.
6. Condor classifies its orders in the following ways:
Emergency Top priority. All efforts are made to ship the order the day the order is
received; when possible, parts may be pulled off of the assembly line.
Standard Order to be shipped within a 48-hour period.
Order to be shipped within 2 weeks.
7. Condor has a $25.00 Net Minimum Billing charge per order.
8. All price quotations will be valid for 90 days.
9. Parts shown as shipped on the Condor packing list and subsequent invoice but not received by
the dealer/customer MUST be reported within 10 days after the date of shipment. If the parts
are still required, a NEW parts order must be submitted. Shortages and discrepancies will be
reviewed on an individual basis by the Parts staff and adjustments will be made accordingly.
10. Invoice discrepancies regarding incorrect prices or discounts should be reported immediately
to the Parts Department. Report the Sales Order number, Purchase Order number, and
Invoice number. Your request will be reviewed and adjustments will be made accordingly.
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FI GURE A: How to Order Parts
CONDOR PARTS DEPARTMENT
FAX ORDER FORM FAX NO. 800-443-5803
ACCOUNT # IPURCHASER SALES ORDER #

I NAME
NAME
C N
U F
S 0 ADDRESS S iADDRESS
T R H T
0 M I 0
M A CITY STATE ZIP P IeITY STATE ZIP
E T
R I
PHONE FAX !PHONE FAX
0
N ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
CUST. PURCHASE ORDER NO. I ORDER DATE I REQUEST DATE SPECIAL MARKS & NUMBERS
I I
SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS
PART NUMBER QTY. DESCRIPTION NOTES
FOR ORDER STATUS PLEASE CHECK

APPROPRIA TE BOX BELOW
EMERGENCY
STOCK
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGUREB: Serial Number Location •
Data 2
Plate
The CONDOR® Model T60 Serial Number is stamped in two locations on the machine.
1. The first place to find the serial number is on the top side of the front axle.
2. The second place to find the serial number is on the left side of the turret
weldment adjacent to the ring gear bolts.
The Data Plate is located on the left side of the chassis.
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 1.1: Final Assembly
C;;=======ii~ I
~7
I
I i
;:::f----,r--8
10
-+----t-- 3
9
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 1.1: Final Assembly •
Ref. M-T60-0 1 ...................... Condor Model 60 ...................................................................... Ref.

-1 71000-DWG ................. FinaIAssemblyDWG;M-T60-01 ................................................. 1
2 71129 ............................ Tire Installation .............................................................................. 1
3 71014 ............................ ChassisInstallation ........................................................................ 1
4 71235-T60 ..................... Turret Installation; T60-01 ............................................................. 1
5 71391 ............................ CounterweightAssembly .............................................................. 1
6 71016-T60 ..................... Boom/Skirt Installation; T60 .......................................................... 1
7 71513 ............................ Platform Installation; 36 x 60 ......................................................... 1
8 71019-002 ..................... PlatformElectInstallation ............................................................. 1
9 71451 ............................ ChassisCoverlnstallation ............................................................. 1
10 71392 ............................ FiberglassDoor Installation; Turret ............................................... 1
-11 71491 ............................ Decal Installation; T60 ................................................................... 1
-12 71519 ............................ ManualsInstallation ....................................................................... 1
-13 15843 ............................ Nameplate ..................................................................................... 1
-14 71675 ............................ Schematic; Electrical ..................................................................... 1
-15 71674 ............................ Schematic; Hydraulic .................................................................... 1
-16 67470-002 ..................... HydraulicOil ......................................................................... 45GL.
-17 67472-001 ..................... MotorOil ........................................................................................ .
-18 67471 ............................ Fuel Type ............................................................................... 40GL.
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
,
-
"'rj
~
2
-
!V
~
§'
-~
REF g:
g
VALVE STEM tv
MOUNTING SIDE ~ ~
if:~ L-A
-'"
~tl
......
~
NOTE:
1. AIR PRESSURE TO BE 80 PSI.
SECTION A-A 12 X 16.5 TIRE
3 171168 1.00 1.00 EA TIRE. 12 x 16.5 AIR TRACTION

2 71148 1.00 1.00 EA WHEEL. 16.5 x 9.75
71066-DWG 1.00 1.00 EA INST DWG. TIRE/WHEEL TRACTION
ITEM I PART NUMBER QTY QTY UM DESCRIPTION
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED:
TIME CONDOR CORPORA nON
C 11312
TOLERANCES:
FRACTIONS ±
ANGLES ±
1/16
l'
DECIMALS
x
.XX
± .1
t .O.~
I TITLE
~ 8300 IMPERIAL DRIVE
WACO. TEXAS 76712
.XXX ± .010
SURF ACE FINISH 12~
B 11255 12/1.1/97 JB
PROJECTION Of VIEWS @C] TIRE/WHEEL ASSY. 12x16.5
-
A
JR.
11251
D.C.N. NO.
12/10/97
DATE
.JHB
APPR.
All DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
DRAWN K SNYDER I 9/.1/97 AI DRAWING NO.
71066 rEB
PMR 10/14/97 .JHB CHECKED
I
TR. ! D.R.N. NO. DATE APPR. APPROVED .JHB I 10/14/97 SCALE 1/10 ISHEET 1 OF 1
FIGURE 2.1 :Tire Installation 2 WD •
Ref. 71129 ............................ Tire Installation2WD .............................................. ~ ................ Ref.

-1 71129-DWG ................. Tire Installation; 2WD 12x16.5 Air EA ......................................... 1
-2 71066-RH ..................... Tire & Wheel Assembly 12x16.5 RH ........................................... 2
71148 ............................ Wheel; 16.5x9.75 ........................................................................... 1
71168 ............................ Tire; 12x16.5 Air Traction ............................................................. 1
-3 71066-LH ...................... Tire & Wheel Assembly 12x16.5 LH ........................................... 2
71148 ............................ Wheel; 16.5x9.75 ........................................................................... 1
71168 ............................ Tire; 12x16.5 Air Traction ............................................................. 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 3.11: Chassis Installation
12
, 12
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE3.1:ChassisInstallation •

Ref. 71014 ............................ ChassisInstallation ................................................................... Ref.
-1 71014-DWG ................. ChassisInstallation DWG ............................................................. 1
-2 71014-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 71031 ............................ Chassis Weldment ......................................................................... 1
4 71453 ............................ Chassis Rotation Assembly ........................................................... 1
5 71549 ............................ Valve Assembly ............................................................................ 1
6 71 032 ............................ Axle Assembly; Rear Non-Steer ................................................... 1
7 71035 ............................ AxleAssembly;FrontNon-Drive ................................................. 1
8 71483 ............................ StationaryBlockAssembly ........................................................... 2
9 71490 ............................ ManifoldAssembly ........................................................................ 1
10 66770-250 ..................... Thrust Bearing ............................................................................... 2
II 7110 15-SID ................. Hose Kit, SID Chassis ................................................................. 1
12 71686 ............................ Hardline #10, Rear Axle ................................................................ 4
13 71687 ............................ Hardline#16, ManifoldIRotator ..................................................... 1
71014-HW .................... Hardware Kit ........................................................................... Ref.

-1 71014-DWG ................. ChassisInstallationDrawing ......................................................... 1
2 65099-022 ..................... Clamp, Wire Loom ........................................................................ 3
3 BOW34272 ................... Nut ................................................................................................. 3
4 BOW¥701 ................... Washer .......................................................................................... 3
5 ....../............................... Tie Raps ................................................................................... Ref.
'hp6t~ I~O-t/ OS(! tlt.le (}ph.

Csa ()j;(~)
MANUAL 92375..003
April 1998
FIGURE 3.2: Chassis Rotation Assembly
'\ FRONT ENGINE SIDE OF CHASSIS REAR

'~-----------------------------------------------~
'\--------l------------------------ir-------------\
, "\
J . il ii!
/ II 4 II
!! 4 !! ,
/
(
A~r--:: Ii
~A
,
/
)
.
II
ii
r ,:)
g" /
I II I I
I :: I '
\ II II ------l (
'Jl
'~---------- ______________________ 11 __________ _: \
\---- - - - - - - - ----- - ---------- - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - -------"
\
\ ~4PL \
o 6
G)(D20PL (f)(i)2PL
~2PL
------~~~~
NOTES:
1. 01S uSe:D 10 CALL OUT PiECe: PAR,S FOR ThE HARDvvARE KIT.
2. [::}S USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE FITTING KIT.
3. LUBRICATE THREADS, BOLT SHOULDERS AND FUH SURFACES OF !'/ASHER WITH ENGIf\
4. USE iMPACT VVRENCH ONLY FOR INITIAL ASSEMBLY POSITIONING. DO NOT TORQUE OV[
DO NOT TORQUE OVER VALUE SHOWN IN 1ST STEP.
S. APPLY TORQUE IN TWO ADDTIONAL STEPS USING CRISS-CROSS AL TERNA TING TORQUE
6. ITEMS 14 & 15 USE FOR 4WD OPTION QTY (2.00) ON #4 SIDE PORT.
USE FOR 4STR OPTION QTY ( .CO) ON # SIDE PORT.
MANUAL 92375-003
Aprill99S
FIGURE 3.2: Chassis Rotation Assembly •
Ref. 71453 ............................ Chassis Rotation Assembly ...................................................... Ref.

-1 71453-DWG ................. ChassisRotationAssemblyDWG.................................................. 1
2 71453-HW .................... Hardware Kit; Chassis Rotation .................................................... 1
3 71453-FTG .................... Fitting Kit, Chassis Rotation .......................................................... 1
4 71140 ............................ Hydraulic Swivel ............................................................................ 1
5 71141 ............................ Electrical Slip Ring ......................................................................... 1
6 37737 ............................ Motor, 10 CIPR Swing Rotation .................................................... 1
7 71142 ............................ SwingBearing ............................................................................... 1
Ref. 71453-HW .................... Hardware Kit Chassis Rotation ................................................ Ref.

-1 71453-DWG ................. Chassis Rotation Assembly DWG ................................................. 1
2 BOW39159 ................... Bolt, Hex 5/8-11 UNC-2B 5"L GR8 ........................................... 20
3 BOW36707-HD ........... Washer, 5/8 Hard Flat ................................................................. 20
4 BOW33636 .......... :........ Bolt .38-16UNC x 1.25 GR8 ........................................................ .4
5 BOW31327 ................... Washer 3/8 Lock ........................................................................... 4
6 BOW36703 ................... Washer .371D .810D GR8 SAE Flat ............................................ 4
7 BOW36106 ................... Bolt, HexHD 1I2-13UNC x 1112"L ............................................. l
8 BOW31329 ................... Washer, .50 Gr 5 Split Lock .......................................................... 1
-9 BOW30I08 ................... Bolt, Hex HD 1I2-13UNC x2"L ................................................... l
-10 BOW36784 ................... Nut, 1/2 Jam .................................................................................. 1
Ref. 7l453-FTG .................... Fitting Kit, Chassis Rotation Assembly ..................................... Ref.
-1 71453-DWG ................. Assembly DWG, Chassis Rotation ................................................ 1
2 02579 ............................ Straight MJ16 MOI6 .................................................................... 4
3 00267 ............................ StraightMJI2 MOI2 .................................................................... 2
4 04563 ............................ Straight MJ06 M006 Long .......................................................... 4
5 02662 ............................ Elbow 90° MJ06 M006 ................................................................ 1
6 02447 ............................ PlugM006 .................................................................................... 2
7 00353 ............................ Tee MJ06 MJ06 FJ06 ................................................................... 1
8 00485 ............................ Straight FJ12 MJ06 ....................................................................... 1
9 02328 ............................ Elbow 45° MJ12 FJ12 ................................................................. 1
10 02312 ............................ Elbow45° MJ16 FJI6 ................................................................. 2
11 04070 ............................ Straight MJ06 MO I 0 ................................................................... 2
12. 00425 ............................ FittingFJ06 MJ04 ................................................... 2
!. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13 02337 ............................ Elbow 45° MJ06 M006 .............................................................. 1

14 00488 ............................ Tee MJ06 FJ06 MJ06 ......................................................... 2Ref.
15 02662 ............................ Elbow 90° MJ06 M006 ......................................................... 2Ref.
MANUAL 9237S'()()3
April 1998
• FIGURE 3 .2: Chassis Rotation Assembly
\
SIZE STEP BOLT HEADS
5/8-11UNC 1st SO±S LB.FT.

2nd 100±S LB.FT.
3rd 170±5 LB.FT.
7 5
18 9
4 17
J
REF CRISS-CROSS
ALTERNATING TORQUE SEQUENCE
\ SEE NOTE 5.
131 1-3
6 14
1G 11
16
PORT DATA FOR 71140 HYDRAULlC SIJIVEl

PORT DATA Pressures (PSI)
Port Angle BCD Oio.. Type Fluid I
I Test Operating
1 0' 2 3/4' 7/8 #16 SAE '0'- RING Dll I 8000 4500
2 270' 2 3/4' 7/8 #16 SAE '0'- RING OIL J 8000 4500
3 180' 2 5/8' JI8 n12 SAE '0' - RiNG Oil I 8000 4500
4 100' 3 5/8' 3/8 #6 SAE '0' - RING OIL I 8000 4500
5 55' 3 5/8' 3/8 #6 SAE '0'- RING OIL t 8000 4500
6 133' 3 5/8' 3/8 I #6 SAE '0'- RING OIL I 8000 4500
7 I 80' I -: /B' 3/8 I #6 SAE '0'- RING OIL I BODO 4500
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 3 .2: Chassis Rotation Assembly . •
Ref. 71453 ............................ Chassis Rotation Assembly ......................... :............................ Ref.
-1 71453-DWG ................. Chassis Rotation Assembly DWG ................................................. 1
2 71453-HW .................... Hardware Kit; Chassis Rotation .................................................... 1
3 71453-FTG .................... FittingKit,ChassisRotation .......................................................... 1
4 71140 ............................ HydraulicSwivel ............................................................................ 1
5 71141 ............................ Electrical Slip Ring ......................................................................... 1
6 37737 ............................ Motor, 10 CIPRSwingRotation ................................................. ,.. 1
7 71142 ............................ SwingBearing ............................................................................... 1
Ref. 71453-HW .................... Hardware Kit Chassis Rotation ................................................ Ref.

-1 71453-DWG ................. ChassisRotationAssemblyDWG................................................. 1
2 BOW39159 ................... Bolt,Hex5/8-11 UNC-2B5"LGRS ........................................... 20
3 BOW36707-HD ........... Washer, 5/8 Hard Flat ................................................................. 20
4 BOW33636 ................... Bolt .38-16UNC x 1.25 GR8 ......................................................... 4
5 BOW31327 ................... Washer 3/8 Lock ........................................................................... 4
6 BOW36703 ................... Washer .371D .810D GRS SAB Flat ........................................... .4
7 BOW36106 ................... Bolt, Hex HD 1I2-13UNC x 1 1I2"L ............................................. 1
-9 BOW30108 ................... Bolt, HexHD 1I2-13UNC x2"L ................................................... l
-10 BOW36784 ................... Nut, li2 Jam .................................................................................. 1
Ref. 71453-FTG .................... Fitting Kit, Chassis Rotation Assembly ..................................... Ref.
-1 71453-DWG ................. Assembly DWG, Chassis Rotation ................................................ 1
2 02579 ............................ StraightMJI6 M016 .................................................................... 4
3 00267 ............................ Straight MJ12 M012 .................................................................... 2
4 04563 ............................ Straight MJ06 M006 Long .......................................................... 4
5 02662 ............................ Elbow 90° MJ06 M006 ................................................................ 1
6 02447 ............................ Plug M006 .................................................................................... 2
7 00353 ............................ Tee MJ06 MJ06 FJ06 ................................................................... 1
8 00485 ............................ Straight FJ12 MJ06 ....................................................................... 1
9 02328 ............................ Elbow45° MJ12 FJ12 ................................................................. 1
10 02312 ............................ Elbow45° MJ16 FJ16 ................................................................. 2
11 04070 ............................ Straight MJ06 MO 10 ................................................................... 2
12 00425 ............................ FittingFJ06 MJ04 ......................................................................... 2
13 02337 ............................ Elbow 45° MJ06 M006 .............................................................. 1
14 00488 ............................ Tee MJ06 FJ06 MJ06 ......................................................... 2Ref.
15 02662 ............................ Elbow 90° MJ06 M006 ......................................................... 2Ref.
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
e
"'rj
IIIMIIliT IT 1111.( RIIT!TlIll

IHIS VI[V rlR Cl!RiTY
i
w
w
0' $
---~~--- [....
(")
00
~.
jj'
m ~
811'
m
>~ ;~I
2:f: T
~~ J':"'_
I»vt [l]
§
ill
o' SPDtl 0 ' HOUSING

PORT DATA PrP55ur~5 (PSD
Port Angl~ BCD mo. Typ~ rl~d T~5t Operoting
f=J 0' e3/4' 7/S nlo SAE '0'- RING OIL SI/OO 4500
2 270' 23/4' 7/S "10 SAE '0'- RING OIL SI/OO 4500
3 ISO' eSIS' SIS 112 SAE '0'- RING OIL SI/OO 4500
4 100' 3 SIS' 3/S n6 SAl '0'- RING OIL SOOO 4500
5 55' 3 SIS' 3/S n6 SAE '0'- RING OIL SOOO 4500
6 133' 3 SIS' 3/S n6 SAE '0' - RING OIL SOOO 4500
7 SO' 17/S' 3/S n6 SAE '0'- RING OIL 8000 4500
FIGURE 3.3: Hydraulic Swivel . .
Ref. 71140 ............ ;............... Hydraulic Swivel ....................................................................... Ref.

1 ...................................... HousingAssembly ......................................................................... 1
2 ...................................... Spool .............................................................................................. 1
3 ...................................... Keeper Plate ................................................................................. 1
4 ...................................... Wear Ring ..................................................................................... 1
5 ...................................... Wear Ring ..................................................................................... 1
6 ...................................... SeaIKit .......................................................................................... 6
7 ...................................... Crown Seal .................................................................................... 2
8 ...................................... O-RingSeal ................................................................................... 2
9 ...................................... Lock Washer ................................................................................. 4
10 ...................................... Hex Head Cap Screw ................................................................... 4
11 ...................................... Lock Washer ................................................................................. 2
12 ...................................... Hex Head Cap Screw ................................................................... 2
13 ...................................... Torque Arm ................................................................................... 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
CD FIGURE3.4:Electrical Slip Ring
If \\\
6
' /1
'/I
II'\
\\
0 v
11
il{
Ii i
= I
@
=
=
=
~
=
c.::>
W-J
(f)
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 3.4: Electrical Slip Ring . ,

Ref. 71141 ............................ Electrical Slip Ring .................................................................... Ref.
1 ...................................... Shaft Seal ...................................................................................... 1
2 ...................................... Nylon Bearing ................................................................................ 1
3 ...................................... Aluminum Base Bracket ............................................................... 1
4 ...................................... Cover Seal ..................................................................................... 1
5 ...................................... Nylon Outboard Bearing ................................................................ 1
6 ...................................... Spun Aluminum Cover ................................................................... 1
7 ...................................... Nylon Rub Disk ............................................................................. 1
8 ...................................... Vinyl Sleeves Cover Knife Disconnect Terminals ........................ 2
9 ...................................... Drain Holes In Cover .................................................................... 2
10 ...................................... 5/16-18 UNC Brush Studs ............................................................. 2
11 ...................................... Set Screws .................................................................................... 3
12 ...................................... 1/2-13 UNCRetainingHole .......................................................... 1
13 ...................................... 3/4" NPTLiquid Tight Connector .................................................. 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
o
IoTj
i
I.;J
i.JI
!
::1.
~
IoTj
(3
LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE NOTE:
~EMS CALLED OUT WITH
0•
::s
):
ARE HARDWARE KIT ITEMS. ~
2. ITEMS CALLED OUT WITH

ARE FITTING KIT ITEMS.
8 ~
~
~~
a:F:
9 ) 2 PL
j
-'"
~t:f 13) 2 PL
"" ...
i PL ( 5
1---- 2 PL
-~
\:'
6 17
FIGURE 3.5: Non-Drive Front Axle Assembly •
Ref. 71 035 ............................ Non-Drive Front Axle Assembly .............................................. Ref.

-1 71 035-DWG ................. Assembly DWG, Front Axle Non-Drive ....................................... 1
2 71034-HW .................... Hardware Kit, Front Axle ............................................................. 1
3 71035-FTG .................... Fitting Kit, Front Axle STD ........................................................... 1
4 71085 ............................ Pivot Pin, Axle ............................................................................... 1
5 71095 ............................ Yoke, Steering Weldment R.H...................................................... 1
6 71096 ............................ Yoke, Steering Weldment L.H ...................................................... 1
7 71097 ............................ KingPin ......................................................................................... 2
8 71126 ............................ Idler Hub wlLug Nuts ................................................................... 2
9 65260 ............................ Grease Seal ................................................................................... 2
10 30289 ............................ Dust Cover .................................................................................... 2
11 71547 ............................ Tie Rod Assembly ......................................................................... 1
12 71115 ............................ Cylinder, Steer ............................................................................... 2
13 92097 ............................ Bearing .......................................................................................... 2
14 65239 ............................ Bearing .......................................................................................... 2
15 80119 ............................ Bearing, Thrust .............................................................................. 4
16 92105 .........,................... Nut,Spindle ................................................................................... 2
17 71113 ............................ AxleWeldment,Front ................................................................... 1
18 81368-40-32 .................. Sieve Bearing, 2 1/2 x 3 x 2" L ...................................................... 2
19 34145 ............................ Bushing(R#81368) ........................................................................ 4
See Note 1
1 71035-HW .................... Hardware Kit ........................................................................... Ref.
2 BOW36720 ................... Washer, Flat 1.06 ID x 2.00 OD ................................................... 2
3 BOW38232 ................... Pin, .12 x 1/75 L Cotter ................................................................. 2
4 BOW39068 ................... Bolt, Hex HD 3/8-16UNC x 5 GR8 .............................................. 2
5 BOW34274 ................... Nut, 3/8-16 Lock ............................................................................ 2
6 BOW35300 ................... Snap Ring #5160-150 Truarc ........................................................ 2
7 91029 ............................ Lug Nut, 1/2-20UNF Wheel ........................................................ 18
8 BOW30 170-450 ............ Bolt, Hex HD 1-8 UNC x 4 112 Gr 8 ............................................ 2
9 BOW34280 ................... Nut, Hex 1-8 UNC ........................................................................ 2
10 BOW39117 ................... Bolt, Hex HD 112-13 UNC x4 112 Gr 8 ....................................... 2
11 BOW34276 ................... Nut, Hex 1/2-13 UNC ................................................................... 2
12 BOW38240 ................... Cotter Pin .156 Diax 1.75 ............................................................. 4
13 65240 ............................ Clevis Pin, 1" Dia ........................................................................... 4
See Note 2
1 71035-FTG .................... FittingKit .................................................................................. Ref.
2 02662 ............................ Elbow, 90° M006 MJ06 ................................................................ 4
3 00488 ............................ Tee, MJ06 FJ06 MJ06 ................................................................... 2
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 3.6: Tie Rod Assembly
6 5

Ref. 71547 ............................ Tie Rod Assembly .................................................................... Ref.
-1 71547-DWG ................. DWG, Tie Rod Assembly .............................................................. 1
2 65238 ............................ Rod End, Male I" LH .................................................................... 1
3 51226 ............................ Rod End, Male I" RH R#67821 .................................................... 1
4 71090 ............................ Tie Rod ;Steering Knuckle ............................................................ 1
5 68486 ............................ Nut HEX Jam 1.25-12UNF RfI .................................................... l
6 68487 ............................ Nut, HEX Jam 1.2S-12UNF LH ................................................... 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 3.7:Steer Cylinder
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 3.7:Steer Cylinder •

Ref. 71115 ............................ Steer, Cylinder .......................................................................... Ref.
1 * .................................... Wiper ............................................................................................. 1
2 * .................................... U-Cup (Dual Lip) .......................................................................... 1
3 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
4 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
5 * .................................... Back-Up ........................................................................................ 1
6 * .................................... CapSeal ........................................................................................ 1
7 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
8 * .................................... Wear Ring ..................................................................................... 1
-9 71115-101 ..................... Seal Kit .......................................................................................... 1
10 71115-102 ..................... Locknut .......................................................................................... 1
11 71115-103 ..................... Setscrew ........................................................................................ 1
12 71115-104 ..................... RetainingRing ............................................................................... 1
13 71115-105 ..................... NylonPlug ..................................................................................... 1
14 71115-106 ..................... Port Plug ........................................................................................ 2
15 71115-107 ..................... Tube Assembly .............................................................................. 1
16 71115-108 ..................... Rod ................................................................................................ 1
17 71115-109 ..................... RodClevis ..................................................................................... 1
18 71115-110 ..................... Head .............................................................................................. 1
19 71115-111 ..................... Piston ............................................................................................. 1
-20 71115-100 ..................... Seal Kit (indicated by *) ................................................................ 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
o
~
~
\.J.)
00
CIl
-~ ~ ....~
!
CHASSIS WLOMNT SHOWN FOR REF ONL Y
NOTES:
C--~l----Lkl 1.
2.
SHIM ACCORDING WITH ITEM 4 TO MEET GAP TOLERANCE.
PIECE PARTS FOR HARDWARE KIT ARE CALLED OUT USING
--Iltill ILl 0TO IDENTIFY THEM.
t:tl
~
4) SEE NOTE 1
FRONT AXLE ASSY SHOWN FOR REF ONLY
_,.//n~-k' _ n_1 I
>~ ~"~./ /L:::::~~n, n__ n_n __ Kn - n n n~-----f"
.,000
'2:1:
--0
rr
.....
,~~
:8t;!
>- ____ "_...;, -"-
~.II ~
LHJj '--, I
~
(r" nl" I
!¥ ~T
,/
(; r -
G. - --' _ - - - -
lL- 7 ----- rSr-/.·

'=--\ :
' ::::=':::L
[ ---
. i
,J:
L'""~U:"
I I'It\!
ii"
' ~,
! ! !' I i " i i
-- l [~-
Lll
:
,"
,
(
'
I ; ) ; : - - _ - n ---------------~~--~~--~~--~------~:
\" ' - - - ~" l!
,;,r-
I
ctllLJl" _,_,' " n _ _ _ n __ _

'"
"--T~~L _,- _'-~:;"7-- ,___ ,__. _____n /

-==r-', / ' /
~--- ~ ~
FIGURE 3.8: Stationary Block Assembly •
Ref. 71483 ............................ StationaryBlockAssembly ...................................................... Ref.

-1 71483-DWG ................. DWG Assembly, Stationary Block ................................................ 1
2 71483-HW .................... Hardware Kit, Stationary Block .................................................... 1
3 71106 ............................ StationaryWeldmentBlock ........................................................... 1
4 71105 ............................ Shim Pack ...................................................................................... 2
Ref. 71483-HW .................... Stationary Block Installation - Hardware Kit .......................... Ref.
1 BOW39108 ................... Bolt 112-13 c 2"LG GR8 Hex ........................................................ 4
2 BOW36705-HD ........... Washer, .50 x 1.06 O.D. HD Flat ................................................. 8
3 BOW34276 ................... Nut, .50-13UNC Hex Lock ........................................................... 4
4 71483-DWG ................. InstallationDWG,StationaryBlock ............................................... 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
~
~ FIGURE 3.9:AxleAssembly, Rear Non-Steer
~
Il.
...,<D
:::
~
a.
NOTES
1. ITEMS CALLED OUT WITH A <::>

ARE HARDWARE KIT ITEMS
2. INSERT ITEM 8 TO FILL.
3. ITEMS CALLED OUT WITH A GJ
ARE FITTING KIT ITEMS.
!fl]!
I
I I
!!I I
I I
I I
I ! t I
II I
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 3.9:AxleAssembly, Rear Non-Steer . ,
Ref. 71032 ........................ :.. :Axle Assembly, Rear Non-Steer .............................................. Ref.
-1 71032-DWG ................. Assembly DWG, Rear Axle .......................................................... 1
2 71032-HW .................... Hardware Kit, Rear Axle .............................................................. 1
3 71032-FTG .................... Fitting Kit; Rear Axle Assembly ................................................... 1
4 71043 ............................ Planetary Wheel Drive .................................................................. 2
5 71042 ............................ HydraulicMotor ............................................................................ 2
6 71100 ............................ Rear Axle Backing Plate ............................................................... 2
7 71094 ............................ Spacer, Rear Axle ......................................................................... 2
8 71171 ............................ Spacer, Rear Axle ......................................................................... 4
9 71075 ............................ Axle Weldment, Rear .................................................................... 1
See Note 1
2 BOW36149 ................... Bolt, .63-11 UNC x 2" Hex ......................................................... 16
3 BOW39729 ................... Lockwasher 1/2" ............................................................................ 4
4 BOW39172 ................... Bolt, .75-10 UNC x 2.00" Gr 8 Hex .............................................. 2
5 BOW30 160-850 ............ Bolt, .75-10 UNC x 8.50" Lg Hex ................................................. 2
6 BOW34278 ................... Nut, 3/4-10 UNC Elastic Stop ....................................................... 2
7 BOW36708 ................... Washer, .750 Flat .......................................................................... 4
8 BOW36108 ................... Bolt, 112-13 UNC x2 Gr 8 ............................................................ 4
9 BOW31331 ................... Washer, 5/8 Gr 5 Lock ................................................................ 16
10 BOW31415 ................... 1/2"Flatwasher .............................................................................. 4
11 91029 ............................ Nut .50-20 UNF Wheel ............................................................... 18
See Note 3
2 03197 ............................ Elbow, 90° MOI0 MJ06 ................................................................ 2
3 04051 ............................ Straight,MOI2MJIO .................................................................... 4
4 04733 ............................ Elbow, 45° M004 MJ04 ................................................................ 2
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 3.1 0: 2WD Manifold Installation
4 5 2Pl
-------1~
-5- - " ,
II
, "
______ iJ________
"
• I
"
S£(NOTEJ
.., 2
4
J
:(
II "
II.
::i
II,
""~
NOTES
I. c::::J IS USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS fOR THE FlTTlNC I(IT.
2. 0 IS USED TO c...u OUT FIEeE FliRTS FOR THE HAROWAAE KIT.

Ref. 71490 ............................ 2WDManifoldlnstallation ........................................................ Ref.
-1 71490-DWG ................. Assembly Drawing, Drive Manifold .............................................. 1
-2 71490-FTG .................... FittingKit ....................................................................................... 1
-3 71490-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
4 71424 ............................ Drive Manifold Bracket Weldment ............................................... 1
5 71047 ............................ DriveManifold,2WD .................................................................... 1

-1 71455-DWG ................. 4WDManifoldlnstallationDrawing .............................................. 1
2 BOW39106 ................... Bolt, 112-13UNCx 1.50"L ............................................................. 4
3 BOW342S4 ................... Nut, 1I2-13UNC Stop Elastic ........................................................ 4
4 BOW30053 ................... Bolt, 3/S-16UNC x 7/S"L ............................................................... 2
5 BOW31327 ................... Washer, 3/S"ID Split Lock ............................................................. 2
71490-FTG .................... FittingKit .................................................................................. Ref.

-1 71455-DWG ................. 4WDManifoldInstallationDrawing .............................................. 1
2 04051 ............................ Straight,MJI0M012 .................................................................... 2
3 00267 ............................ Straight, MJ12M012 .................................................................... 2
4 02579 ............................ Straight,MJI6MOI6 .................................................................... 2
5 00456 ............................ Straight, MJ04 M006 .................................................................... 2
6 00344 ............................ Tee, MJ04 FJ04 MJ04 ................................................................... 1

MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 3.11: DriveManifold •
PDl
PlG6
03 ..." M2 04 M3 M4
(-F Kf50101
xxxx
xxxx
G5
eRAKE , - " - f f i . - _
Gl;r--t---' '---------:r--------7--t-----Ji( G2
Ref. 71047 ............................ DriveManifold .......................................................................... Ref.

PLG 12 ...................................... Port Plug ........................................................................................ 1
PLG6 ...................................... Port Plug ........................................................................................ 9
PLG4 ...................................... Port Plug ........................................................................................ 1
ORF1,ORF2 .................................. OrificePlug ................................................................................... 2
PD1,PD2 ...................................... PDI2-44-0-P-I10 .......................................................................... 2
HS 1 ...................................... HS50-42-0-P ................................................................................. 1
FDI ...................................... FDI6-42-0-P-66 ............................................................................ 1
CL8 ...................................... COil ................................................................................................ 2
SV1,SV2 ...................................... SV08-30-0-N-00 ............................................................................ 2
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 3.12: 2 STR Valve Assembly
Ref. 71549 ............................ 2 STR Valve Assembly ............................................................ Ref.

-1 71549-DWG ................. 2 STR Valve Assembly Drawing .................................................. 1
-2 71549-FTG .................... FittingKit; 2 STR Valve Assembly ............................................... 1
-3 71554 ............................ Dual P.O. Check Valve ................................................................ 1

Drawing not available at this time
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE3.13:CheckValve . ,
Ref. 71554 ............................ Dual P.O. Check Valve ........................................................... Ref.

1 ...................................... BlockMiC ..................................................................................... 1
2 ...................................... Check Valve .................................................................................. 2
3 ...................................... Pilot Piston ..................................................................................... 1
2A
"....!-----------'-=
W SERIAL No
LBI-0139A
V@
[1 [2
VI V2
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 4.1: Turret Installation
o o
o o
5
o
I I
I
I
I
o
~.
( 9
:6
, 12
\ 13
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 4.1: TurretInstallation •

'r" Ref. 71235-T60 ..................... Turret Installation ..................................................................... Ref.
-1 71235-DWG ................. Installation DWG, Turret T60 ........................................................ 1
2 71619-STD ................... Hose Kit T60 ................................................................................. 1
71619-Jib ....................... Hose Kit T66J ............................................................................... 1
3 71235-HW .................... Hardware Kit; Turret Installation .................................................. 1
4 71045-001 ..................... TrayInstallation,2WD .................................................................. 1
71045-003 ..................... TrayInstallation,2WD/Jib ............................................................. 1
5 71492 ............................ Turret Rotation Assembly ............................................................. 1
6 71386 ............................ Battery Assembly .......................................................................... 1
~~
71387 ............................ FilterAssembly,EnginePump ....................................................... 1
71495 ............................ Air Cleaner Assembly ................................................................... 1
9 71 0 18 ............................ Engine Installation, Nissan H2O Gas .............................................. 1
10 71389 ............................ Master Cylinder Installation ........................................................... 1
11 71390 ............................ LiftCylinderInstallation ................................................................ 1
12 71538 ............................. Stop Pin; Turret Rotation ............................................................... 1
13 65328-013 ..................... Sash Chain; 13 Links ..................................................................... 1
14 71622-T60-T66J ........... Eprom Installation; T60 Lower Controls ....................................... 1
15 71058 ............................ Turret Weldment; Telescope ......................................................... 1
16 51036 ............................ Switch, Limit Body Only ................................................................ 1
17 51037 ............................ Offset Head Limit Switch ............................................................. 1
18 71691 ............................ ArmMod;LimitSwitch ................................................................. 1
19 67114-002 ..................... Strain Relief 112 NPT .25/.38 ........................................................ 1
20 67123-001 ..................... Seal, Connector Elect 1/2" ............................................................. 1
21 71173 ............................ Locking Tube, Turret ..................................................................... 2
-22 71796 ............................ Ground Strap ................................................................................. 1
-23 71859 ............................ Turret Hardline Kit ........................................................................ 1
-1 71235-HW .................... Hardware Kit; Turret Installation ............................................. Ref.

-2 BOW31145 ................... Screw, # 10-32 UNF 3/4 RD HD Sit ............................................. 2
-3 BOW31323 ................... Washer, #10 ID Split Lock ............................................................ 2
* 1. 1t?~, ~iIWA~;
~ 1~54 Fi I+e.(
CfbOt{o-0O'1 «Je~r\+
4~l)/J.. 5-fr
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
I-fyd -r;,nK~4€"
-- :- -- --
Str6I/
o ~
4 Pl
R Pl.
, 12
-;~:: '
~ __ "'" ______-_-_"'":~:
" L. _ _ _
ft~~C -.-.-~-C:~~~:I-:---
~;~
'"'
-=--'-
:
1 , - -
T
"
-------
J
- 8 PL
--- -=c::;:-t:~~=::--.;~~~:~=:=~=:i
il
3'--lif-~T---------T--nr----r'--'-r-
"Ii ! 0,\ )
I,
0 i Ii
'l!
i
I
! TURRET WlDMNT
SHOWN FOR REF ONLY ~
~
~
~
5 XU, 6 Pl
11) 12 Pl
'<
4 PL .,X12
@
®
o ®
@'" 0 g
-
e.....
g
~
EI PL \10
---@-~-:l 1- . 4 X 1} 2 Pl
~ 'Ill> ~o @
o
i~
- ...
:8tl
oo~
11
2 Pl
4 Pl
'"
tlll.l(!k
1. 01S USED TO CALL OUT PiECE PARTS rOR THE HARDWARE KIt
2. [~Jts USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS rOR THE nTTtNC KIT.
---0
~ 0 II k;J8i }l il rl~," J88[ H [..l ~ :of

USED ON T40-01 & T60-01
FIGURE 4.2: Tray Installation •

.t Ref. 71045-001 ...................... Tray Installation ............................................................................ Ref.
-1 71045-DWG .................. Tray Assembly DWG; Telescope Hyd .............................................. 1
-2 71045-HW ..................... Hardware Kit ...................................................................................... 1
-3 71045-FTG-l ................. FittingKit ........................................................................................... 1
4 71059 ............................. Tray Weldment .................................................................................. 1
5 71060 ............................. Bracket Weldment; Ground Box ........................................................ 1
6 71041 ............................. Fuel Tank; 40 Gallons ........................................................................ 1
7 71040 ............................. Hydraulic Tank; 45 Gallons ............................................................... 1
8 CLL00650-004 ............... Tube Rd 1" OD .25W .50"L .............................................................. 4
9 35659 ............................. MotorlPump 12 VDC Electric ........................................................... 1
10 71039 ............................. Turret Tray/Door Lock Plate ............................................................. 2
11 71261 ............................. Front Brace Tray Plate ....................................................................... 1
12 71023 ............................. Rear Brace Tray Plate ........................................................................ 1
13 _. 33430 ............................. Filter Assembly, Hydraulic ................................................................. 1
14 69327 ............................. Gauge, Fuel Tank Magnetic ............................................................... 1
15 71550 ............................. Control Valve w/o Axle Lpck ............................................................ 1
16 37042 ............................. Filter, R# 66445 Suction .................................................................... 1
17 67585-005 ...................... Valve,3/4 .. NPTBall .......................................................................... 1
18 67585-006 ...................... Valve, I"NPTBall ............................................................................. 1
19
20 04625-001 ...................... Valve,MiniBall .................................................................................. 1

\
F~~I ((,(.,~ It PI /J 7/01.(/ ~/&u

fI) I l!:.
fly).·
( l
, Y- 710'1 V - /LrU
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
e
~
§
V
...... ~
ti
W
~
!':l
=:;1
~
S\
cs- Ig:
b'
~
g
~
......
SECTION A-A
SCALE X 3 OSCILLATING VALVE
~J
NOTES:
1, Q!S USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE HARDWARE KIT.
,d=
--<>
2. QIS USED TO CAllOUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE FiniNG KIT.
:8tl
cc~
'"
16
2§]
SECTION A-A
SCALE X 3 NON-OSCILLATING VALV
, .....u.
The main control valve is located on the same side as the ground controls on the hydraulic tray
•
assembly. The location of the different hydraulic functions' solenoids, reliefvalves (if applicable), .
and flow controllers are located on the isometric drawing below. The individual hydraulic functions
that the main hydraulic control valve regulates are described in more detail in the following pages.
and the isometric drawing below shows the location of the individual solenoids, reliefvalves
(if applicable), and flow controllers.
i !~f I:r
fVI a...1'\ ) +171
7/S-S-;'
of.
6000. REiRACT FLOW CONTRCLLER
7/~
BOOM EXTEND RELIEF VALVE
PLA TFORM RC TA;E CC'''!
BCOM RETRACT
THIS SOLENOte is FOR THE CSC;LLA TlNG

AXLE LOCK CPT,CK CO Nor INSi.\LL If' THIS
OP liON 'S ~OT 'JSEO
LO:::~ VALVE ",,"
.,,
-I
1
,I
MANUAL 92375-002
March 1998
7/SS/
The main control vaive is located on the same side as the ground controls on the hydraulic tray
assembly. The location of the different hydraulic functions' solenoids, relief valves , and flow
controllers are located on the isometric drawing below. The individual hydraulic functions that
the main hydraulic control valve regulates are described in more detail in the following pages and
the isometric drawing below shows the location of the individual solenoids, relief valves, and
flow controllers.
BOOM RETRACT fLOW CONTROLLER
71S51-013
BOOM EXTEND RELIEf VALVE
71 S;S J -1I'"
P-LATFORM ROTATE CCW _
Coil ?lsr/-fJlO
BOOM EXTENO~--
STEER LEFT (ON/OFf)

TURRE T SWING RELIEf VALVE
7'55"1 -CIS' BOOM'RETRACT - - -

4I'::;;lqI>"---~--- STEER RIGHT (ON/OfF)
II~ _ _ _ _- - UNLOADER
THIS SOLENOID IS FOR THE OSCILLATING
AXLE LOCK OPTION, 00 NOT INSTALL If THIS -----,--pLATFORM LEVEL UP (ON/OFF)
OPTION IS NOT USED
LOCI< VALVE 81
- - - - PLATfORM LEVEL DOWN (ON/Ofr)
~~----:-PLATfORM ROTATE CW
,~ff~~~-- BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT ((;>,"/

PROPORTIONAL 7/SSI- ozo
SYSTEM RELIEf VALVE (J
BOOM UPJ" jJ!lT/- 00 J

toi, 'IS~'I-oZI
BOOM DOWN
TURRET SWING RIGHT ccw 1 7JSS'"'I - 038

TURRET SWING LEfT cw ..s 71.5'":"$'1- 0 Z I c.,t I IJ prr;.....
7JS~-J- /00 (1/)// Till'
JIB 1)1" (DO NOT INSTALL ON T40 AND T60)
JIB DOWN (DO NOT INSTALL ON T40 AND 160)

71S'!'3 \ 115>1-011
0fb\\9J-J ot
MANUAL92384-002
June1999
CD
oo
TH1RDANGlE 900000864
PROJECTION
ITEM PART. QTY. DESCRIPTION TORQUE I SEAL KIT
PORTS:
A7.87 ..... SAE 66
P.LS .....•. 2I6.9c:Y
T••••••••.... 2I9.90
0~~.
PART No. 95OOO586-E
SERIAL No.
_- ......
..........
...........
~---~
A7 87
'PROCE!!U!!I! TO AlTAC!! JIB IIANFOUI'
1~ CUWlGENERAL_AROUND1HI!_
CONT_-'-_11IEIINIIPlATI _TO PRI!VENI"
IIIIIPLAlE
2.I _ _ BOL11I& W_ _ lIIATIECURE1HI!IINIIPlATlTO

1HI! IIAIII-.JIAMI _I!IIDPLATI.
If' I
\ NOlI!:
ntlSlURFACE MUST BE
PROTECTED AT ALL lIMES
FROM NICKS, SCRATCHES ..
BLEIII8HI!8. AREAS mAT ARI!
ENCIRCLED ARE OF HIGHE8T
IIIPORTANCEI
1.)ENIIIRElIIAT1HI!IIAlINGIUla'ACEl0F1HI!.llBIIANIFOLD{IUNIII)
AMllIIE_IlAllFOLD ARECUAII, FUlT AMI _ OF IIICICI,
II it Ii i.1 JI(l .'ii
8CRATCIIUAND_.REl'l!RTOAIIOVII_·_lIIAT ARE
IIHCIRCU!DARE 11111_ OF IIIGHI!ST ~AIICI!I
4.)I!N8URElIIATV_AREII _ _ _
I
I [- C71-S53
~jSl~?
.., APPLY1 DROP OF LOCI1TI! 241 TOIIf'IERJW.. _ HOU!_
ON 11IE IlAllNO IURFACE OFlIIE _BLOCK. DO NOT APPLYI,OC111I!
----
DIREC11.YTO 1HI! _ BOLTL
a.)AlTACIf.IIBIIAIIIFOLD _ _ W_ANDBOLTL HAND ALUMINUM 8081

11OII1IiII _ _ BOL11II!QUALlY.
7~ TORQUI! 11IREI! BOL11I TO 11 L80f'T. ........

_ _ IlL I
.-IIL_
~lii1!t_ _Flf.U .; 900000864
FIGURE 4.2: Tray Installation . ,

Ref. 71045-001 ...................... Tray Installation ............................................................................ Ref.
See Note 1 ................................................................................................................................... .
1 71045-HW ..................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................. Ref.
2 BOW30029 .................... Bolt, .31-18 UNC x 1.00 Gr 5 Hex .................................................... 8
3 BOW30030 .................... Bolt, Hex .31-18 UNC x 1.25 ............................... ;.......................... 12
4 BOW30054 .................... Bolt, .38-16 UNC x 1.00" Gr 5 Hex .................................................. 2
5 BOW30056 .................... Bolt, .38-16 UNC x 1.50" LgHex ................................................... 10
6 BOW30 I06 .................... Bolt, .sO-l3UNC x 1.50" Gr 5 Hex .................................................. 4
7 BOW31327 .................... Washer, 3/8" 10 Split Lock ............................................................... 6
8 BOW31412 .................... Washer, 5/16"10 Flat ......................................................................... 8
9 BOW31415 .................... Washer,.50 1.38"00 USS Gr 5 Flat ............................................... 8
10 BOW31432 .................... Washer, .31"10 x .68"00 Flat ........................................................ 32
11 BOW31433 .................... Washer, .38 .81 "00 SAE Gr 5 Flat ................................................ 16
12 BOW34273 .................... Nut, 5/16-18 UNC Hex Lock ........................................................... 20
13 BOW34274 .................... Nut, 3/8-16 UNC Hex Lock ............................................................... 6
14 BOW34276 .................... Nut, .50-13 UNC Hex Lock ............................................................... 4
See Note 2 ....................................................................................................................................

1 71045-FTG .................... FittingKit ................................................ ~ ..................................... Ref.
2 00222 ............................. Straight, MJI0 MOI0 ........................................................................ 2
3 00281 ............................. Straight, MP20 FP16 ............ ~..........................................·.................. 1
4 00328 ............................. Tee MJ12 FJ12 MJI2 ........................................................................ 3
5 00342 ............................. Straight, FJI0 MJ08 .......................................................................... 1
6 00423 ............................. Straight, FJ12 MJ08 .......................................................................... 1
7 00456 ............................. Straight, MJ04 M006 ........................................................................ 6
8 00458 ............................. Straight, MJ08 M008 ........................................................................ I
9 00485 ............................. Straight, FJI2 MJ06 .......................................................................... I
10 00498 ............................. Elbow, 90 0 MJ06 MP06 .................................................................... 1
11 02234 ............................. Elbow, MJ08 M008 .......................................................................... 1
12 02314 ............................. Elbow, 900 MJ16 FJI6 ...................................................................... 1
13 02315 ............................. Straight, MP16 FP12 ......................................................................... I
14 02320 ............................. Elbow, 90 0 MJ12 FJI2 ...................................................................... 2
IS 02387 ............................. Tee, MJ16 FJI6 MJI6 ....................................................................... 1
16 02447 ............................. Plug, M006 ........................................................................................ 1
17 02448 ............................. Straight, MJ06 M006 ........................................................................ 2
18 02473 ............................. Straight, MJ06 M008 ........................................................................ 3
19 02675 ............................. Elbow, 90 0 MJ12 MP12 .................................................................... I
20 02803 ............................. Straight, MJ08 MP12 ........................................................................ I
21 02807 ............................. Straight, MJI2 MP12 ........................................................................ I
22 02810 ............................. Straight, MJI6 MPI6 ........................................................................ 1
23 04055 ............................. Tee, MJI0 FJIO MJIO ....................................................................... I
24 04087 ............................. Reducer FJI2 MJ04 .......................................................................... 1
25 04100 ............................. Straight, MP06 FJ06 .......................................................................... 1
26 04122 ............................. Straight, MPI6 MP16 ........................................................................ 1
27 04176 ............................. Straight, MP12 MP12 ........................................................................ 2
28 04210 ............................. Straight, MJ06 MP06 ........................................................................ 1
29 04523 ............................. Elbow, 900 MJ08 Moo8 ................................................................... I
30 04525 ............................. Straight, FJ16 MJ12 .......................................................................... 1
31 04699-06 ........................ Plug, .38 NPT Socket Hex ................................................................ I

MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 4.3:TurretRotationAssembly
g.
REF
. i
l"-----./~ ..\:I
I
-----1
I 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 4.3:TurretRotationAssembly . ,
Ref. 71492 ............................ Turret Rotation Assembly ........................................................ Ref.

-1 71492-0WG ................. OWG, Turret Rotation Assembly .................................................. 1
2 71351 ............................ Position Fork Hydraulic Rotator .................................................... 1
3 71492-HW .................... Hardware Kit, Turret Rotation ...................................................... 1
Ref. 71492-HW .................... Hardware Kit Turret Rotation .................................................. Ref.

-1 71492-0WG ................. Turret Rotation Assembly OWG ................................................... 1
2 BOW46159 ................... Bolt, 5/8-11 UNC-2B x 5.00"L GR8 ........................................... 20
3 BOW36707-HD ........... Washer, Flat .6310 Hard ............................................................. 20
7 5
18 9
17
REF CRISS-CROSS
ALTERNATING TORQUE SEQUENCE
SET NOTE "3.
13 3
6 14
10 11
1. LUBRiCATE THREADS. SOL T SHOULDERS AND FLAT

SURFACES OF WASHERS WITH ENGINE OIL.
2. USE IMPACT WRENCH ONLY FOR INITIAL ASSEMBLY
POSITIONING. DO NOT TORQUE OVER VALUE
SHOWN IN 1ST STEP.
3. APPLY TORQUE IN TWO ADDTIONAL STEPS USING
CRISS-CROSS AL TERNA TING TORQUE SEQUENCE.
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
fa FIGURE 4.4: Battery Assembly
2PL
1--------------------------1
n
I I
I I
II
I I
I I
II
I I
II
I I
I I
I I
==============_================:Y
MANUAL 92315-003
April 1998
FIGURE 4.4: Battery Assembly . ,
Ref. 71386 ............................ Battery Assembly ..................................................................... Ref.

-1 71386-DWG ................. DWG, Battery Assembly .............................................................. 1
2 65176 ............................ Battery - 12 Volt 1000 CCA ......................................................... 1
3 71282 ............................ Hold-down, 141/2"LBattery ........................................................ 1
4 66270 ............................ J-Bolt.31-18UNCx 10.00"LG ...................................................... 2
5 BOW31239 ................... Nut, HEX Keps .31-18UNC ......................................................... 2
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
\
• FIGURE 4.5: Engine Pump Filter Assembly
I 2
NOTES:
1. (::}S USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE HARDWARE KIT.
2. [~}s USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE FITTING KIT.

Ref. 71387 ............................ EnginePumpFilter Assembly .................................................. Ref.
-I 71387-DWG ................. Filter AssemhlyDwg; Engine Pump ............................................. 1
2 81254 ............................ Filter ............................................................................................... 1
71387-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
71387-FTG .................... Fitting Kit ....................................................................................... I

1 BOW39052 ................... Bolt, 3/8-16 x 1.00 ......................................................................... 4
2 BOW31327 ................... Washer, 3/8" ID"Split Lock ........................................................... 4

1 04051 ............................ Straight,MJI0MOI2 .................................................................... 1
2 02333 ............................ Elbow, 90° MJIO MOl2 ................................................................ 1
- Indicates Items Not Shown .
MANUAL 92315-003
April 1998
FIGURE 4.6: Air Cleaner Installation •
Ref. 71495 ............................ AirCleanerlnstallation ............................................................. Ref.

-1 71495-DWG ................. AirCleanerlnstallationDwg ......................................................... 1
-2 71495-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
-3 65278 ............................ Air Cleaner Kit .............................................................................. 1
65278-001 ..................... Air Cleaner .................................................................................... 1
65278-003 ..................... Mounting Bracket .......................................................................... 2

MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
\
• FIGURE 4.7: Engine Installation
h --1 .b. I I
If-q~ ° •
r-w- -- -- • • 0
--
.!!;, f'
II~ -
II IU
., l
II IltJ
I ~ CIllEII 0 lit.
~
]o:@
I
I I
,
~.
~..... vi
I I I ~1311U
N~n13~
~~
I I ! I~
I I r;:;-! ~311lJ.'~ Il!Il'
SS3~d
I~I 1 O , I I
I 9 ~n d~ I b ~
I I
1
:
I
II""
I \ 1°IJ] ° • -- --
• • -- - II.II c
0
rn m
~
IT
-B
I I
o 0
JL--I - --------- - t- l--
I I o 0
o
I I o 0
0
LL ~ !-l'
0
I I
I
([3-=
I I I
I I
I I I I I I
de .= ~\
I I Ir;i
I I
I I
I I ~~
I I I I
I I I I
10 1 10 1 I",
-t [- - ----i r-
I I I I 1'--'
loll 101 ...~ ~ ~
~~ 0
I I I I
I I I I I ~
I 1 "--' lC:J
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE4.7:EngineInstallation •

Ref. 71018 ............................ Enginelnstallation ..................................................................... Ref.
-1 71018-DWG ................. Enginelnstallation;NissanH-25 ................................................... 1
2 71018-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 71559 ............................ Engine Assenbly; Nissan H-25 Gas .............................................. 1
4 71494 ............................ Electric Panel Assembly ................................................................ 1
5 71574 ............................ Muffierlnstallation ........................................................................ 1
6 71366 ............................ Engine Support Brace .................................................................... 1
-1 71018-HW .................... Hardware Kit ........................................................................... Ref.

-2 BOW36705-HD ........... Washer, .50 x 1.06 OD HD Flat ................................................... 2
-3 BOW39105 ................... Bolt, 112-13 x 1114 Gr 8 HD Hex ................................................. 2
CCA-r~ .
1l6~' -- trJ
- 71{/i 1~ ill tzJ:~{e-r
Dev-f" D.'('-s vi dp.J ioY'\ ASl10 --r- f
D.(tvh. ~J"~ 7/f"JL{
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
-..
"'" FIGURE 4.8: Engine Assembly
rr+o~
: ~ ~
0
l~-
L
--
,
bi
-- _~l
1
.1"-1J1' "_
I I I lD.
o __1fl
1
5
~D! f
I \------; '"
I:I~
~
I ~3~ CJ lit 3T-9)

fJJ
@
~
I I
0,
N~n13~
I
I '~I'"
I
I ~31lU .-
SS]~d l'JL-' lIII U~~
I~I E3 I I
I 9 () UlllD:I= \-1 I L e I I
:~
I l
~
-- -- -51 -- -
0 1e- • 01
II "" C
\ \
0
0 0
m t-n
-B
JI:
I I 0
, °0
~
0
- - - - -- - - - ~-
I I 0 \ 0
I I 0 0
0 0 lL1~ L r:rr
0
I
I I
I I
~I :1 I
rA-h
II
i I I I
il I~ I
Ii
II
II
II
il I
I'.1 I
Ir;;i
-c::::r t === I I 6
II I :1 I I I
110
II
1
.
110 1
Ii I r ----l
l
e-[- -- - ~ 1-1
I ~ 9
i: 0 I -= ~ ~
I I
L
~U! U
I
! 1m~
il
Ii \
I
0
I U IICl
(@)
Ci;fiJ I
/
/
(10
I
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE4.8:EngineAssembly G
Ref. 71559 ............................ EngineAssembly ...................................................................... Ref.

-1 71559-DWG ................. Engine Assembly Dwg ................................................................... 1
2 71559-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 71559-FTG .................... FittingKit ....................................................................................... 1
4 71049 ............................ Engine; Nissan H-25 Gas .............................................................. 1
5 21368 ............................ Check Valve ............................................................... ·................... 1
6 71718 ............................ ExhaustPipeAssembly ................................................................. 1
7 71051 ............................ Pump;Hydraulic ............................................................................ 1
8 71052 ............................ PumpHydrauIic ............................................................................. 1
9 71631 ............................ ManifoldAdapter .......................................................................... 1
10 69203-001 ..................... Mount,EngineStud ....................................................................... 4

-2 BOW39000 ................... Bolt, 114-20 x 112 Gr 8 Hex Hd ..................................................... 4
-3 BOW31325 ................... Washer, .25 ID Split Lock ............................................................. 4
-4 BOW39027 ................... Bolt, 5/16-18 x 3/4 Gr 8 Hex Hd ................................................... 4
-5 BOW34273 ................... Nut, 5116-18 UNC Hex Lock ....................................................... .4
-6 BOW39054 ................... Bolt, 3/8-16 xl Gr 8 Hex Hd ....................................................... .4
-7 BOW39055 ................... Bolt, 3/8-16 x 1114" HexHd ......................................................... 2
-8 BOW31327 ................... Washer, 3/8" ID Split Lock ........................................................... 6
-9 BOW31403 ................... Washer,.38 xl OD USS Gr 5 Flat ............................................... 2
-10 BOW36106 ................... Bolt, .50-13 UNC x 1.50 Gr 8 Hex ................................................ 2
-11 BOW31329 ................... Washer, .50 Gr 5 Split Lock .......................................................... 2
-12 BOW36784 ................... Nut, .50-13 UNC Lock Hex .................................. f ...................... I
-13 BOW31415 ................... Washer, .501.3800 USS Gr 5 Flat .............................................. 1
-I 71 559-FTG .................... FittingKit .................................................................................. Ref.

-2 02579 ............................ Straight,MJI6MOI6 .................................................................... 3
-3 00267 ............................ Straight,MJI2MOI2 .................................................................... 2
-4 00222 ............................ Straight,MJI0MOI0 .................................................................... 2
-5 04051 ............................ Straight,MJI0M012 .................................................................... 1
-6 02333 ............................ Elbow,900MJI0MOI2 ................................................................ 1
-7 04693 ............................ Elbow, 90° MJI 0 MO lOLL .......................................................... 1
-I 71718 ............................ ExhaustPipe Assembly ............................................................ Ref.

-2 71721 ............................ TubeWeldment ............................................................................. 1
-3 71722 ............................ 2" 00 Flexible Tubing ........................................................... 79LF.
-4 71709 ............................ Reducer; 1.7500 x 2.00 00 ....................................................... 1
-5 80399 ............................ MufflerClamp, 2" .......................................................................... 2
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
G
-
I-r:I
~
~
~
is·
G
~---.-------
I'~
--,ijl
f ~[
~
, ~
-
G
)-
Ai B
2 til
8 1 181 til
-~
2L 2L
2S 2S
>~
I
21 21 '<
li!: 12 12
-'"
~tl
co ....
25 25
.31 31
~ 1.3 13
14 14
8i iSI TO TO
OP OP
C
S r@1 I
L ' _ ---- __ ---- -- .- --- ---

':J
NOTES: /\
1. HARDWARE USED IN 71494-HW WILL BE CALLED OUT WITH ~
FIGURE 4.9: Engine Electric Panel Assembly •
. ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QTY

Ref. 71494 ............................ Engine Electric Panel Assembly ............................................... Ref.
-1 71494-DWG ................. Electric Panel Assembly Drawing; Nissan Eng ............................ 1
-2 71494-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 71676 ............................ Extension; Electric Panel ............................................................... 4
4 71354 ............................ Electric Engine Panel Plate ........................................................... 1
5 34552-012 ..................... Terminal Strip ................................................................................ 1
6 67280 ............................ Relay, Anti-Restart ........................................................................ 1
7 CLROOIlO-038 ............. Tube, Hyd .37500 .049Wx 1.75"Lg ............................................ 4
8 71704 ............................ Nissan Engine Panel Schematic .................................................... 1
9 71571 ............................ Cover, Engine Electric Plate .......................................................... 1
10 71572 ............................ Standoff; Engine Elec Plate ........................................................... 4
II 71588 ............................ Decal, Electric Panel Tags ............................................................ 1

1 BOW31126 ................... Screw, #6-32 x 3/4 Lg Round Head .............................................. 2
2 BOW31144 ................... Screw, 10-32 UNF x .50 Round Sit ............................................... 1
3 BOW30009 ................... Bolt, .25-20 UNC x 2.250 Gr 5 Hex ............................................. .4
4 BOW34376 ................... Screw, 114-20 x 112 Round Hd Sit ................................................. 4
5 BOW31401 ................... Washer, .25 10 x .63 00 Flat ....................................................... 4
6 BOW31142 ................... Bolt, Sltd. Mach. #10-32 x2 3/8 ....................................................4
7 BOW31233 ................... Nut, #10-32 Keps Hex .................................................................. 5
8 BOW31400 ................... Washer, #10 Flat ........................................................................... 8
9 BOW31244 ................... Nut, Hex #6-32 .............................................................................. 2
Af,Iv~/;,~
en~/'{,-
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
e
REO/WHI
BLU/WHT
~> BA TTERY "+"
~
-
BATTERY "+"
BlK/RED
16 '16
U 3LE FROM
~
LO VER
CO HROL BOX
S>
GRN/WHT
BlU
= BATTERY
= BATTERY
"-"
"-"
....
Z
C/.I
RED/BLK
RED
= HI RPM
= MID RPM
16/16 CASl
TO ENGINE
§
SLU/WHT = SPARE
-~
,------
eP
0'Cl
CR1 ,---- ~.
@
I::i_-" 1.f)~30l0
@
I::i"", ""C:I
'i I-----'
-~
C1-25 OJ
ill -
87
~
@I I@ C1 19 T 67 80 T GRN
-= ~
2
2L
2
2L
GRN = IGN
RED /BlK AL T "l"
RED AU "s"
CIl
n
~
8
I I 25 25
....
~
ii C1-17 BLU/BlK BlU/BlK - POWER (PUMP SPEED)

21 21 n
<D
I N
I
"NI I C1 20 WHT
12 12 WHT = SIGNAL (PUMP SPEED)
-'<> [j [j WHT/BlK WHT/BlK STAR TER SOLEN 01 D

~
25 25
.~
:8t:l
I I ( ~ GRN/BKl
31 31 GRN/BKl - CHOKE/GlOWPlUG
<.:> C1 24 ORN ORN = FWD
:3 13 13
I I "'-
j@
C1-23 ORN/SLK ORN/BlK - REV
~::s: 14 14
@l N
.
x
-
x
"' ~
=> ~ ;l U o !li
r
;:; ij
r
, J:
u
00
:I:--'
U<.:>
",,,,
NO
C1
C1-22
18 SlK/WHT
SlK
TO
OP
TO
OP
SLK/WHT Oll/WA TER SWITCH
SlK = Oil PRESSURE GAUGE
\J j;I
Q
I I GRN WHT GROUND PUMP SPEED
118171615141312111 ~N
uu 1 1 RED/WHT = GROUND (PUMP DRIVE)
'U' 'U' 'UrQJU' 'U1 U
~U' ~
~w" ec", "'~
ffi
@
I::i _'"
-=:b-
BLL) = TCH TO DISTRIBUTOR PLUG RIGHT SIDE
0
""
--'
[]J
w
a:
TO ENGINE
(ACTUATOR
ON CARB)
BU TT SPLICE RED TO RED
SUTT SPLICE BlK TO BLK
NEED A PART NUMBER
CR 1
LOCA TED NEXT TO ENGINE
TERMINAL STRIP (SEE SHEET 1)
TO BATTERY TO ENGINE TERMINAL I 1>--1- TO BATTERY
POSITIVE TERMINAL STRIP #25 SEE
SHEET 1
25 WHT /BLK I POSITIVE TERMINAL
TACHOMETER WIRE
1/0 AWG
(BLUE) FROM THE
PRECISION GOVERNOR
' - - - - - LOWER CONTROL BOX Cl-25 SEE SHEET 1
ENGINE IGNITION
GREEN TO ENGINE
TERMINAL STRIP 2
SEE SHEET 1
~ 'O;
DISTRIBUTOR PLUG
THIS PLUG WILL ONLY
PLUG IN ONE WAY
__ 21 BLU/BLK TO ENGINE TERMINAL STRIP 21 (AS DRAWN)
>~
1?!
<..,
- - - 12 WHT TO ENGINE TERMINAL STRIP 12
1 GRN/WHT TO ENGINE TERMINAL STRIP 1
rEi§
00" STARTER AND SOLENOID PUMP SPEED SENSOR PLUG
~
(THIS PLUG WILL ONLY ASSEMBLE 1 ONE WAY) ~
~
~ 1 RED/WHT TO GROUND STUD
- - 13 ORN TO ENGINE TERMINAL STRIP 13
-
~
~
Z
~l~
14 ORN/BLK TO ENGINE TERMINAL STRIP 14
1 BLK/RED TO GROUND STUD
~.
TO ENGINE TERMINAL-- tT.1
~
STRIP 2S (SEE SHEET 1) PUMP FORWARD/REVERSE PLUG
(THIS PLUG WILL ONLY ASSEMBLE 1 ONE WAY)
ALTERNATOR S·
G
."
TO ENGINE TERMINAL·-
STRIP 2L (SEE SHEET 1)
-go~
00
o
S
....
~
o
o
• FIGURE 4.11: Mufller Installation
\
(
\
---------
\
\
\
Ref. 71574 ............................ MuftlerInstallation ................................................................... Ref.

-1 71574-DWG ................. MuftlerInstallationDrawing ......................................................... 1
-2 71574-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 65279-001 ..................... Muftler .......................................................................................... 1
4 65279-002 ..................... Mounting Bracket .......................................................................... 2
5 71695 ............................ Tailpipe .......................................................................................... 1
6 80399 ............................ MufflerClamp2" ........................................................................... 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 4.12: Lift Cylinder Installation . ,
4
2PL
NOTES:
1, (:::}S USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE HARDWARE KIT,
2, [::}S USED TO CALL OUT PIE~E PA,RTS FOR THE FITTING KIT,

Ref. 71390 ............................ LiftCylinderInstallation ........................................................... Ref.
-1 71390-DWG ................. DWG,LiftCylinderInstallation ..................................................... 1
-2 71390-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 71144 ............................ Boom Lift Cylinder ........................................................................ 1
4 71212 ............................ Pin, Turret Lift Cylinder ................................................................ 1
-5 71390-FTG .................... FittingKit ....................................................................................... 1

-1 71390-DWG ................. Drawing,LiftCylinderInstallation ................................................. 1
2 BOW39066 ................... Hex Hd Bolt 3/800-16 x 4" Gr 8 .................................................... 2
3 BOW34274 ................... Nut, 3/8-16UNC Hex Lock ........................................................... 2

-1 71390-DWG ................. Drawing, LiftCylinderInstallation ....................................•............ 1
2 01397 ............................ Elbow, MJ06 MOI0 ...................................................................... 2
- Indicates Items Not Shown MANUAL 92375-003

April 1998
• FIGURE 4. 13: Cylinder, Boom Lift Telescope
MANUAL 92315-003
April 1998
FIGURE 4.13: Cylinder,BoomLiftTelescope •

Ref. 71144 ............................ Cylinder, Boom Lift Telescope ................................................. Ref.
1 * .................................... Wiper ............................................................................................. 1
2 * .................................... O-Cup (Dual Lip) .......................................................................... 1
3 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
4 * .................................... Back Up .......... ;............................................................................. 1
5 * .................................... Cast Iron Ring ............................................................................... 1
6 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
7 * .................................... AQ Seal ......................................................................................... 1
8 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
9 * .................................... Wear Ring ..................................................................................... 1
10 * .................................... WearRing ..................................................................................... 2
-11 71144-101 ..................... Seal Kit .......................................................................................... 1
12 71144-102 ..................... Washer Seal .................................................................................. 1
13 71144-103 ..................... Locknut .......................................................................................... 1
-14 71144-104 ..................... Port Plug ........................................................................................ 2
15 71144-105 ..................... Cartridge Valve ............................................................................. 1
16 71144-106 ..................... Bushing .......................................................................................... 4
17 71144-107 ..................... Throttle Check Valve .................................................................... 1
18 71144-108 ..................... Bleeder Plug .................................................................................. 1
-19 71144-109 ..................... Tube Assembly .............................................................................. 1
-20 71144-110 ..................... RodAssembly ............................................................................... 1
21 71144-111 ..................... Head .............................................................................................. 1
22 71144-112 ..................... Piston ............................................................................................. 1
23 71144-113 ..................... Bushing .......................................................................................... 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
48 FIGURE 4.14: Master CylinderInstallation \
CD
F1
LJ
\
\
2PL (j)(ij o
NOTES:
1. C:-}S USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE HARDWARE KIT.
2. PiiS USED TO CALL OuT PIECE PARTS FOR THE FiTTING KIT.
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 4.14: Master Cylinder Installation •

Ref. 71389 ............................ Master Cylinder Installation ..................................................... Ref.
-1 71389-DWG ................. Master Cylinder Installation Drawing ............................................ 1
-2 71389-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 71145 ............................ Master Level Cylinder ................................................................... 1
4 71211 ............................ Pin, Turret Master Cylinder ........................................................... 1
-5 71389-FfG .................... FittingKit ....................................................................................... 1

-1 71389-DWG ................. MasterCylinderInstallationDrawing ............................................ 1
2 BOW39064 ................... Hex Hd Bolt 3/8-16 x 3 1/2 Gr 8 ................................................... 2
3 BOW34274 ................... Nut, 3/8-16 UNC Hex Lock .......................................................... 2
71389-FfG .................... FittingKit .................................................................................. Ref.

-1 71389-DWG ................. MasterCylinderInstallationDrawing ............................................ 1
2 02793 ............................ Straight, MJ04 MP06 ..................................................................... 3
MANUAL 92375.003
April 1998
(8 FIGURE 4.15: Cylinder, Master Level \
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 4.15: Cylinder, Master Level •
Ref. 71145 ............................ Cylinder, Master Level ............................................................. Ref.

1 * .................................... Wiper ............................................................................................. 1
2 * .................................... O-Cup (Dual Lip) .......................................................................... 1
3 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
4 * .................................... BackUp ........................................................................................ 1
5 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
6 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
7 * .................................... AQSeal ......................................................................................... 1
8 * .................................... WearRing ..................................................................................... 1
9 * .................................... Wear Ring ..................................................................................... 2
-10 71145-101 ..................... 55A Seal Kit .................................................................................. 1
11 71145-102 ..................... Locknut .......................................................................................... 1
-12 71145-103 ..................... Port Plug (Steel) ............................................................................ 3
13 71145-104 ..................... Bushing .......................................................................................... 4
14 71145-105 ..................... ReliefValve ................................................................................... 2
15 71145-106 ..................... Tube Assembly .............................................................................. 1
16 71145-107 ..................... RodAssembly ............................................................................... 1
17 71145-108 ..................... Head .............................................................................................. 1
18 71145-109 ..................... Piston ............................................................................................. 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 4.16:EpromInstallation

Ref. 71622-T60 ..................... EpromInstallationLowerControl ........................................... , Ref.
-1 71622-DWG ................. Eprom Installation DWG; Lower Control Box ............................. 1
2 71046-001 ..................... Box Assembly, Lower Control Box .............................................. 1
3 71603 ............................ Eprom; T60 ................................................................................... 1
0 0
) e
\
\
( e
\ )
/
e
~
0)
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
e
42
NOTES:
-------\------_.---, 1. ITEM 40 IS USED ONLY WITH
'_'~~CL
OPTION A652, OSCILLATING AXLE.
:::4
42
TO P1-.35
~
OPG
TO C1-22
1A
SEE NOTE 2
81 TO
C1-16
VI ""'S= Z/ 19'
THIS IS THE FUEL SELECTION

UI AOD 1 TO JIB
AND NON JIB
IF FUEL OPTION
SWITCH IS USED--
-b
~
;-:l
SWITCH REFER TO DWG #71797

3 TO C1-2 C1-19 FOR SOLENOID HOOKUP LO ~'"t
I
o
~I
i
5 TO C1-0917 C2-22 U
.JUMPERED BLK AND GRN WIRES
FROM SR CABLE lD
5 1217Awe 1C
01 nf)
TO P1-22
)
. o
I
IB
U t:O
~
FROM AXLE LOCK LIGHT (OPTION)
C1-28 C1-14 C1-07
~
>~
5A 5A 90
TO P2-11
<J
WHT 5 RED
SLOPE SENSOR
~EG SIDE OF
l
-<
8HS, TO P2-14 BA TTERY
If:
-'" ~--+-2::-:5::-::S:'--, TO P 2 - 4
:8tl
...... ,r - GROUND RETURN DETAil
~ 2B
«
N
l?
~ 5:
«
61, TO C1-1
«
N NI 12AWG
5A 5, TO PH7,PH2,P2-17
5
~_ _ _ _--;2~,.."T,;;.-O C1-29 12AWG SEE NOTE .3
2A
~_ _ _ _ _~2~TO~ C1-30
2, TO C1-31
~~;-:'PLICE 40, TO P1-5
42
tJ
CR5
68S, TO P2-22 51
1C TO C1-32
19S SEE NOTE 2
TO
P2-34
RELAYS ON PANEL INSIDE BOX
2B 2B
42
FIGURE 4.17: Lower Control Box Assembly . ,
OUTSIDE
CONNECTOR CIRCUIT
PIN « « CABLE COLOR FUNCTION
C1-01 61 BC GRN ESTOP S\JITCH SIGNAL
CI-02 3 BC RED 12V PoIJER TO PL TFRM
CI-03 D2 BC YEL DA TA TRANSMIT TO PL TFRM
CI-04 Dl BC "'HT DATA RECEIVE FROM PLTFRM
CI-05 25 BC BLK GROUND TO PLTFRM
CI-06 1 EC BLU GROUND TO BATTERY
CI-07 1 BC SHIELD SHIELD GROUND - Bo OM CABLE
CI-08 80 GAS SHUT OFF VALV E SoLENDlD
* CI-09 5 BLS BLK PoIJER TO BOOM LIMI T S"'ITCHES
CHO 5B BLS iriHT SIGNAL RETURN FROM BM LIM S\J
CHI AS ASC "'HT SIGNAL FROM ANGLE SENSOR
C1-12 LS LSC IJHT SIGNAL FROM LENGTH SENSOR
C1-13 SP ASC&LSC RED POIJER TO ANG/LNGT H SENSORS
C1-14 1 ASC&LSC BLK GRND TO LNGTH/ANG SENSORS
CI-15 5T TLS "'HT TELESCOPE LIMIT SIJ ITCH
CI-16 81 LP VACUUM SIJITCH
* C1-17 5 EC BLU/BLK PoIJER TO PUMP SEN SoR
C1-18 TOS EC BLKNHT TEMP /OIL PRESSURE S\JITCHES
C1-19 42 EC GRN ENGINE IGNITION
CI-20 12 EC IJHT SIGNAL RETURN FROM PUMP SENSOR
CI-21 oPB EC BLK OIL PRESSURE SENSo R
CI-22 oPG EC BLK SPLICED TO oPB I
CI-23 13 EC oRN/BLK DRIVE REVERSE
CI-24 14 EC oRN DRIVE FoRIJARD
CI-25 25 EC \JHT /BLK START ENGINE
CI-26 8L EC RED LoIJ SPEED THRoTTL E
CI-27 8H EC RED/BLK HIGH SPEED THRoTTL E
C1-28 1 EC GRN GROUND FROM BA HER Y
CI-29 2 EC REDNHT Po\JER
CI-30 2 EC BLUNHT PoIJER
CI-31 2 EC BLK POIJER
CI-32 51 EC GRN/BLK CHOKE
C2-01 UL VH BLUNHT UNLOADER VALVE
C2-02 68 VH wHT RUN EMERGENCY PUM P
C2-03 16 VH BLU STEER RIGHT
C2-04 15 VH BLU/BLK STEER LEFT
C2-05 27 VH ORN PLATFORM ROT AnON RIGHHCC\J)
C2-06 26 VH oRN/BLK PLATFORM ROT AnON LEFHCIJ)
C2-07 24 VH BLK/RED PLATFORM LEVEL UP
C2-08 23 VH REDNHT PLATFORM LEVEL DO "'N
C2-09 17 VH RED/BLK BOOM UP
C2-10 18 VH RED BOOM DoIJN
(2-11 22 VH BLK SI,IING RIGHHCCIJ)
C2-12 21 VH BLKIWHT SIJING LEFHC\J)
C2-13
C2-14
TLl
TL2
VH GRNNHT
GRNNHT
BOOM EXT/RET PROP ORTlONAL
SPLICED TO TLI
=1
C2-15 19 VH GRN/BLK BOOM EXTEND
C2-16 20 VH GRN BOOM RETRACT
C2-17 34 VH IJHT /BLK AXLE LOCK I VALVE
* C2-18 35 SR oRN/BLK AXLE LOCK 2 VALVE
C2-19 10 SR RED/BLK STEER VALVE I
[2-20 GRNiBLK
~~~~~ ~~~ ~~
9 SR
C2-21 62 SR 'wHT 2 I
* C2-22 5 SR BLU PO\JER TO AXLE PROXIMITY S\JITCH --l
C2-23 5P SR oRN SIGNAL RETURN AXLE PRoX SwITCH
* C2-24 49 SR RED DRIVE SERIES/PARALLEL VALVE
C2-25 69 DC BLK MonON ALARM (OPTION)
* C2-26 59 DC IJHT SIGNAL HoRN(OPTION)
* C2-27 65 DC GRN LIGHTS (OPTION)
* C2-28 66 JVC BLK JIB UP (T 46J/T66J oNL YJ
* C2-29 67 JVC wHT JIB Do\JN (T 46J/T 66J oNL YJ
* C2-30 51 EC GRN/BLK GLowPLUG RELAY
* C2-31 SPARE CHASSIS GROUNDS
C2-32 SPARE SYSTEM VOLT AGE (OPTION)
L. OPTION L JUMPERED CONNECTIONS
BUTT SPLICE
~:=~""
BOOM ANGLE SHIELD
BOOM EXTENSION SHIELD
BOOM CABLE SHIELD
MANUAL 92315-003
April 1998
(8 FIGURE 4.17: Lower Control Box Assembly
CONNECT TO INSIDE OF BOX CONNECT TO OUTSIDE OF BOX
CR6-8S PLATFORM Cj-2
GROUND/PLATFORM S~ITCH PLATFORM CH
pj-28 PLATFORM CI-5
pj-24 PLATFORM CI-4
PLATFORM CI-8
BA TTERY NEGATIVE
BOOM CABLE SHIELD, BOOM EXTENSION SHIELD, BOOM ANGLE SHIELD (SEE DETAIL AT BOTTOM OF SHEET)
FUEL SELECTION S~ITCH GAS SHUT OFF VALVE SOLENOID
GROUND PLATFORM S~ITCH t 12V TO BOOM LIMIT SIJITCHES
P2-32 OUTPUT FROM BOOM ANGLE LIMIT SlJlTCH
P2-2S B ON ANGLE SENSOR
P2-3S VHITE ON LENGTH SENSOR
pj-37 ANGLE SENSOR A LENGTH SENSOR RED
ANGLE SENSOR C LENGTH SENSOR BLACK
P2-2j OUTPUT FROM BOOM EXT LIMIT SVlTCH
FEUL SELECTION SWITCH LP VACUUM SWITCH
POIJER TO PUMP SENSOR
P2-S TEMPERATURE OIL PRESSURE SIJJTCH
HOUR METER ENGINE TERMINAL STRIP 2
P2-j5 OUTPUT FROM PUMP SPEED SENSOR
P2-36
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
P2-38 ENGINE TERMINAL STRIP 14
P2-28 ENGINE TERMINAL STRIP 13
pj-2 CRI-85 (STARTER RELAY)
pj-6 PRECISION GOVERNOR AUX 1
PHD PRECISION GOVERNOR AUX 2
BUTT SPLICE BA TTERY NEGATIVE
CIRCUIT BREAKER BA TTERY POSITIVE
CIRCUIT BREAKER BATTERY POSITIVE
CIRCUIT BREAKER BA TTERY POSITIVE
CRS-87 CHOKE
P2-32 UNLOADER SOLENOID
PHS EMERGENCY PUMP
PH9 STEER RIGHT SOLENOID
pj-ll STEER LEFT SOLENOID
pj-4 PLA TFORM ROTATE RIGHT (CCIJ) SOLENOID
Pi-36 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT (C'J) SOLENOID
pj-9 PLA TFORM LEVEL UP SOLENOID
PI-21 PLATFORM LEVEL DO\JN SOLENDlD
P2-8 BOOM UP SOLENDlD
P2-18 BOOM DO\JN SOLENOID
P2-29 TURRET SIJING RIGHT (CCIJ) SOLENOID
P2-39 TURRET S\,IING LEFT (CIJ) SOLENOID
P2-9 BOOM EXT IRFT PROPORTIONAl. SOLENOl!)
P2-19
P2-10 BOOM EXTEND SOLENOID
P2-20 BOOM RETRACT SOLENOID
PI-34 AXLE VALVE VALVE #1 SOLENOID
PH8 SLIP RING #6
Pl-31 SLIP RING #8
PI-3 SLIP RING #9
PI-8 SLIP RING 1110
PH GROUND/PLATFORM S\JITCH
P2-1 SIGNAL RETURN AXLE PRO X SIJITCH
PI-26 SLIP RING ~4
PH MOTION ALARM
PI-14 HORN
PI-20 LGHTS RELAY COIL
P2-30 JIB UP SOLENDlD
P2-40 JIB DOwN SOLENDlD
PH6 GLO~PLUG RELAY
TO BUTT SPLICE (SHT 1) CHASSIS GROUNDS
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• OPTION + BOARD
CONNECTOR
PIN ~
CIRCUIT
~ COLOR FUNCTION
FIGURE 4.17: Lower Control Box Assembly
CONNECT TO<
•
• PHI 69 wHT SOUND MOTION ALARM (DOS) C2-25
P1-02 25 wHT RUN STARTER RELAY (DoO) C\-25
PH3 9 wHT RUN STEER VALVE 2 (D02]) C2-20
PI-04 27 wHT ROT ATE PLATFORM RIGHT (D0I3) C2-05
PI-OS 40 wHT RUN ENGINE (D05) CR5 RELAY COIL
PI-06 Sl wHT RUN lOw SPEED THROTTLE (D06) CI-26
PH7 5 RED +12VDClDoS-ll SEE 71046 SHT 2 OF 3
PI-DB 62 VHT RUN BRAKE VALVE (D023) C2-21
PI-09 24 'WHT PlA TFORM lEVEL UP (0015) C2-07
PHD BH wHT RUN HIGH SPEED THROTTLE <D07) CI-27
PHI 15 wHT STEER lEFT (D0I2) C2-04
PI-12 5 RED +12VDClDOO-3 SEE 71046 SHT 2 OF 3
• PI-13 95 GRN ILLUMINATE AXLE LIGHT (Dom AXLE LOCK LIGHT
• PH4 59 "'HT SOUND SIGNAL HORN (D09) C2-26
PH5 68 wHT RUN EMERG, PUMP(DOl) C2-02
• PH6 51 "'HT GLoYiPLUG RELAY (lSUZU ONL Yl C2-30
PI-17 5 RED +12VDC/D020-23 SEE 71046 SHT 2 OF 3
• PH8 35 wHT RUN AXLE LOCK VALVE 2 (0019) C2-18
PH9 16 YlHT STEER RIGHT (DolJ) C2-03
• PI-20 65 "'HT RUN LIGHTS (D03) C2-27
PI-21 23 wHT PLATFORM lEVEL DOYIN (D0I6) C2-0S
PI-22 5 RED +12VDC/SYSTEM SEE 71046 SHT 2 OF 3
PI-23 5 RED +12VDC/D0I6-19 SEE 71046 SHT 2 OF 3
PI-24 DT YEl DATA RECEIVE FROM PLTFRM CI-04
PI-25 5 RED +12VDClD04-7 SEE 71046 SHT 2 OF 3
PI-26 49 "'HT DRIVE SERJPAR, VALVE (DOlO) C2-24
PI-28 5 wHT DATA TRANMlT TO PLTFRM CI-03
PI-30 5 RED +12VDClD0I2-15 SEE 71046 SHT 2 OF 3
PI-31 10 'WHT RUN STEER VALVE I (D020) C2-19
PI-32 UL 'WHT RUN UNloADER VALVE (004) C2-01
• PI-34 34 wHT RUN AXLE lOCK VALVE I (D0l8) C2-17
,-- :z
PI-35 .HT IllUMINATE CALI BRA TION LIGHT (D022) CALIBRATION LIGHT
='=l PI-36 26 "'HT ROTATE PLATFORM lEFT (D0l4) C2-06
- r;
v>"" PI-37 SP BlK +5VDC FOR SENSORS CH3
'"
r; --
P1-38 BlK GROUND SEE 71046 SHT I OF 3
'"
l>
PHD I BlK GROUND SEE 71046 SHT I OF 3
'"n
= • P2-01 5P BlU AXLE PROX, WITCH SIGNAL INPUT (DI2) C2-23
Cl BlU JIB UP SIGNAL INPUT (D8)
r- • P2-02 JIB LIFT S"'ITCH (\)
Cl
P2-G3 BLU BOOM UP SIGNAL INPUT (04) BOOM LIFT SwITCH (\)
'"
=
r;
P2-04 BlU START SIGNAL INPUHDO) START SwITCH (3)
V> P2-05 TOS BlU OILITEMP SIJITCH (A3) CI-18
i3
:z P2-06 I BlK GROUND SEE 71046 SHT I OF 3
:::; P2-0B 17 GRN LIFT BOOM (P"'MlTl C2-09
0
:z P2-09 TLl GRN TELESCOPE (PwM3Tl C2-13
to
r; P2-10 19 GRN EXTEND BOOM (PIJM5Tl C2-15
n P2-II
l> BLU CHASSIS TILT SENSOR SIGNAL INPUT (DI3) SLOPE SENSOR (YlHTl
~
r; • P2-12 BLU JIB Do'WN SIGNAL INPUT (D9) JIB LIFT SwITCH (3)
P2-13 BlU BOOM Do'WN SIGNAL INPUT (D5) BOOM LIFT SIJITCH (3)
f!' P2-14 8HS HI THROTTLE SIGNAL INPUT (DIl
r- BLU CHOKE WITCH (3)
-4
I
P2-IS 12 BlU PUMP SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL INPUT (A2) CI-20
r;
P2-1& 5 RED +12VDClP"'MO-2 SEE 71046 SHT 2 OF 3
.:: P2-17 5 RED +12VDClP"'M3-5
;0 SEE 71046 SHT 2 OF 3
Z P2-18 18 GRN LO'WER BOOM (PIIMIB) C2-1O
'"
Z
?2-i9 TL2 GRN Tt:Lt:SCLiPE (PwM3B) C2-14
P2-20 20 GRN RETRACT BOOM (PwM5B) C2-16
P2-21 BlU TELESCOPE LIMIT S\-IITCH SIGNAL INPUT (Dl4) CI-15 5T
"= P2-22
""
to
68S BlU EMERGENCY PUMP SIGNAL INPUT (OlD) MAIN/EMERG PUMP S\-I (3)
CJ P2-23 BlU S'<IING RIGHT (WtI) SIGNAL INPUT (06) SwING SwITCH (\)
x
P2-24 BlU BOOM EXTEND SIGNAL INPUT (02) TELESCOPE S'WITCH (])
V;
P2-25 AS BlU ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL INPUT (AD C1-11
.::
• P2-26 BLU HYO, OIL TEMP (A5) C2-30
"=
-4
r; • P2-27 BlU SYSTEM VOLTAGE (A7) C2-32
P2-28 14 GRN DRIVE FORwARD (PwMOD CI-24 CTHRU A 36 OHM 21J RESISTOR)
P2-29 22 GRN S'WING RIGHT (CC\-I) (P'WM2D C2-11
• P2-3D 66 GRN JIB UP C2-28
P2-31 4 GRN GROUND ENGINE ON GROUND/PLATFORM SwITCH 4 & EMERGENCY PUMP SlilTCH & START/CHOKE SwITCH 4&2
P2-32 5B GRN BOOM LIMIT SIJITCH CI-1O
P2-33 GRN GROUND NING SwING SlilTCH 3
P2-34 GRN GROUND BOOM RETRACT TELESCOPE SwITCH 3
P2-35 lS GRN LENGTH SENSOR CI-12
P2-36 oPB GRN ENGINE OIL PRESSURE CI-21
P2-37 GRN FUEL lEVEL C2-31
P2-38 13 GRN DRIVE REVERSE CI-23 CTHRU A 36 OHfl 2>: RESISTOR)
P2-39 21 GRN S'WING lEFT C2-12
• P2-40 67 GRN JIB DOIJN C2-29
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
26l
e
-
I~
~
1------
i ,~L311§,
o
-,
I
I
oiL .III
0 I
J ;
I
It
t. OJ
III
-
If"
:-;l
~
0
I
~
(Dj1§1 I
I
'"I
(j
0
I
~
m~~
m-oo
I
I
I
I
-
0
t:x:l
~
~
~ (Dj (~
I
I en
G
g.
I!...... L
~ ~ ~
_ _ -.l
ill~ t!~ -<
-'"
:8i:! 0
~
27
Pl P2 18 A'w'G
- 5 rROM OFf" !GRDUND 18 AW'G 5 I ROM C5 RELAY

PLATFORM S'w'iTCH 12 AVG
12 AIIG
L·'·'····
-& '7 *8 _9 _\0
-11 '12 *13 *\4 '15
'21 _22 *23 *24 '25 f---+--+-----1--I

:::~:;,"N" NOlED
OEClMAlS
.X
I ~
:t.l •
o TIIoI£ CONDOR CORPORATION
8.}OO IMPERIAL DRI\IE
WACO, TEXA.S 76112
.3.
FlV.r.nONS:t 1/16
:~)(! :g~of.nmTL£.------"::::"---~-------j
"~ ~
*31 '32 '33 '34 -35 *37 *38 *39 *40 *31 *32 '33 '34 *35 '36 *37 *38 *39 *40
I I I I I~~;O~;·.~ @q
LOWER CONTROL BOX ASSY
B10...
AlL DIME:NSIONS A.RE IN INCHES
LT.. 'NO NO. 71046 REV.

I
LlR.1 O.R.N. No.1 DATE APPR. .JlB I 2/25/98 ISCALE 1/4 SHEE:T 2 OF J
?.$"'I ~~ FIGURE4.17:LowerControIBoxAssembly . ,
ITEM PART NUMBER '-:1 9l.1 DESCRIPTION QTY
Ref. 71046 ............................ Lower Control Box Assembly ................................................. Ref.

1 71643-0011002 .............. Lower Control Machine Box,T60 /66J ......................................... 1
2 71534 ............................ Computer Board, Ground Control Box .......................................... 1
3 67280 ............................ Bosch Relay .................................................................................. 2
4 80027 ............................ Hour Meter .................................................................................... 1
5 65393 ............................ Oil Pressure Gauge ........................................................................ 1
6 67830 ............................ Meter, Volt .................................................................................... 1
7 50075 ............................ SwitchR#67760 ............................................................................. 4
8 52671 ............................ Operator Keyswitch 3 Pos ............................................................ 1
9 69146 ............................ Operator, Green Pushbutton .......................................................... 1
10 80025 ............................ Circuit Breaker 20 AMPS ............................................................. 1
11 51913 ............................ P-PullButton, Emergency Stop ..................................................... 1
12 51914 ............................ Contact Block NC ......................................................................... 1
13 52029 ............................ Contact Block, 2NO WlBase ........................................................ 1
14 34383 ............................ Contact Block, INO ...................................................................... 1
15 52672 ............................ Contact Block, INO WlBase ........................................................ 1
16 67760-002 ..................... Toggle Switch 3POS 2MAN IMOM ...........................................·.1
17 58292 ............................ Wire, 16 GA White ...................................................................... 16
18 66652-001 ..................... Plug - Male 16 Contacts # 1-16 ...................................................... 1
19 66652-003 ..................... Plug - Male Contacts #17-32 ......................................................... 1
20 66653-001 ..................... Receptacle Female 16 Cont #1-16 ................................................ 1
21 66653-003 ..................... Receptacle Female 16 Cont #17-32 .............................................. 1
22 66654-032 ..................... Base, Panel Mounted 32 Contacts ................................................. 2
23 BVDOI030 .................... Socket ............................................................................................ 2
24 BVDOI031 .................... Lamp .............................................................................................. 2
25 71885 ............................ Lens Green Jeweled ...................................................................... 2
26 71664 ............................ Cover Plate, Lower Control Board ................................................ 1
27 65273 ............................ Slope Sensor .................................................................................. 1
28 71663 ............................ Panel, Lower Control Board MTG ................................................ 1
29 71724 ............................ Plug, Female Pins .......................................................................... 1
30 71725 ............................ Plug, Female Pins .......................................................................... 1
31 71727 ............................ Pins, Famale Crimp ...................................................................... 80
32 67125 ............................ Seal Switch .................................................................................... 6
33 206-00001-00 ................ Diode ............................................................................................. 1
34 71793 ............................ Resistor, 36 OHM 2 Watt .............................................................. 2
40 54257-005 ..................... Light, Red Indicator ..................................................... :................. 1

41 67758 ............................ Toggle Switch 3 Pos 3 Man ........................................................... 1
42 71789 ............................ Hood wlHub 36 ............................................................................. 1 ,.
43 66670-002 ..................... Starin Relief for Hub 36 ................................................................. 1
44 66785-006 ..................... Hood wlHub 29 ............................................................................. 1
45 66670-001 ..................... Strain Relief for Hub 29 ................................................................. 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 5.1:CounterweightAssembly
\ '--------
-fo-~-]--_
&. 0/
-----:J
2 4PL
5 2PL
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 5.1 :CounterweightAssembly •
Ref. 71391 .... ,....................... Counterweight Assembly ......................................................... Ref.

-1 71391-DWG ................. CounterweightAssemblyDrawing ................................................ 1
-2 71391-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................. 1
3 71855 ............................ Counterweight Mod ....................................................................... 1
4 71339 ............................ LevelingBlockCounterweight ....................................................... 1
5 71341 ............................ Bolt Plate, Counterweight .............................................................. 2
6 71839 ............................ Shroud,NissianEngine .................................................................. 1

2 BOW46178 ................... Bolt, HexHD 3/4-10 UNC x3" Lg Gr8 ....................................... 4
3 BOW32278 ................... Nut, 3/4-10 Jam ............................................................................. 2
4 BOW36718-HD ........... Washer, 3/4" SAE Flat ................................................................. .4
5 BOW39178 ................... Bolt, Hex HD 3/4-10 x 3 112 Gr 8 .................................................4
6 BOW30002 ................... Bolt, .25-20 UNC x .75 Hex ......................................................... .4
7 BOW31401 ................... Washer,.25"IDx.63"OD ............................................................. .4
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 6.1 :BoomlSkirtInstallation; T60
..."
\
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
,
,,-
FIGURE 6.1 :BoomlSkirtInstallation; T60 •
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY
Ref. 71016-T60 ..................... BoomlSkirtlnstallation ............................................................. Ref.

-1 71016-DWG ................. Boom/SkirtlnstallationDWG;T60 ................................................ 1
-2 71016-HW .................... Hardware Kit, Boom/SkirtT60 ..................................................... 1
3 71562 ............................ Main Boom Assembly; T60 ........................................................... 1
4 71627 ............................ Angle Sensor Installation ............................................................... 1
5 71017 ............................ Skirt Assembly ............................................................................... 1
6 71437 ............................ Pin, Base Boom Pivot T60 ............................................................ 1
7 71456 ............................ Pin,MasterCylinderlBoom ........................................................... 1
8 71438 ............................ Pin, T60 Lift CylinderlBoom .......................................................... 1
9 71498 ............................ Cover, T60/66J Boom Pivot Upper ............................................... 1
10 71504 ............................ Cover, T60/66J Boom Pivot Lower ................: .............................. 1
11 71435 ............................ Cover, Boom Sheave Access ........................................................ 1
12 71620-T60 ..................... Hose Kit; Boom T60 ..................................................................... 1
66044-672.00 ................ Hose Assembly, #0467685137 ST-ST ......................................... 1
66044-672.00 ................ Hose Assembly, #0467685137 ST-ST ....................................... ~.1
66001-024.00 ................ Hose Assembly, #04 67685 137 ST-90 .......................................... 1
13 71778-T60 ..................... Electrical Cable Assembly ............................................................. 1
67295-036 ..................... Cable, 16 Gage/3 Con~uctor SJO ... 7.~~ ......
7t:.(; .... 76LF.
71537 ............................ Cable & Conductor Shielded ........ t£...C~~...................... 75LF.
O~~
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 6.2:MainBoomAssemblyT60
\
,
:,
,,
>-
(f)
,, (f)
,,
,, « >-
(f)
,, (f)
:2 «
m ~ .
o
0 :2
OJ o
CL
I o
OJ
f---
n~ o
:2
I I
n
II II
II
II
I I /I
I'I Ii1/
I I 1
I ~
CX)' /: /1
.!
o
o
lii
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 6.2:MainBoomAssemblyT60 . ,
Ref. 71562 ............................ MainBoomAssembly .............................................................. Ref.

-1 71562-DWG ................. BoomAssemblyDWG; T60/66J ................................................... 1
-2 71562-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
BOW35241 ................... E-Ring .500 Dia Shaft ................................................................... 4
3 71714 ............................ Base Boom Assembly ................................................................... 1
4 71395 ............................ Hose Carrier Installation ................................................................ 1
5 71628 ............................ Boom Length Sensor Installation ................................................... 1
71536 ............................ Length Sensor ................................................................................ 1
71628-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
6 71629 ............................ Ext. Limit Switch Installation ......................................................... 1
71629-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
51036 ............................ Switch, Limit Body Only ................................................................ 1
51037 ............................ Offset Head Limit Switch ............................................................. 1
67114-003 ..................... Strain Relief 1/2 NPT .37/.5 ............................................................
51039 ............................ Arm,AdjustableLimitSwitch ....................................................... 1
7 71564 ............................ Ext.CylinderAssembly ................................................................. 1
8 71394 ............................ MidBoomAssembly ..................................................................... 1
9 71393 ............................ TipBoomAssembly ...................................................................... 1
10 71565 ............................ Slave Cylinder Assembly ............................................................... 1
11 68189 ............................ Pin .................................................................................................. 4
12 71323 ............................ Wire Rope Assembly; Extension ................................................... 2
13 71312 ............................ Wire Rope Assembly; Retraction .................................................. 2
14 68228 ............................ Bracket Weldment, Dead End ....................................................... 4

15 'g/~ ~1 ... oo"}.
A-.tj ltJ4--( f ~
w~ Pa-J- A--Sfy
fro 7~o J.,
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
., FIGURE 6.3: Base Boom Assembly
\
D<i'
i
o
<i'
i
)
"
ir~:
I I
I I
~ '''I I
L:::-.J
Ref. 71714 ............................ Base Boom Assembly .............................................................. Ref.

-1 71714-DWG ................. Base Boom Assembly Drawing ................................................... 1
-2 71714-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 71243 ......._..................... Boom Weldment, Base .................................................................. 1
4 71665 ............................ Dead End Bracket Weldment ....................................................... 1
5 81587-002 ..................... Bearing Pad; Adj 1 7/8 Lg ............................................................ .4
6 71308 ............................ Wear Pad; BaselMid Top ............................................................. 1
7 71307 ............................ Wear Pad; BaselMid Bottom ........................................................ 1

MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 6.4:HoseCarrier Installation •
SECTION 6-8

Ref. 71395 ............................ Hose Carrier Installation ........................................................... Ref.
-1 71395-DWG ................. HoseCarrierInstallation ................................................................ 1
-2 71395-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 71407 ............................ Hose Carrier Tu~e Weldment; Tip ................................................ 1
4 71433 ............................ Wear Pad; Tip Hose Tube ............................................................ 2
5 CLV01233-001 ............. Pipe 114 Schedule 80 PVC 5. 13"Lg .............................................. 9
6 71404 ............................ Retainer, Wear Pad ....................................................................... 1
7 71403 ............................ Wear Pad, Hose Tube Base Upper .............................................. 1
8 71402 ............................ Wear Pad, Hose Tube Base Lower .............................................. 1
9 71405 ............................ Frame Weldment, Hose Track Cover ........................................... 1
10 71731 ............................ Cover, MountingWeldment ........................................................... 1
11 71236 ............................ Hose Carrier Track ...........................1 .._......................................... 1 f{ I-
12~ 71260 ............................ Cover, Hose Track ............... fJ;f.f.12i.{Je.1?.i1!:ce.. .....r..l!..tI... .'::::..1 ft..!" ~
13 71471 ............................ Spacer, Catrac Mounting ........f.!)~J:df:.:.B.~~ ~.d~............... 1
.....
14 71594 ............................ Support, Hose Track Cover ........................................................... 1
15 71736 ............................ Bracket, Hose Track Cover .......................................................... 1
I
~ J.. 3S-1 - ~v.Lrl f/ClS~ 7r ~
- I. - A'VWI.//l(/A
.t'-\;t j ,."
MANUAL 9237S..()Q3
April 1998
• FIGURE 6.5:BoomExtension Cylinder Assembly
ITEM
Ref.
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
71564 ............................ Boom Extension Cylinder Assembly ........................................ Ref.

QTY
\
-1 71564-DWG ................. Extension Cylinder Assembly Drawing ......................................... 1
-2 71564-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
-3 71564-FTG .................... FittingKit ....................................................................................... 1
-4 71143 ............................ Cylinder,BoomExtend .................................................................. 1
-5 71322 ............................ Wear Pad, Extension Cylinder ....................................................... 1
-6 71350 ............................ Keeper Block, Extension Cylinder ................................................. 1
-7 71436 ............................ Pin, Extension Cylinder .................................................................. 2
-8 71556 ............................ Keeper Block Weldment ............................................................... 1
-9 BOW35296 ................... Ring, Ext. Retaining 1.25Dia shaft ................................................ 4
Ref. 71564-HW .................... Hardware Kit Extension Cylinder Assembly ........................... Ref.
1 BOW35296 ................... Ring, Extension Retaining 1.25 Shaft ............................................. 4
2 BOW30 145-275 ............ 5/8-11 x 23/4 Bolt ......................................................................... 4
3 BOW31331 ................... 5/8 Lock Washer ........................................................................... 4
4 BOW36030 ................... 5/16-18x?Bolt ............................................................................. 4
5 BOW31326 ................... 5/16 Lock Washer ......................................................................... 4
6 BOW31202 ................... 5/16-18Nut .................................................................................... 4
7 BOW31432 ................... 5/16 Flat Washer ........................................................................... 4
Ref. 71564-FTG .................... Fitting Kit Extension Cylinder Assembly .................................. Ref.
1 02234 ............................ Elbow MJ08 M008 ....................................................................... 1
2 02473 ............................ StraightMJ06 M008 ..................................................................... 1
=8!S USED TO CALL our PIECE FARTS FOR THE HARDWARE KIT.
[::}s USED TO CALL our PIECE PARTS FOR THE FITTING KIT.
@
10
@
01
\' ~~-1
L_Ei) LEi)
I L .• _ .• _ "....j
••,--_._._._._._._.--;-.'_ _
\
~fu.~
~2 PL~2 PL
ob-~\-7 ~4PL
@ @
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
~
IEV._ . . 1I _ _
IJiU 11011
_
-
PM... _ .
"._.-.. DAlE
itiIi:il ;-lu I 4/11","
I
I
\\
/'
\
/~----
---
~-'--I
'
a~
-
~~
~- _ _ _
IT
tIl
2.12 1.77
~
~!:::JIE\,( A-A
' ....... ,
-------------+---~--
-~
I I ...J__ L
1-~--1
1---------1/2 lRAW!. 1/2 lRAW!.---ooj
~--------------------nrr~lRAW!.-------------------~
~
.u
1.12
1.32 .77 2.157 KIT TO INCLUDE: PLASTIC HOSE TRACK

7e" \/ENDOR: IGUS
o 0 =ri3.37 3.12
1.01
CONDOR PIN IIGUS PIN DESCRlPllON
Tt=.l ~~. 1
2
165829-100 1311
165829-1011350-075-075
SEPARATOR
CABLE/HOSE CARRIER UNK
L3.28~L'11
3 65829-102 3075-2/12 METAL MOUNllNG BRACKET, INSIDE (1.tAi.E)
1--3.32-1 65829-104 3075-2PZ PLASllC MOUNllNG BRACKET, INSIDE (MALE)
4 65829-103 3075-1/12 METAL MOUNllNG BRACKET, OUTSIDE (FEMALE)
65829-103
:"11... .... _ ... _ -
",=--,w&_ - __ ...
65829-102
r.-..
...... ""-_ ...
~ ZlCa.rM~
65829-105 3075-1PZ
KIT TO INCLUDE:
ACCEPTABLE ALTERNAlE \/ENDOR: GORlRAC
PLASllC MOUN liNG BRACKET, OUTSIDE (FEMALE)
PLASTIC HOSE TRACK
HOSE CARRIER ASSY PER MODaS CONDOR PIN 1GORlRAC PIN IDESCRlPllON
I SEPARATOR
(0 CD 0XD 65829-201 I KL1-SEP
---
65829-202 I KLI-8.5 CABlE/HOSE CARRIER UNK
CONDOR MODEL CONDOR PIN TOTAL lRAVEL LOCAllON OF SEPERATORS 'OF UNKS MOUNllNG BRACKET ,SPEClFlCAliONS: 65829-203 I KLl-BRNT MOUNllNG BRACKETS
180 / T86J
160/ T66J
65829-001
65829-002
556.DD"
405.DD"
2 IN EVERY 4TH UNK
2 IN EllERY 4TH UNK
112
83
1 PAIR METAL
1 PAIR METAL
UNK OIlERALL'MDTH: 3.74
UNK OIlERALL HEIGHT: 2.52
UNK INSIDE 'MOTH: 3.95
=-
- n"
...... _ ."
--
i. ~ :.=..~-
_________-,,~______
UII=;;-~
.-*At. 1111£
1EXAS __1____-l
__7I7I
140/ T46J
A42RT
65829-003
65829-005 ,
186.25' 2 IN EllERY 4TH UNK
NONE
42
29
1 PAIR METAL
1 PAIR METAL
UNK INSIDE HEIGHT: 1.77
UNK C/C LENGTH: 2.64
M.N BEND RADIUS: 2.95
_ .. - Oc::J CHART, HOSE CARRIER TRACK ASSY
A38 / A42J 65829-004 72.50' NONE 20 1 PAIR PlASllC
OIlERALL HEIGHT: 8.46
B 65829
- r"A
A30N 65829-006 60.00' NONE 13 1 PAIR METAL ..... K SNVDER 2/IIOl
WElGHT/FT: 1.3,LB/FT '
SNAPS -OPEN ON OUTSIDE RADIUS SIJ( I 2,II:I,1It 1_.... 1_ IICN.£ 1/4 IHEE1' 1 OF 1
TOI4-~)8'~ O(O~,
r - -_ _ _ F-,IGURE 6.6:Cylinder, Boom Extend . ,
o
o
III '"
I

Ref. 71143 ............................ Cylinder, Boom Extend ............................................................. Ref.
1 * .................................... Wiper ............................................................................................. 1
2 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
3 * .................................... BackUp ........................................................................................ 1
4 * .................................... AQ Seal ......................................................................................... 1
5 * .................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
6 * .................................... O-Cup (Dual Lip) .......................................................................... 1
7 * .................................... O-Cup Green Tweed ..................................................................... 1
8 * .................................... Wear Ring ..................................................................................... 4
9 71143-101 ..................... 55A Seal Kit .................................................................................. 1
10 71143-102 ..................... Setscrew ........................................................................................ 1
11 71143-103 ..................... PortPlug ........................................................................................ 2
12 71143-104 ..................... PortPlug ........................................................................................ 2
13 71143-105 ..................... Counterbalance Valve ................................................................... 1
14 71143-106 ..................... Cartridge Valve ............................................................................. 1
15 71143-107 ..................... Tube Assembly .............................................................................. 1
16 71143-108 ..................... Rod-Tube Assembly ...................................................................... 1
17 71143-109 ..................... Head .............................................................................................. 1
18 71143-110 ..................... Bearing Sleeve ............................................................................... 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 6.7:MidBoomAssembly, T60
r-
~ prrp j rr~ I
•
I h
I
0
-----.
r---,
---_oJ
0
I --
-- -- -- --
--
-- ----
-- --
)) --
--
----
-- --
-- --
..... -'-'
-- -- ----
-- -- --
10 10 1
1- 1
r---~ Ii - :- -- 1 1
----
I-
.....
-----"
0 0
II am rrrn I \\ ,.... ......,
rr~
1° °1
L
~~
~

Ref. 71394 ............................ MidBoomAssembly, T60 ......................................................... Ref.
-1 71394-DWG ................. Mid Boom Assembly Drawing ...................................................... 1
2 71394-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 71280 ............................ Boom Weldment,Mid .................................................................... 1
4 71305 ............................ Wear Pad, MidlTip Bottom ........................................................... 1
5 71304 ............................ Wear Pad, Mid/Tip Top ................................................................. 1
6 71310 ............................ Wear Pad, MidlBase ..................................................................... 2
7 71349 ............................ Tube; Sheave Guard ...................................................................... 8
8 71262 ............................ Pin, Sheave .................................................................................... 4
9 68048 ............................ Sheave; Extension ........................... ,............................................. 4
10 71462 ............................ Bushing; Sheave ............................................................................ 4
11 81587-003 ..................... Bearing Pad, Adj 2 5/8 Lg ........................................................... .4
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 6.8:TipBoomAssembly, T60 •
8o
o
8 "-
v

Ref. 71393 ............................ Tip Boom Assembly, T60 ......................................................... Ref.
-I 71393-DWG ................. Tip Boom Assembly Drawing ....................................................... 1
-2 71393-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
-3 71303 ............................ Wear Pad; TiplMid Top ................................................................ 1
-4 71306 ............................ Wear Pad, TiplMid Bottom ........................................................... 1
-5 71259 ............................ BoomWeldment, Tip ..................................................................... 1
-I 71393-HW .................... Hardware Kit ........................................................................... Ref.

-2 BOW30104 ................... Bolt, .50-13UNC x 1.00 Hex ......................................................... 8
-3 BOW31329 ................... Washer, .50 Gr 5 Split Lock .......................................................... 8
-4 BOW32275 ................... Nut, 1/2-13UNCHexJam ............................................................. 8

MANUAL 92375"()()3
April 1998
\
FIGURE 6.9:SlaveCylinder Assembly

Ref. 71565 ............................ Slave Cylinder Assembly ..... ;.................................................... Ref.
-1 71565-DWG ................. Slave Cylinder Assembly Drawing ................................................ 1
-2 71565-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
-3 71565-FTG .................... Fitting Kit ....................................................................................... 1
-4 71146 ............................ Slave Cylinder Level Telescope .................................................... 1
-5 71444 ............................ Pin Weldment, Slave CylinderlBoom ............................................. 1
-6 71488 ............................ Cap, Slave Cylinder Pin Retainer .................................................. 1
Ref. 71565-HW .................... Hardware Kit Slave Cylinder Assembly .................................. Ref.
1 BOW30000 ................... Bolt 114-20 x 112 Hex .................................................................... 1
2 BOW30054 ................... Bolt3/8-16x 1 Hex ....................................................................... 2
3 BOW31325 ................... Washer .25 ID Split Lock .............................................................. 1
4 BOW31327 ................... Washer 3/8 ID Split Lock .............................................................. 2
Ref. 71565-FTG .................... Fitting Kit Slave Cylinder Assembly ......................................... Ref.
1 02525 ............................ Straight MJ04 M004 ..................................................................... 1
2 02236 ............................ Elbow 90 MJ04 M004 .................................................................. 1
NOTE':::
'. 01S USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE HARDWAR~ KIT.
2. C:}S USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE FITTING KIT.
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 6.1 0: Slave Level Cylinder •
"-

Ref. 71146 ............................ Slave Level Cylinder ................................................................. Ref.
1 ...................................... Wiper ............................................................................................. 1
2 ...................................... Seal ................................................................................................ 1
3 ...................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
4 ...................................... Back-Up ........................................................................................ 1
5 ...................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
6 ...................................... O-Ring ........................................................................................... 1
7 ...................................... Seal ................................................................................................ 1
8 ...................................... WearRing ..................................................................................... 1
9 ...................................... WearRing ..................................................................................... 2
10 ...................................... SeaIKit .......................................................................................... 1
11 ...................................... Locknut .......................................................................................... 1
12 ...................................... Port Plug ........................................................................................ 4
13 ...................................... Bushing .......................................................................................... 4
14 ...................................... Counterbalance Valve ................................................................... 2
15 ...•.................................. Tube Assembly .............................................................................. 1
16 ...................................... RodAssembly ............................................................................... 1
17 ...................................... Head .............................................................................................. 1
18 ...................................... Piston ............................................................................................. 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 6.11 :Angle Sensor Installation . ,
Ref. 71627 ............................ AngleSensorlnstallation .......................................................... Ref.

-1 71627-DWG ................. AngleSensorlnstallationDrawing ................................................ 1
-2 71529 ............................ Angle Sensor Plate ........................................................................ 1
-3 71531 ............................ Modified Bolt ................................................................................. 1
-4 71499 ............................ Cover, Boom Angle Sensor ........................................................... 1
-5 71728 ............................ Blade, Angle Sensor ...................................................................... 1
-6 BOW31213 ................... Nut, Hex .38-24 UNF' .................................................................... 1
-7 BOW31147 ................... Screw, #10-32 UNF' x 1.50 Slotted Round .................................... 2
-8 BOW31400 ................... Washer, #10 Flat ........................................................................... 2
-9 BOW93775 ................... Lockwasher #1 0 ............................................................................ 2
-10 71535 ............................ Angle Sensor ................................................................................. 1

MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 6. 12:Skirtlnstallation
\
---
---
2PL
2PL
0 4PL
~_O~A
2PL
2PL
+
I
I
L
VIEW A-A
NOTES:
1. <:;)S USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE HARDWARE KIT.
2. [::;:}S USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE FITTING KIT.
2PL
o
fi"""F=;';====I=:::J
o
MANUAL 92375-003
Al'rill998
FIGURE 6. 12: Skirt Installation •

Ref. 71017 ............................ SkirtInstallation ...................................................... ,................. Ref.
-1 71017-DWG ................. SkirtlnstallationDrawing .............................................................. 1
-2 71017-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
-3 71017-FTG .................... Fitting Kit ....................................................................................... 1
4 71439 ............................ Pin, Boom Tip ................................................................................ 1
5 71464 ............................ Pin,SlaveCylinderISkirt ................................................................ 1
6 71022 ............................ Skirt Weldment .............................................................................. 1
7 35460 ............................ Actuator ......................................................................................... 1
8 71215 ............................ Lower Skirt Bracket Weldment .................................................... 1
9 71219 ............................ Upper Skirt Bracket Weldment ..................................................... 1
10 71515 ............................ Spacer, Skirt/Rotator ..................................................................... 1
11 81399 ............................ Washer, Skirt Upper ...................................................................... 1
12 71621-STD ................... Hose Kit, Skirt ............................................................................... 1
13 71554 ............................ Dual P.O. Check Valve ................................................................ 1
14 81368-36-16 .................. Gar-Max2.00"IDx2.50"ODx 1.00"L .......................................... l
15 71733 ............................ Skirt Stop Weldment LH ............................................................... 1
16 71732 ............................ Skirt Stop WeldmentRH ............................................................... 1

2 BOW390 11 ................... Bolt, .25-20 UNC x 2.75 Gr 8 Hex ............................................... .4
3 BOW34272 ................... Nut, .25-20 UNC Nylon Lock ....................................................... 8
4 BOW39012 ................... Bolt, 114-20 x 3.00 Gr 8 Hd Hex .................................................. .4
5 BOW39105 ................... Bolt, 112-13 x 1 114 Gr 8 Hd Hex ................................................. .4
7 BOW39060 ................... Hex Hd Bolt 3/8-16 x 2 1/2 Gr 8 ................................................... 1
8 BOW34274 ................... Nut, .3/8-16 UNC Hex Lock .............................:........................... 1
9 BOW33979 ................... Keystock, .500 x .500 ............................................................ 21LF.
10 BOW36102 ................... Screw, .50-13 UNC .750 Hex Cap .............................................. .4
11 BOE30030 .................... Bolt, 5/16-18 UNC x 1.25 Gr 5 Hex .............................................. 2
12 BOW34273 ................... Nut, 5116-18 UNCNylon Lock ..................................................... 2

2 00456 ............................ Straight, MJ04 M006 .................................................................... 2
3 04630 ............................ Elbow, 45° MJ04 M006 ................................................................ 2
4 02236 ............................ Elbow, 90° MJ04 M004 ................................................................ 4
8n r, - (-{ee..r"y C//~cL
5" /t.,v-f-
~ f:o/{tlw'j p~ ~ ?YJ'C/f- J-CJ3
MANUAL 9237S-003
April 1998
~
~ FIGURE 6. 13:BoomlSkirtlnstallation,T60/T66J
[J) [J)
2 2
0 0
0 0
CD CD
--,
c.o
c.o
f-
LL
0
s:
w
:>
~I -'
n..
N
w
o
V\
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
___
-
0IIGIIPftIII
. . . DW ow ,
f:\partsl88k\88343.dwg Dec 04, 2000 08:55:41

20 88432 1.00 EA HOSE KIT, SKIRT
19 CLL01815-003 1.00 EA TBE, RND, 2.75 00 x .313W x .50L
18 66770":"'200 1.00 EA BEARING, THRUST, 2.00 10
17 BOW34276 1.00 EA NUT, .50-13UNC HEX LOCK
16 BOW30111 1.00 EA BOLT, HEX, .50-13UNC x 2.75
15 88313 1.00 EA MNT PLT, CHECK VALVE
14 BOW30062 4.00 EA BOLT, 3/8-16 x 3.00 GR5 HEX
13 BOW33979 2.50 IN KEYSTOCK .50 x .50
12 BOW34274 4.00 EA NUT 3/8-16UNC NYLON LOCK
11 BOW31329 6.00 EA WASHER, 1/2 GR5 SPLIT LOCK
10 BOW30105 6.00 EA BOL T. .50-13UNC x 1.25 GR5 HEX
J 9 BOW30032 2.00 EA BOLT, HEX, .31-18 UNC x 1.75
8 BOW34273 2.00 EA NUT 5/16-18UNC NYLON LOCK
@ 7 71549 1.00 EA VAL VE ASSY, 2STR
6 71439 - 1.00 EA PIN, T60/66 BOOM TIP
5 35460 1.00 EA PARKER PLATFORM ROTATOR
4 71464 1.00 EA PIN, SLAVE CYL/SKIRT
3 88298 1.00 EA PLATFORM MNT WLDT, LOWER
2 88294 1.00 EA PLATFORM MNT WLDT, UPPER
1 88280 1.00 EA SKIRT WLDT, T-SERIES
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY UM DESCRIPTION
UNLESS OTHER'MSE NOTED:
TIME CONDOR CORPORATION
TOLERANCES: DECIMALS [~O J O~Rl 8300 IMPERIAL DRIVE
FRACTIONS:I: 1/16
ANGLES :I: 1·
120/
.X :I: .1
.XX :I: .03
.XXX :I: .010 TITLE
~
- WACO, TEXAS 76712
SURFACE FINISH
PROJECTION OF VIEWS @CJ SKIRT ASSY, T-SERIES
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
DRAWN 7/31/99 SIZE DRAWING NO. REV.
DALE WYBLE
CHECKED K SNYDER 8/2/99 B 88343 B
APPROVED JB 8/3/99 ERCN NO. 13531 ·1 SCALE 1/5 1SHEET 1 OF 1
f:\parts\88kl88343.clwg Dec 04, 2000 08:56:04

-_ ... -- _ ...
6.19
)i
JI. L
.56
REF
1.75
19.25 .1 J
EST. WT. - 7.1 LB
f:lpal1$\88kIS8298.dwg Dec 04, 2000 08:58:13

- ....... --
",_NO.
_".., DIIIlI'.
2.938
1------1- TO CENTER OF
MACHINED HOLE
l,·3'r
1-0----7.25 - - - - - - I
1.375
TO CENTER OF
MACHINED HOLE
+-----+
f:\parts\88kl88294.dwg Dec 04, 2000 08:57:56

~
~ FIGURE 6.13 :BoomlSkirtInstallation,T60/T66J
. (
U') U')
::2' ::2'
0 0
0 0
CD CD
J
LO
LO
f-
u..
0
:il:
w
5
~ -'
Cl.
N
r;::'\ --
w
o
Vi
MANUAL 923 75-003

April 1998
FIGURE 6. 13:BoomlSkirtlnstallation,T60/T66J . ,
Ref. 71016 ............................ Boom/Skirtlnstallation, T60IT66J ............................................ Ref.

1 71016-DWG ................. Boom/SkirtT60/66JInstallationDWG .......................................... 1
2 71 0 16-HW .................... Boom/Skirt T60/66J Hardware Kit.. .............................................. 1
3 71562 ............................ MainBoomAssemblyT60/66J ..................................................... 1
4 71627 ............................ AngleSensorlnstallation ............................................................... 1
5 71563 ............................ Jib/SkirtAssembly ......................................................................... 1
71017 ............................ SkirtAssembly ............................................................................... 1
6 71437 ............................ Pin, Base Boom Pivot T60/66J ...................................................... 1
7 71456 ............................ Pin, Master CylinderlBase Boom .................................................. 1
8 71438 ............................ Pin,LiftCylinderlBaseBoom ........................................................ 1
9 71498 ............................ Cover, T60/66JBoomPivotUpper ............................................... 1
10 71504 ............................ Cover, T60/66J Boom Pivot Lower ............................................... 1
11 71435 ............................ Cover, Boom Sheave Access ........................................................ 2
12 71620-T60 ..................... Hose Kit, Boom T60/66J ............................................................... 1
71620-T66J ................... Hose Kit, Boom T60/66J ............................................................... 1
13 71778-T60 ..................... Electrical Cable Assembly ............................................................. 1
71778-T66J ................... Electrical Cable Assembly ............................................................. 1
14 71528 ............................ BoomPivotCover ......................................................................... 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
~ FIGURE 6.14:Jib/SkirtAssembly, T66J
.....,
, i
;:~,.~===~~~
~-
VIEW B-B
ASSEMBLED VIEW
2PL * EXPLODED VIEW
B~ o 0L-________________~~~~~
A
,Pc 2
£,,~REF~2HOSES
l SECTION A-A
VIEW C-C
"""'"05
1. USED TO CAll OUT PIEe( PARTS fOR Ti-iE: HAROWA.RE KIT.
2. [:}S USED TO CAllOUT PIECE PARTS fOR THE flTTINe I(lT.
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
REF TIP 1R£VI~No.l
\\\t--:J
\ -]----r
II
I I ============I-l-
VIEW 8-8
ASSEMBLED VIEW
:~:\_---~~~~~:!..-----------(Ilr-----=t7t<;====----1n
rrct---r~~~----';;:::~~~~(T~n!r
--TJ'
II
_ 01IEIIWE_
1TCUJWICES: -.s ri'9 n I ;fli:llr
4 02236 4.00 EA ELBOW 90· M004 MJ04
3 04630 2.00 EA ELBOW 45° M006 MJ04
2 00456 2.00 EA STRAIGHT M006 MJ04
1 71563-DWG 1.00 EA JIB/SKIRT INST DWG
71563-FTG JIB/SKIRT INST FITTING KIT
01S USED TO LABEL FITTING KIT COMPONENTS.
13 BOW34276 1.00 EA NUT - .50-13UNC HEX LOCK

12 BOW30112 1.00 EA BOLT .50-13UNC X 3.00" GR5 HEX
11 BOW30063 2.00 EA BOL T, 3/8-16UNC x 3.25 GR5 HEX
10 BOW36102 4.00 EA CAPSCREW,1 /2-13x3 /4"L FLATHEAD
9 BOW33979 2.50 IN KEYSTOCK .50 x .50
8 BOW34274 1B.00 EA NUT 3/B-16UNC NYLON LOCK
7 BOW30060 10.00 EA BOLT, 3/8-16UNC x 2.50 GR5 HEX
6 BOW31329 4.00 EA WASHER, 1/2 GR5 SPLIT LOCK
5 BOW30105 4.00 EA BOLT, .50-13UNC x 1.25 GR5 HEX
4 BOW30062 6.00 EA BOLT, 3/8-16UNC x 3.00 GR5 HEX
3 BOW23923 12.00 EA TIE, CABLE NYLON .188W x 8"L
2 BOW34273 2.00 EA NUl- 5/16-18UNC NYLON LOCK
1 71563-DWG 1.00 EA JIB/SKIRT INST DWG
71563-HW JIB /SKIRT INST HARDWARE KIT
01S USED TO LABEL HARDWARE KIT COMPONENTS.

•
27 81368-05-20 REF EA GAR-MAX 1.251DX 1.500D X 1.2SL

- !
~IS USED TO LABEL HARDW' COMPONENTS.
-'''T
I
27 81368-05-20 REF EA GAR-MAX1.25IDX 1.5000 X 1.25L
26 34147 REF EA GARMAX 1.25 I.D.x 1.50"L
25 34145 REF EA GARMAX 1.50 1.0. x 1.50"L
24 71055-RH 1.00 EA PARALLEL 'ARM WLDMNT, 6'JIB RH
23 71621-JIB 1.00 EA HOSE KIT, JIB/SKIRT T46J/66J
22 71983 6.00 EA RUBBER PAD, 5" x 5" x 1/4"
21 71549 1.00 EA VAL VE ASSY, 2STR ®
20 71733 1.00 EA SKIRT STOP, LH
19 71732 1.00 EA SKIRT STOP, RH
18 71515 1.00 EA SPACER, SKIRT/ROTATOR
17 71586 1.00 EA PIN, JIB PLATE/JIB BOOM
16 71439 1.00 EA PIN, T60/66 BOOM TIP
15 71587 1.00 EA PIN, SLAVE CYL/JIB PLATE
14 71027 1.00 EA CYLINDER, 6' JIB LIFT
13 71215 1.00 EA LOWER BRACKET WELDMENT
12 71219 1.00 EA UPPER BRACKET WELDMENT
11 35460 1.00 EA PAR~ER PLATFORM ROTATOR
10 71149 1.00 EA SKIRT WELOMENT, T46J/66J
9 71056 1.00 EA JIB, BOOM WELDMENT, 6'
8 71055-LH 2.00 EA PARALLEL 'ARM WLDMNT, 6'JIB LH
7 71054 1.00 EA JIB PLATE. WLDMNT, 6' JIB TELESCOPE
6 71469 1.00 EA PIN,JIB~ BOOM/SKIRT
5 71466 2.00 EA P1N, JIB· ARM
4 71465 1.00 EA PIN, JIB B()OM/CYL
3 71563-FTG 1.00 EA FITTING KIT, 6' JIB ASSY
2 71563-HW 1.00 EA H~RD~ARE KIT, 6' JIB ASSY NOTES:
1 71563-DWG 1.00 EA ASSY DWG, JIB/SKIRT 1. TY-RAP HOSES TOGET
TY-RAP'S AROUND THI
RE\1SION
IREV 1m NCi.l DESCRIP110N
RE~O~~\
\r-===T--~--J---~~~~~~~~~=
~J---r
\ "
VIEW 8-B
ASSENBL£D "EW
:E~~ ~----~~~~k
~''':==TJ'
______ ----Tll---::------.:=r.~T==-----=n
\\jJ---r~~~~~~~~rw~T1
"
I~01IIER\tS£tnDi DEQIIAL.S I rc:l (] I ~ DiJj E' J

.;;
VIEW C-C IWI1~
® 14092
ISI:.I:.I:.KCN
71549 WAS 71554
'lEe 16/28/99
OW 1/5/00
SECTION A-A
~~-
A II !I 1-"'0
UNLESS OlHERWISE NOTED:

~
FRACllONS:I: 1 / 1 8 ) (
ANGlES :I: I' .XX
~
:1:.1
:1:.03
I ~O[J llME CONDOR CORPORAllON
8300 IMPERIAL DRIVE
WACO. lEXAS 76712
SURfACE FINISH lZV .XXX :I: .010 ll11.E
PRo.£CllON Of VIEWS @ CJ
REMOVE BURRS ac SHARP EOCEs JIB/SKIRT ASSY, T46J/T66J
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
FIGURE 7.1 :PlatfonnInstallation . ,
Ref. 71513 ............................ PlatformInstallation .................................................................. Ref.

-1 71513-DWG ................. InstallationDWG,Platform36x60 .............................................. 1
2 71513-HW .................... Hardware Kit, Platform Installation .............................................. 1
3 71025 ............................ Platform Weldment; 36 x 60 .......................................................... 1
4 66095-021 ..................... Glides, Load-Bearing 1.25 OD ..................................................... 1
Ref. 71513-HW .................... Hardware Kit, Platform Installation ......................................... Ref.

1 BOW39055 ................... Bolt 3/8-16 x 1 1/4" Hex lID ......................................................... 8
2 BOW36713-lID ........... Washer, .375 SAE ....................................................................... 16
3 BOW34274 ................... Nut, 3/8-16UNC Hex Lock ........................................................... 8
A'L13-T-
\;
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 7.2:PlatfonnElectrical Installation
SECTION A-A

Ref. 71019-002 ..................... Platform Electrical Installation .................................................. Ref.
-1 71019-DWG ................. PlatformElectricalInstallationDrawing ........................................ 1
2 71368-002 ..................... Platform Control Box Assembly .................................................... 1
3 71570 ............................ 110 Volt Platform Assembly ......................................................... 1
4 71630 ............................ FootSwitchInstallation ................................................................. 1
5 710 19-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
713'f6 - ffDl Z.5 r;, r -r- (,b Jj 7. 'fJ6 J

'"'J.-5 f!p.(
113(, '& -- &b")... MANUAL 9237S"()()3
April 1998
1- ;(J/ 7 . . . <to .AI" .... II ~
FIGURE 6. 14:Jib/SkirtAssembly, T66J •

~
\,
Ref. 71563 ............................ Jib/SkirtAssembly, T66J .......................................................... Ref.
1 71563-DWG ................. Jib/SkirtAssemblyDWG .............................................................. 1
2 71563-HW .................... Hardware Kit, 6' Jib Assembly ...................................................... 1
3 71563-FTG .................... FittingKit,6' Jib Assembly ............................................................ 1
4 71465 ............................ Pin, Jib Booml Cylinder ................................................................. 1
5 71466 ............................ Pin, Jib Arm ................................................................................... 2
6 71469 ............................ Pin,JibBoomlSkirt ........................................................................ 1
7 71054 ............................ Jib Plate Weldment, 6' Jib Telescope ............................................ 1
8 71055 ............................ ParalleIArm Weldment, 6' Jib ....................................................... 2
9 71056 ............................ Jib, Boom Weldment, 6' ................................................................. 1
10 71149 ............................ SkirtWeldment, T66J ...................................................•................ 1
11 35460 ............................ Parker Platform Rotator ................................................................ 1
12 71219 ............................ Upper Bracket Weldment ............................................................. 1
13 71215 ............................ Lower Bracket Weldment ............................................................. 1
14 71027 ............................ Cylinder,6'JibLift ......................................................................... 1
15 71587 ............................ Pin, Slave Cylinder/Jib Plate .......................................................... 1
16 71439 ............................ Pin, T60/66 Boom Tip .................................................................... 1
17 71586 ............................ Pin, Jib Plate/Jib Boom .................................................................. 1
18 81399 ............................ Shim, Arm Lift Cylinder 86A ........................................................ 1
19 71515 ............................ Spacer, Skirt/Rortator .................................................................... 1
20 71732 ............................ Skirt Stop, RH ................................................................................ 1
21 71733 ............................ Skirt Stop, LH ................................................................................ 1
22 71554 ............................ Dual P.O Check Valve ................................................................. 1
23 81368-36-16 .................. Garamax 2.00 ID x 2.50 OD xl "L ............................................... 1
24 7162 I-Jib ....................... Hose Kit, Jib/Skirt T66J ................................................................. 1
Ref. 71563-HW .................... Jib.Skirt Installation Hardware Kit ........................................... Ref.

1 71563-DWG ................. Jib/SkirtInstallationDwg ............................................................... 1
2 BOW39011 ................... Bolt, .25-20UNC x 2.75 GR8 Hex ................................................ 4
3 BOW34272 ................... Nut, .25-20UNC Nylon Lock ....................................................... 8
4 BOW39012 ................... Bolt, .25-20UNC x 3.00 GR8 Hex ............................................... .4
5 BOW39105 ................... Bolt, .sO-13UNC x 1.25 GR8 Hex ............................................... .4
6 BOW31329 ................... Washer, 112 GR5 Split Lock .......................................................... 4
7 BOW39060 ................... Bolt, 3/8-16UNC x 2.50 GR8 Hex ................................................ 1
8 BOW34274 ................... Nut 3/8-16UNC Nylon Lock ......................................................... 1
9 BOW33979 ................... Keystock .50 x .50 .......................................................................21
10 BOW36102 ................... Capscrew, 112-13 x 3/4 "L Flat Head ............................................ 4
11 BOW30030 ................... Bolt, 5/16-18UNC x 1.25 GR5 Hex .............................................. 2
12 BOW34273 ................... Nut 5/16-18UNC Nylon Lock ...................................................... 2
Ref. 71563-FTG .................... Jib/SkirtInstallationFittingKit .................................................. Ref.

1 71563-DWG ................. Jib/SkirtInstallationDWG ............................................................. 1
2 00456 ............................ Straight Mo06 MJ04 ...................................................................... 2
3 04630 ............................ Elbow 45° M006 MJ04 ................................................................. 2
4 02236 ............................ Elbow 90° M006 MJ06 ................................................................. 4
\1
MANUAL 9237S"()()3
April 1998
• FIGURE 7.1 :PlatformInstallation
\
C
~2PL
~
( )
r- r-->
~ F== = = = ~
1/ ~ - -=-=- - ====l. \
I!
I' !
!
}Jl \
) / (
L ",---J
I<J J-----4 ~f1

~ ~
0RE~ \
(o,lf'
3
2
1
BOW34274
BOW36713-HD
BOW39055
/ 8,00
16,00
8.00
EA
EA
EA
NUT, 3/8-16 UNC HEX LOCK
WASHER, .375 SAE
BOLT 3/8-16 X 1 1/4" HEX HD
71513-HI! HARDWARE KIT, PLATFORM INST
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 7.4:Platfonn Control Box Assembly •

Ref. .71368-002 ..................... Platfonn Control Box' .......--~~()
Assembly A~.,........
Z ..... :v...!......... f.~/l J''"'" 'KlIf.
1 71592 ............................ UpperControIBoxMach .............................................................. 1
2 ...................................... Screw ............................................................................................ 4
3 71501 ........................... ,Joystick, Single Axis ...................................................................... 1
4 71502 ............................ Joystick, Single Axis wlRocker ..................................................... 1
5 71503 ............................ Joystick, Dual Axis ........................................................................ 1
6 50075 ............................ Switch (Ref PIN 67760) ................................................................ 2
7 69145 ............................ Operator, Yellow Push Button ...................................................... 1
8 51913 ............................ Operator, Red Push-Pull ................................................................ 1
9 71533 ............................ Platfonn Control Board ................................................................. 1
10 67760-003 ..................... Toggle Switch 2 Pos Maintain ....................................................... 1
11 67760-001 ..................... Toggle Switch 3 Pos 2 Pole Man .................................................. 1
12 67760-002 .................... Toggle Switch 3 Pos 2 Man 1 Mom .............................................. 1
13 34644 ........................... Alarm ............................................................................................. 1
14 52672 ........................... Base + 1 NO Contact .................................................................... 1
15 51914 ........................... Base + 1 NC Contact .................................................................... 1
16 54257-005 .................... Light, Red Indicator ....................................................................... 1
17 71710 ........................... 6 Pin Plug For Female Pins ............................................................ 2
18 71711 ........................... 8 Pin Plug For Female Pins ............................................................ 2
19 71712 ........................... 10 Pin Plug For Female Pins .......................................................... 2
20 71713 ........................... FemaleCrimpPinForPlugs ........................................................ 48
21 54910-104 .................... Connector Mounting Base; Ag Panel ............................................ l
22 58257 ........................... Wire, 18 Ga White .......................................................................... .
23 71740 ........................... Seal, Switch .................................................................................... 7
40 67760-003 .................... Toggle Switch 2 Pos Maintain ....................................................... 1

41 34863 ........................... White Push Button .............. '" .................................................... ,... 1
42 52672 ........................... Base + 1 NO Contact .................................................................... 1
43 ..................................... Push Button .................................................................................... 1
44 ..................................... Base w/Contact ............................................................................. 1
45 69146 ........................... Green Push Button .........................: ............................................... 1
46 52672 ........................... Base + 1 NO Contact .................................................................... 1
47 ..................................... Computer Board Led Readout ....................................................... 1
48 ..................................... CableRibbon ............................................................................ :..... 1
49 67758 ........................... Toggle Switch 3 Pos Maintain ....................................................... 1
50 54257-005 .................... Light, Red Indicator ....................................................................... 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
e
-
'Tj
PIN
1
2
#
COMPUTER CABLE CONNECTOR FOR ,JP1
CIRCUIT # FUNCTION
10
11
STEER RIGH r
STEER LEFT
~
©
~
-J
~
mm
-e,
3 44 LIGHT .sWITCH (OPTION)
4 55 PLATFORM LEVEL (UP) I
g
o 5
JPl
1"
Jf'2
,
IIIIIOIC.t8..£PIIOWlEII
0 ~
."i
5 54 PLA TFORM LEVEL (DOWN) AS All O'OON
6 52 PLATFORM ROTATE (CW)
i~\ 0 0
7 53 PLATFORM ROTATE (CCW)
8 5 EMERGENCY PUMP C1
~
~
-~ S
9 NOT USED
® ® ~
~ JP, g
g
.~
10 NOT USED ~
~ -
JP6 _ If) 0
COMPUTER CABLE CONNECTOR FOR ,JP2
# CIRCUIT # FUNCTION
:~ A~iJ~ cI)
PIN
c:;
1 MF MACHINE FUNCTION SPEED
2 4W 4 WHEEL STEER (OPTION) ~
~
i
3 3A HORN ON (OPTION)
IJ
4 4A ENGINE ON
5 4 ENGINE START
9
U l
10 o I g
CIl
6 51 GLOW PLUG ® ®
0"'
~i -<
7 43 ENGINE THROTTLE
8 17A FOOT SWITCH GRN WIRE TO C1- 7 ©
2:t"'
, ,
COMPUTER CABLE CONNECTOR FOR ,JP 3
-'"
$1:1
...... PIN # CIRCUIT # FUNCTION
~
1 25B ALL ,JOY STICKS GROUND COMPUTER CABLE CONNECTOR FOR JP6 C1 CONNECTOR (54940-102) PINOUT
2 CS CRAB STEER PIN # CIRCUIT # FUNCTION PIN # CIRCUIT# CONNECT TO IN BOX CONNECT TO OUT OF BOX
1 36 SYSTEM POWER +12 VDC 1 POWER (+ 12VDC) TO ESTOP C1-02 ON GROUND BOX
3
4
TS
OS
TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OPTION)
LED DISPLAY PANEL LIGHT SWITCH (OPTION) 2 25 SYSTEM GROUND TO C1-8 2 "
_,6 ESTOP C1-D1 ON GROUND BOX
NOT USED 800M EXT/RET POI\£R JJMPER FOOT SWITCH BLACK WIRE
5
6
26
6
,JIB UP/DOWN (,JIB UNITS ONLY)
BOOM EXTEND RETRACT "4 NOT USED 4
3 36
01 JP4-5 C1-04 ON GROUND BOX
7 8 SWING LEFT/RIGHT 5 2B +12 VDC TO ,JP8-1 5 02 ,JP4-4 C1-03 ON GROUND BOX
8 12 BOOM UP/DOWN 6 25A GROUND 6 4B STARTER SNTCH NC SIDE OF FOOT SWITCH (WHITE)
9 14 DRIVE FORWARD/REVERSE 7 NOT USED 7 17A J'H NO SIDE Of fOOT SWITCH (GREEN)
10 2A ALL ,JOY STICKS +5 VDC 8 NOT USED 8 25 ,JP6-2 C1-0S ON GROUND BOX
14 B6 ,JUMPER TO C1-8 RETURN FROM BEACON (OPTION)
COMPUTER CABLE CONNECTOR FOR ,JP4 II COMPUTER CABLE CONNECTOR FOR JPB [ 15 85 JUMPER TO C1-16 +12V TO BEACON (OPTION)
PIN # CIRCUIT # FUNCTION [[PIN # CIRCUIT # [FUNCTION l 16 85 ,JUMPER TO C1-15 CH 7 GROUND BOX (BEACON OPTION)
1
1FUTURE liSE 1NOT USED
GROUND FOR FUTURE OPTIONS
JL 1
2
12B
19A
1 +12VOC TO ,JP6-5
TILT ALARM +
J
3 I NOT USED 3 20 ENGINE LIGHT +
4 102 DATA RECEIVE 4 NOT USED
5 J01 DATA TRANSMIT 5 20A AXEL LIGHTS + (OPTION)
NOT USED 6 NOT USED
"\
FIGURE 7.3:11OVPlatfonnAssembly, T-Series •
't"'~>
:'Q"
" r
3
o
WHT
GRN
BLK
3 REF

Ref. 71570 ............................ 110V Platform Assembly, T-Series .......................................... Ref.
-I 71570-DWG ................. Assembly DWG, 110V IN Platform ............................................. 1
2 40956 ............................ Box, Rain Tight Single-Gang ......................................................... 1
3 66357 ............................ Receptacle, Ground Fault .............................................................. 1
4 66358 ............................ Cover, Weatherproof ..................................................................... 1
5 66136-003 ..................... StrainRelief45°-1I2-.375 .............................................................. 2
6 67123-001 ..................... Seal,ConnectorElectronicaI1l2" .................................................. 2
7 BOW31362 ................... Washer, Split Lock # I 0 ID ............................................................ 4
8 BOW23075 ................... Connector, Butt 12-lOGA Wire ..................................................... 5
9 BOW31146 ................... Screw, Slot, Round #10-32UNFx 1.00 ......................................... 4
10 BOW31430 ................... Washer, Flat #10 ID .................................................................... 16
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
~ . FIGURE 7.4:Platfonn Control Box Assembly
...,.,
SEE SEE
NOTE 3 NOTE 2
TURRET SWING
RIGHT/LEFT
4PL
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
DESCRIPTION
87285-038 WAS 87295-005;
87961-001 WAS 80W23027
CONNECTOR (3 PIN)
CABLE VIRE COLOR ACTUATIR WE CII.IR
BLK BLK
GRN RED
W'HT W'HT
HIGH
2"
6" BlK 65"
BlK SPEED
2"
6"~GRN GRN AND
6"~WHT (CABLE CUT lENGTH 65") 2" '- I
WHT
C
>
U III ~ LOW
SPEED
5 65351-010 3.00 EA CABLE SEAL; 2.80 - 2.03

4 65351-135 3.00 EA TERMINAL: FEMALE FOR 14-16 GA
3 65351-045 1.00 EA CONNECTOR: 3 CONTACT MALE
<6l 2 67295-039 5.42 LF CABLE 18GA/3COND SPEC SJO
<al 1 67961-001 3.00 EA TERMINAL 6 STUD 22/18GA FORK
UNLISS tmlEMlSE HOlED:
nME CONDOR CORPORATION
TOLEIWICES:
f'RACIIOHS:I: 1{11
ANGLES :I: 1
DECIMALS
.X :1:.1
.XX :1:.0:5
~~ a300 IWPERlAl DRIVE
WACO. TEXAS 7e712
SURF'ACE FINISH l-e' .XXX :I: .010 111\.£
PRO.JEC1ION OF' VIEWS @ c:::J
REMOVE BURRS 41 SHARP EDGES HARNESS. DEUTZ PANEL/ENGINE
ALL ARE IN INti- ES
ORA""
OIECKEO
B BRITIAIN 9/21/118
AfRA\\1NG N~ 72049 rA
----- --."---.~~- ----------
APPROVED SEC 10/5/98 ERCN NO. 12409 SCALE 1/1 I SHEET 1 OF 1
REVISION
THIS DRA\OHG IS THE SOI.E PROPERTY Of OEM Ca<1R1lt5 ~, 10 CCJ<1R0LS DRI\£, 9<ELTa<. CT 06484. USA. THIS OOCUW£Nf COHfAlHS REVISIONS
OEM PROI'RIETARY INfORMATIOO. IIRlfIDI PERMISSION TO USE OR DISCLOSE ANY INfORMATIOO HEIl8N MUST Sf OBTAINED fR()Ij OEM. REV EROI NO. D(SCRIPnON DATE
DESCRIPTION "298 SEE ERCH 12/5,197
11975 SEE [RCN 9/9/98
ORIGINAL PER EeN #7741 ,"", ADO VENOM OWC oS: SER~ P /N'S 8/14/00
Ports list
CONDOR PIN Nol -~R ... tJ I DESCRIPTION 10ty
71501-100 1 HANDLE I 1
71501 101 2 PLATE
71501 102 3 PLATE R-SIDE
171501-103 4 CASTING
12 )
71501-104 5 GASKET
71501-105 6 WASHER
rvAIiIAJS .. DATES/31 iOOr-- - 71501 106

71501-107
7
8
. PINS
SCREW
I 4
I 2
CHECI<ED 71501-108 9 SLAVE GEAR
71501-109 10 BOOT
APVO
ENG. T 71501-110 11 ROUND KNOB
APVO 71501-111 12 SCREW
DESN 71501-112 13 STANDOFF
APVO 71501-113 14 BOOT CLAMP
SALES
PROJE TION'
C .
@
$
-£3-1"',
-
PART NO.
SCALE N/A
loWG
lSHEET
NO. A10721
1 OF 1
fREv A
.J;IZE A
71501-114
71501-115
71501-116
15
16
17
RETAINING CLIP
WASHER
COUPliNG ASSY
71501-117 18 SLEEVE
71501-118 19 PCB ASSY
UtUSS O~SE HOT£&.
TOI..E:RANC£Sl DEClMA.l.$ ~D C T1W£ CONDOR ~ORAnON
fRACllONS -= l/ttl .)( *.1 8300 lWPER1Al DRIVE
4NGl.G i: I" .leX ;1:.0.1 . WACO. lEl(AS 76712
SUftfACE FINISH lal .)(Xl( ± .010 TITLE
PffOoECllON Of \4EW'S @ c::J

ROfCM BUItft$ " SI'i,wo EDotS JOYSTICK. SINGLE AXIS
IB
IONS ARE IN .INCttES
OAA"W K SNYDER I 12/9/97
ORA8NG NO.
71501
Rt:v.
C
-...." ERCH ,..0. PMR SCALE 1/1.5 SHEET l'Of 1
•.,..,ON
REVISIONS REv I ERCN NO. OESCR1PTlON BY ICHI<D.IAPPR.I DATE
DESCRIPTION APPROVED 11298 I D£SCRIPlK)N 1.2/5/97
11975 I DESCRIPTION SEC I 9/9/98
ORIGINAL PER EeN 17741 14604 I ADO \/ENDOR OWG III SERVICE Pjlr(S KNCS I OWN 1 DWW 18/1"/00
Ports List
CONDOR pIN NO DESCRIPTION IOly
71502-100 1 RGI HANDLE 11
71501-113 2 BOOT CLAMP 11
71501-109 3 BOOT
71501-107 4 SCREW
71501-105 5 WASHER
~RA""
Y
-
AJS DATE 5D1LOO
----------------- ---------
- 71501-104
71501-103
6
7
GASKET
CASTING
CH,CI<w 71501-101 8 PLATE
71501 106 9 PINS
APVO 71501 112 10 STANDOFF
'ENG.
API<!) 71501-118 11 PCB ASSY
DESN 71501-111 12 SCREW
API<!) 71501-102 13 PLATE R-SIDE
SALES
71501-108 14 SLAVE GEAR
A10722
@ -E3- I"" SCALE N/A
PART NO. IOWG NO. IREV A 71501-116 15 COUPLING ASSY
PROJECTION: ISHEET 1 OF 1 ISiZE A 71502-101 16 TERMINAL BRACKET
71502-102 17 TERMINAL STRIP
71502-103 18 SCREW
UNWS OlHEJl'fltSf: NOTED:
T~
ntlG1IOMS '" Ill'
AHOLES ., l'
~
)( * 1
IOC ., 03
I ~o ~ COHDOR CORPOR"nON
8JOO IWPERIAL DRIVE
WACO. lVCAS 76712
SlJRF'ACE F'INISk 1:'.,1 nx.t 010 liM
~CTlONr7'lO'S @c::J
8IJRRS"
1tDoIO'ft: $IoWa" lOGES JOYSTICK, SINGLE AXIS W!ROCKER
~
I I B REV.
--
K SNYDER 12/5/97 [I)R4\IIINC-NO..
71502 C
ERQtf NO. PIv4R SCALE 1/1.5 SHttT tOFt
REVISION
,_ --
ntS ORAtwG IS n£ SOLE PROPERTY OF 001 CONlROlS It«:;., 10 CONmoLS DRI't'E. SHEI..~, CT 1l6484, USA. THIS DOCI..IMENT CONTAINS REV1SIONS
00f PROffiIETARY INFORWA'OON. '-ITT'EH PERUISSION 10 USE OR DISClOSE 1141 IffF'ORWAlION t£REIH MUST BE OBTAIED FROU 001. REV €RCH NO. OESCRIPTION BY CI-IKD. APPR. OAl!
DESCRIPTION APPROVED "298 OESCR1PTION 12/5/97
ORIGINAL PER EeN 67741 11\J75 SEC 9/9/98
ADO VENDOR DWC .. SERlJICE P /N'S KNCS DWW OWW 8/'''/00
Parts list
CONDOR PIN NO. PART# DESCRIPTION OTY
71503-100 1 r· .- JS5 ASSEMBLY 1
71503-101 2 , BEARING GEAR 2
71503-102 3 "E" CUP 2
71503-103 4 I SCREW 4
71503-104 5 WASHER 4
71503-105 6 GATE 1
71503-106 7 SCREW 4
~
71503-107 POT CLAMP 2
& 71503-108 9 ADAPTER 2
.J2V !::--rm
71503-109 10 SOUD CAP 1
71503-110 11 POT ASSEMBLY 2
71503-111 12 WIRE CLAMP 1
71503-112 13 , SHAFT 2
AP'IO
!ENG. MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY & PARTS LIST 71503-113 14 I BOOT 1
AP'IO
'DESH 71503-114 15 I BEZEL 1
AP'IO 71503-115 16 I WASHER 4
SALES
IREV A 71503-116 17 I SCREW 4
@) -E3-
DWG NO.
PROJECTION, A SHEET 1 OF 1 ISIZE A 18 I .. ,. PIGTAIL 1
71503-117
U"l.DS·O~-.St NOTED:
10L!11'NoICtS: DECIMALS ~oC T1WE CONDOR CORPo.u.,nON
F"RAC1lONS \II
ANGLES ~ 1"
'/16 .X
.101:
* .1
j: .Ol
8300 IWPERIAI. DFllVE
WACO. lEXAS 76712
SlJRrAct FINISH la; .XXJi :I: .010 TITlE
PRQ..ECTKIH tit WWS @c::::J
IttWQ\iEBlJllRSj:SHARPEI)CES JOYSTICK, DUAL AXIS
........
<:HE"""
K SNYDER I IB
ARE IN IN,
..
12/5/i7 SIn:
OFlA\IIINQ NO.
71503
REV.
C
-....., Eftt:N NO. PMR SCALE 1/1.75 SHEET 1 OF 1
REVlSlON
TliS DRAWING IS Tl£ sou: PROPERTY OF 001 CONTROLS INC., 10 CONTROLS DRIVE, SHELTON, CT OM8.t., USA. 1HIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS REVISIONS
OEM PROPRIETARY INFORMATIOO. \W:ITTEN PffiI.4ISSlON TO USE OR DISClOS£ ANY lNFORI.4AnOO HEREIN /,lUST BE OBTAINED FROIoI ClEW. REV ERCN NO DESCRIPTION BY CHKD APPR DATE
DESCRIPTION APPROVED 11298 DESCRIPTION 12/5/97
ORIGINAL PER EeN #7741 11975 DESCRIPnON 9/9/9B
14504 ADO VENDOR owe &. SERVICE P/N'S e/I-4/00
17
Ports list
NO. PART# DESCRIPTION QTY
1 GG/82 JS5 ASSEMBLY 1
2 A/40 BEARING GEAR 2
3 A/204 "C CLIP 2
4 GG/92 SCREW 4
5 C/151 WASHER 4
6 GG/4 GATE 1
7 GG/6 SCREW 4
* 8
9
GG/93
GG/91
POT CLAMP
ADAPTER
2
2
* 10 A/I77 SOLID CAP 1
11 SAPP/212 POT ASSEMBLY 2
Parts list
12 EPEH/895 WIRE CLAMP 1
CONDOR PIN NO. PART# DESCRIPTION QTY
13 GG/79 SHAFT 2
71503-100 1 GG/82 JS5 ASSEMBLY 1
14 GG/127 BOOT 1
71503-101 2 A/40 BEARING GEAR 2
15 GG/128 BEZEL 1
71503-102 3 A/204 "C CLIP 2
16 GG/37 WASHER 4
71503-103 4 GG/92 SCREW 4
17 GG/132 SCREW 4
71503-104 5 C/151 WASHER 4
18 PTA 1 PIGTAIL 1 71503-105 6 GG/4 GATE 1
!:illIE;. 71503 106 7 GG/6 SCREW 4
* ITEMS #8 & #9 NEEDS
TOGETHER.
TO BE REPLACED 71503-107
71503-108
8 GG/93 POT CLAMP 2
& 9 GG/91 ADAPTER 2
71503-109
a:) @'I 10 A/I77 SOLID CAP 1
r iDAlEC ~ 10 Coolrol, Dri" - Shell",. CT 06484 71503-110 11 SAPP/212 POT ASSEMBLY 2
"'''',ffi Conirols, Inc. P\me; (1O.l) 919-8431 f,,, (1O.l) 919-/146 71503 111 12 EPEH/895 WIRE CLAMP 1
71503-112 13 GG/79 SHAFT 2
AP'<1J
IENG. MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY & PARTS LIST 71503-113 14 GG/127 BOOT 1
AP'<1J
DESN
FOR JS5DM11318 CONTROLER 71503-114 15 GG/128 BEZEL 1
AP'<1J 71503-115 16 GG/37 WASHER 4
SALES
@ -E3- EV A
PART NO. DWG NO. 71503-116 17 GG/132 SCREW 4
PROJ£CTION, ISIZE A 18 PTA 1 PIGTAIL 1
SCALE N/A SHEET 1 OF 1 71503-117
VENDOR OEM CONTROLS

UffiYss OlHER_sfliiottl);
TOI.(R~t«;ESr
FRACTIONS:t
AHGLES *'
1/16
l'
OtClM.M..'
.X 1: 1
.XX i:.OJ
I ~o TIME CONDOR CORPORAnON
15300 IMPERIAL ORIIIE
WACO, lEl(AS 76712
VPN JS5Ml1318 SURFACE FlIIHSIi 1H/ )()(J( ± .010 TITLE
PRo.£cnON CF \4EW$ @ c::J

ROIOve: IWRltS .t SHARf> EDGES JOYSTICK, DUAL AXIS
JS5 DUAL AXIS JOYSTICK lEi
I:;:", K SNYDER 1"1'/" 1B1'·..·..°"° 71503

REV.
C
APPRO'V[[) ERCN NO. PMR SC,loLE 1/1.75 SHEET 1 OF 1
REV'lSION
THIS DRAII1NG IS THE SOLE PROPERTY or OEM CONTROLS INC, 10 CONTROLS ORI\£, SHELTON, CT 06~, USA. THIS OCCUMENT CONTAU<S REVISIONS REV ERCN NO OESCRIPnON DAll:
OEM PROPRIETARY INfORMATION. WR1TT[N PERMlSSION TO USE OR DISCLOSE ANY INfORMATION HEREIN MUST BE OBTAINED fRl)j OEM.
DESCRIPTION 1129$ SEEERCN 12/5/97
1Ii7S SEE ERCN 9/11/98
ORIGINAL PER EeN #7741
"'.'" ADD VENDOR OWC &. SER~cr P/N'S 8/1"'/00
Ports List
NO PART# DESCRIPTION OIYI
1 A/292 HANDLE 1
2 A/498 PLATE 1
3 A/327A PLATE R SIDE 1
4 A/128 CASTING 1
5 A/133 GASKET 1
6 A/97 WASHER 2
7 A/51 PINS 4
8 EPSU 947 SCREW 2
9 A 46 SLAVE GEAR 1
10 A/346 BOOT 1
11 A 177 ROUND KNOB 1
12 A 252 SCREW 6
13 A/131 STANDOFF 2
14 A/130 BOOT CLAMP 1
15 A/119 RETAINING CLIP 1
16 A 360 WASHER 1
17 MSAl COUPLING ASSY 1
18 A/ll1 SLEEVE 1
19 ESA143 PCB ASSY 1
Ports List
19 CONDOR PiN NO I PARTN DESCRIPTION Qly
71501-100 A/292 HANDLE
71501 101 A/498 PLATE
71501-102 3 A/327A PLATE R-SIDE
71501-103 4 A/128 CASTING
71501 104 5 A 133 GASKET
71501 105 6 A 97 WASHER
I CO:::>
71501-106 7 PINS 4
,g~A\\1N AJS DATE 5/31/00 ©=I ~ 10 Cootr~s Drive - Sh~lon, CT 06484 71501-107 8
A/51
EPSU 947 SCREW
CHECKED Controls, Inc. PIl"", (103)929-8431 Fox.: (203)929-7546 71501 108 9 A 46 SLAVE GEAR
71501 109 10 A/346 BOOT
APVQ
ENG. MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY & PARTS LIST 71501-110 11 A/I77 ROUND KNOB
APVO
OESN
FOR TIME CONDOR 71501-111
71501 112
12
13
A/252
A 131
SCREW
STANDOFF
APVQ
SALES
MS4M11320 CONTROLLER 71501 113 14 A/130 BOOT CLAMP
A10721 A 71501 114 15 RETAINING CLIP
@ -E3- OWG NO REV A/119
PROJECTION: 71501-115 16 A/360 WASHER
SHEET 1 OF 1 SIZE A
71501 116 17 MSAI COUPLING ASSY
71501 117 18 A 111 SLEEVE
71501-118 19 ESA143 PCB ASSY
li~lESS OTH~wfSENOTtO:
TI"'E CONDOR C~PORA nON
VENDOR OEM CON TROLS

TOLERANCES:
rRACTlOMSt tI"
C£CII.IALS
.X :1:..1 ~~ 8Joo IMPERIAL DRIVE
WACO. TEXAS 76712
VPN MS4M11320 ~~!: F1~IS:: !~I ~~x =:gfo l~n"'T\.E;;-------'-:=------'-::---

PROJEcnON r:F \4€WS @ c:J
REWOve: SUPlRS.& SH.tJI!P EDGES JOYSTICK, SINGLE AXIS
MS4 SINGLE AXIS JOYSTICK PR"YItIl
:N$lONS ARE IN IJolCHES
K SNYDER I 12/9/91 I B DRAYilNG NO.
71501
REV.
C
APPRO'<£O ERCN NO. PMR SCALE 1/1.5 SHEEr 1 OF 1
REVISION
ll<S DRAWING IS THE SOlE PROP£RTY Of OEM CONTROlS INC., 10 CONTROLS DRVE, SHf:LTON, CT 06484, USA. THIS DOCUMENT CONTNNS
OEM PROPRlETARY INfORMATION. I\flITlEN PERMIS~ON TO USE OR DiSCLOSE ANY INFORMATION HEREIN MUST BE OBTAINED fROM OEM,
REVISIONS REV ERCN NO. D£SCR1Pl1~ DATE
11298 DESCRIPTION 12/5/97
DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL PER EeN #7741 ,_
11975 DESCRIPTION 9/9/98
'" ADD VENDOO DWG &: SERIACE p/N'S e/14/oo
Parts List
NO PART# DESCRIPTION Oty
I RG1M9704 RGI HANDLE II
2 A/130 BOOT CLAMP
3 A/346 BOOT
4 EPSU/947 SCREW
5 A 97 WASHER 12
A/133 GASKET
A/128 CASTING
8 A 498 PLATE
9 A/51 PINS
10 Ajl31 STANDOFF
II ESA143 PCB ASSY
12 A 252 SCREW
13 A/327A PLATE R-SIDE
14 A/46 SLAVE GEAR
15 MSA1 COUPLING ASSY
16 A 644 TERMINAL BRACKET
17 8B/66 TERMINAL STRIP
18 V123 SCREW
Parts List
CONDOR PIN NO PART# DESCRIPTION Qly
71502 100 1 RG1 M9704 RG1 HANDLE
71501-113 2 A/130 BOOT CLAMP
71501 109 3 A/346 BOOT
71501 107 4 EPSU 947 SCREW
71501 105 5 A 97 WASHER
-- -- - 71501 104 6 A 133 GASKET
g~A~ AJS - DATES/31/00 C Cd) iQ}:J ~ 10 Controls Drive - Shelton, CT 06~4 71501-103 7 A/128 CASTING
CHECKED Conlrols, Inc, """,e: (2OJ) 929-8431 r",: (203) 929-~ 71501-101 8 A/498 PLATE
71501 106 9 A 51 PINS 4
APV1l
ENG. MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY & PART LIST 71501 112 10 A 131 STANDOFF
71501 118 11 ESAI43 PCB ASSY
APV1l
DESN
FOR TIME CONDOR 71501-111 12 A/252 SCREW
APV1l
SALES
MS4M11319 CONTROLLER 71501 102 13 A 327A PLATE R SIDE
71501 108 14 SLAVE GEAR
@ -E3- L
A 46
PART NO. IDWG NO. A10722 fEV A
PROJECTION: 71501 116 15 MSAI COUPLING ASSY
SCALE N/A jsHEET 1 OF 1 JsIZE A 71502-101 16 TERMINAL BRACKET
A/544
71502 102 17 BB 66 TERMINAL STRIP
71502 103 18 V/23 SCREW
UNL£SS OTH£lI:"MSE NOTED'
10l.[RJ,NCES: OfClMA.LS ~O0 TIME CONDCtR CORPORATION
FRACllONS 2: 1/\6 .)( :.1 8Joo IMPERIAL DRIVE
ANGlES .t; I" .XI( :t .QJ WACO. TEXAS 76712
SURFACE RNlSH 1JV .XXX ± .010 nTLE
VENDOR OEM CONTROLS PflMcnON Of' \.4tWS @ c:J

RtI.lOVE BUAAS • SHARf' wetS JOYSTICK, SINGLE AXIS W!ROCKER
VPN MS4M11319 AU. DIIoII(N$lONS ARE IN ~CHt5
DRAWN K SNYDER REV
MS4 SINGLE AXIS JOYSTICK WI ROCKER CHECK£<> 71502 C

''''''ow SCALE 1/1.5 SHEET 1 OF 1
/
4-WHEEL MACHINE
STEER SPEED
,..J It... ~cs~ ~-IIr-
2 "
~ SENSCR i@ 4~'
~--r-- J6 ---+=~:..>..L.-l--.
- ....
. RING I
o
f-4~ Q)rl 4A-
CHECK r.llN TROlLIR BOARD
foo 5.1K OHM RESISTooS
CHECK COOTROlLER BOARD
roo 5,IK OHM RESISTORS
I .-- A
2
12-----~=====+_4_W_U_-W I i l l
START REFER TO IlWG 71726 REFER TO OWG 71126
I,D
~
r-~ [l ~ rl~[l o
~e-4.1- -
~
~
......;::..-.
r-Sl-d:Qc
1=
c 0=1-14 -I--I-+--
ENGINE
RPM l
258
~~2~~~4_++--+4----_+~
= ~'- 2A -+-+-l---l-+-'nU--I-+_ _--.J
)
Rt =
2A
~
=== ~ ~
- -
i5 CHECK r.llNTR01.lER BOARD
25A ~ fOR 5,IK OHM RESlSTooS
~ f'
'" o REFER TO owe 71726
DISTRESS'~
~
LIGHT
\...
.....1 .....
~
<= "'-. Bull Z
""z 6796]-001
..
U ~ :::l
~
BOW23065 ~
N N
~ ~ r-- I I N
I I I' enI
...,, .......... ,...,,....,
_ C)
..., , ..-.1 no .., ..-.;i{ I I"l N

1i: 1i:
.., '"..., I"l
..,
~a
1- I"l 9; !l; rL rL
",on
'"
I
no
! til
g,,"" u
I
"", "" ..,
rL "')
~1i;~ii; Ii;~
1 1 N
~~
u~ g" g" g" o 0 0
>- ~ l- I-
0 0
s~ f2 S!f2 0 t- t-
....
s~
ID
~
;n
f2
0
'"
~~Eg
,...., C[ '< ....
"IIf~,...,...,..
~ ...
"''''
~o
~::; ..,
'" '" ...,
'" ""'''''
~~
I-
00 u ~
V)
..,. ;: ~ ~ !
II I I I I II II II I II II I II IIII
OJ FIGURE 7.5.:FootSwitchInstallation
GREEN
I,,'HITE
FULL GUARD BLACK
#522-\v'16-1
wIRING DIAGRAM
~ CDRDSET ff534-J4-3
BASEPAD #522-P1J-J
Ref. 71630 ............................ Foot Switch Installation ............................................................ Ref.

-1 66751 ............................ Foot Switch w/Guard + Cable ....................................................... 1
-2 34667 ............................ Retainer, Foot Switch 77/8 ........................................................... 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 8.1:ChassisCoverAssembly •
6PL~
~-r-+-IJ---+----+- I 4
NOTES:
1. (;)s USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE HARDWARE KIT.
Ref. 71451 ............................ Chassis Cover Assembly ........................................................... Ref

-1 71451-DWG ................. Chassis Covers Drawing ............................................................... 1
2 71451-HW .................... Hardware Kit, Chassis Covers ...................................................... 1
3 71340 ............................ Cover, Chassis Side ....................................................................... 2
4 71338 ............................ Cover, Chassis Rear ...................................................................... 1
5 71337 ............................ Cover, Chassis Front ..................................................................... 1
71451-HW .................... Hardware Kit, Chassis Covers ....................................................... .

1 71451-DWG ................. Dwg, Chassis Covers .................................................................... 1
2 BOW91666 ................... Nut, .25-20 Zinc PLT Acorn ....................................................... 20
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
\
FIGURE 9.1:FiberglassDoorAssembly
16
:3

Ref. 71392 ............................ Fiberglass Door Assembly ........................................................ Ref.
-1 71392-DWG ................. Fiberglass Door Assembly Drawing .............................................. 1
-2 71392-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 71198-1 ......................... Turret Cover, Left Side ................................................................. 1
4 71198-2 ......................... Turret Cover, Right Side ................................................................ 1
5 71773 ............................ Weldment, Turret Cover Mount Lower RH .................................. 1
6 71772 ............................ Weldment, Turret Cover Mount Lower LH .................................. 1
7 71771 ............................ Weldment, Turret Cover Mount Upper RH .................................. 1
8 71770 ............................ Weldment, Turret Cover Mount Upper LH .................................. 1
9 71275 ............................ Gas Shock Assembly, Cover ......................................................... 4
10 71741 ............................ Hinge,CoverDrilled ...................................................................... 4
11 71039 ............................ Turret TraylDoor Latch Plate ....................................................... 1
12 71774 ............................ Latch Bracket, Engine Side ........................................................... 1
13 71750 ............................ Bracket, Cover Mount RH ............................................................ 1
14 71742 ............................ Bracket, Cover Mount LH ............................................................ 1
15 71580 ............................ BoltPlate, Hinge ............................................................................ 4
16 71581 ............................ Gasket, Bolt Plate .......................................................................... 4
17 71756 ............................ Guard, Turret RH .......................................................................... 1
18 71757 ............................ Guard, TurretLH .......................................................................... 1
-19 71779 ............................ Cup Latch, Mod ............................................................................. 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 9.2:GasCoverShockAssembly •
Ref. 71275 .; .......................... Gas Cover Shock Assembly ......................................... ;........... Ref..
-1 71275-DWG ... :............. Gas Shock Assembly Drawing, Cover .......................................... 1
-2 71275-001 ..................... Gas Shock, 200LBS wlMale Ends ................................................ 1
-3 71275-002 ..................... End Fittings, Female Attachment ................................................... 2
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE lO.l:ManualInstallation
1 Q 0 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE lO.l:Manuallnstallation •
Ref. 71519 ............................ Manuallnstallation .................................................................... Ref.

-I 71519-DWG ................. ManuallnsiallationDrawing .......................................................... 1
2 71519-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
3 54699 ............................ Container, Manual Storage ............................................................ 1
4
5 92375-001 ..................... Operator's Manual ......................................................................... 1
6 A630-T60-01 ................ Manual,M-T60-01 OplMaintfParts ............................................... 1
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
6J!i~
~ FIGURE 11.1:Decal Kit, T60-01
~AI: 92375-003
pnll998
FIGURE 11.1:Decal Kit, T60-01 •

. .
Ref.' 71491 ............................ DecaIKit, T60-01 ...................................................................... Ref
-*1 71491-100 ..................... DecaIKit,M-T60-01 Essential ...................................................... 1
-*2 71491-DWG ................. InstallationDWG,DecaIM-T60-01 .............................................. 1
*3 67938-080 ..................... Decal, 80 PSI Tire Pressure ......................................................... .4
67938-075 ..................... Decal, 75 PSI ................................................................................ 4
*4 54984-004 ..................... Decal, Lift And Tie Down ............................................................. 4
*5 56023 ............................ Decal, 7.00" High Arrow ............................................................... 2
*6 56024 ............................ Decal, 2.50" High" Forward" ....................................................... 2
*7 21882-001 ..................... Decal, EI Hazard Keep Clear ........................................................ 2
*8 21849 ............................ Decal, Unleaded Gas Only ............................................................ 1
15376-012 ..................... Decal, Diesel ................................................................................. 1
*9 71799 ............................ Decal,HydraulicFluid ................................................................... 1
*10 71618 ............................ Decal, Lower Caution Boom ......................................................... 2
*11 54984-006 ..................... Decal, 110 Volt EXT To Platform ................................................. 1
*12 21079 ............................ Decal,LubeFitting ........................................................................ 1
-*13 71795 ............................ Decal, T60Transportation ............................................................. 1
*14 71614 ............................ Decal, Boom Upper Caution ......................................................... 1
*15 37958-500 ..................... Decal, 500 LB Rated Work Load ................................................. 2
*16 56034-500 ..................... Decal, 500LBS Rated Work Load ................................................ 1
*17 71826 ............................ Decal, Boom Down ....................................................................... 1
*18 38550 ............................ Decal, Platform Fall Arrest ........................................................... 2
*19 71369 ............................ Decal, Platform Control Box ......................................................... 1
*20 71370 ............................ Decal, Lower Control Box ............................................................ 1
. *21 71589 ............................ Decal, Error Code Turret .............................................................. 1
*22 71617 ............................ Decal, Ground Board Lights .......................................................... 1
*23 56033 ............................ Decal, 3.5" High Twin Stripes ........................................... 12.23LF
24 71765 ............................ Decal, T60Gry .............................................................................. 2
71765-1 ......................... Decal, T60 Blk ............................................................................... 2
25 55941-017 ..................... Decal, 17 x2.5" Condor Bird ........................................................ 1
26 55940-060 ..................... Decal, Condor 9 x 60 Gray ............................................................ 1
*27 71768 ............................ Decal, Boom Ext ........................................................................... 1
*28 71767 ............................ Decal, Boom Raised Fully ............................................................. 1
29 71785 ............................ Decal~otation Stop ...................................................................... 2
*30 71856 ............................ Caution Decal, Hi to Low Speed ................................................... 1
-50 15843 ............................ Nameplate,BoomIdentification .................................................... 1

51 56022 ............................ Decal, 4 x 4 ................................................................................... 2

*Indicates Items In Essential Decals
MANUAL 9237S'()()3
April 1998
FIGURE 11.1 :Decal Kit, T60-0 1
14
16
21 22
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 11.1:Decal Kit, T60-01 (/I)
,-
Ref. 71491 ............................ Decal Kit, T60':'01 ...................................................................... Ref
-*1 71491-100 ..................... Decal Kit, M-T60-0 1 Essential ...................................................... 1
*3 67938-080 ..................... Decal, 80 PSI Tire Pressure .....................................................'..... 4
67938-075 ..................... Decal, 75 PSI ................................................................................ 4
*5 56023 ............................ Decal, 7.00" High Arrow ............................................................... 2
15376-012 ..................... Decal, Diesel ................................................................................. 1
*9 71799 ............................ Decal,HydraulicFluid ................................................................... 1
*10 71618 ............................ Decal, Lower Caution Boom ......................................................... 2
*11 54984-006 ..................... Decal, 110 Volt EXT To Platform ................................................. 1
*12 21079 ............................ Decal, Lube Fitting ........................................................................ 1
-*13 71795 ............................ Decal, T60 Transportation ............................................................. 1
*17 71826 ............................ Decal, Boom Down .............•.......................... :.............................. 1
*18 38550 ...........•................ Decal, Platform Fall Arrest ........................................................... 2
*19 71369 ............................ Decal, Platform Control Box ......... ~............................................... 1
*21 71589 ............................ Decal, Error Code Turret .............................................................. 1
24 71765 ............................ Decal, T60Gry .............................................................................. 2
71765-1 ......................... Decal, T60 BIJ<;: ............................................................................... 2
25 55941-017 ..................... Decal, 17 x 2.5" Condor Bird ........................................................ 1
*27 71768 ............................ Decal, Boom Ext. .......................................................................... 1
29 71785 ............................ Decal, Rotation Stop ...................................................................... 2
*30 71 ~56 ............................ Caution Decal, Hi to Low Speed ................................................... 1

51 56022 ............................ Decal, 4 x 4 ................................................................................... 2

MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 11.1:Decal Kit, T60-01
~.
I II
Qg[[J[l]]QLR1 .
~
... - ~
4
@
~ '-----
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 11.1:Decal Kit, T60-01 •

Ref. 71491 ............................ Decal Kit, T60-01 ...................................................................... Ref
-*1 71491-100 ..................... DecaIKit, M-T60-01 Essential ...................................................... 1
*3 67938-080 ..................... Decal, 80 PSI Tire Pressure .......................................................... 4
67938-075 ..................... Decal, 75 PSI ................................................................................ 4
*5 56023 ............................ Decal, 7.00" High Arrow ............................................................... 2
15376-012 ..................... Decal, Diesel ................................................................................. 1
*9 71799 ............................ Decal, Hydraulic Fluid ................................................................... I
*10 71618 ............................ Decal, LowerCautionBoom ......................................................... 2
* 11 54984-006 ..................... Decal, 110 Volt EXT To Platform ................................................. 1
*12 21079 ............................ Decal,LubeFitting ........................................................................ 1
-* 13 71795 ............................ Decal, T60 Transportation ............................................................. 1
*17 71826 ............................ Decal, Boom Down ....................................................................... 1
*18 38550 ............................ Decal, Platform Fall Arrest ........................................................... 2
* 19 71369 .................... ;....... Decal, Platform Control Box ......................................................... 1
*21 71589 ............................ Decal, Error Code Turret .............................................................. 1
24 71765 ............................ Decal, T60 Gry .............................................................................. 2
71765-1 ......................... Decal, T60 Blk ............................................................................... 2
25 55941-017 ..................... Decal, 17 x2.5" Condor Bird ........................................................ 1
*27 71768 ............................ Decal, Boom Ext........................................................................... 1
29 71785 ............................ Decal, Rotation Stop ...................................................................... 2
*30 71856 ............................ Caution Decal, Hi to Low Speed ................................................... 1

51 56022 ............................ Decal, 4 x 4 ................................................................................... 2

MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
fBI FIGURE 12.1:A506NissanLP/GasDualFuel(Liquid)
REF STANDARD AIR

CLEANER
INTAKE HOSE
TO CARBURA TOR
FUEL LINE
TO CARBURA TOR
,~
12 2 PL
SEE NOTE 2
2 PL
TO PLATFORM
CONTROL BOX
53
21
SEE NOTE 4 2 Pl
.----++--- WA TER PUMP

WA TER JACKET
63
TO PLATFORM
CONTROL BOX 131'AI
3 TO OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH 31
TO ENGINE
CONTROL BOX ENGINE FRONT VIEW
61'
LP (LIQUID) TANK
NOTES:
1. ITEMS 4 & 5 ARE LOCATED IN PLTFRM CNTL BOX.
2. CONNECT A GROUND WIRE FROM EACH OF THE
GROUND SCREWS ON ITEM 1 (FIL TERLOCK BODY)
AND ITEM 2 (SHUTOFF VALVE BODY) TO AN
ACCEPTABLE GROUND SPOT ON ENGINE.
3. REF DWG 38356.
4. SPLICE "T" CONNECTOR IN EXISTING CARBURETOR/
DISTRIBUTOR VACUUM HOSE.
5. ITEMS 51 THRU 61 ARE PARTS OF ITEM 33 AND
ARE FOR REF ONL~
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 12.1:A506NissanLP/GasDualFuel(Liquid) •

Ref. 71729 ............................ A506 Nissan LP/Gas Dual Fuel (Liquid) ................................... Ref
1 51630 ............................ FilterLock FL-218 LP-Gas ............................................................ 1
2 68097 ............................ Valve, Gasoline Shut Off ............................................................... 1
-3 71725 ............................ Installation Dwg, Tank Assembly, LP Liquid ................................ 1
4 52029 ............................ Base + 2 NO Contacts .................................................................. 1
5 52670 .... :....................... Operator, 3 Pos Rot. ...................................................................... 1
6 71526 ............................ llliFC Installation, A506 Nissan ................................................... 1
-7 71729-DWG ................. InstallationDrawing,A506-TNSSN-l ........................................... 1
8 02453 ............................ Tee, FP6 FP6 FP6 ......................................................................... 1
9 BOWI1101-X ............... Elbow, Street 900 Brass 3/8 NPT ................................................. 3
10 04727 ............................ Straight, MS06 MP04 .................................................................... 2
11 02795 ............................ Connector, Male 114 NPT x 3/8 nc ............................................. 1
12 BOW24110 ................... Clamp, Hose 5/16-718 Dia ............................................................. 8
13 BOW36001 ................... Bolt, Hex .25-20 UNC x %/8 Lg ................................................... 2
14 BOW31201 ................... Nut, Hex .25-20 UNC ................................................................... 2
15 BOW36725 ................... Washer, Split Lock .25ID .............................................................. 2
16 BOWI1099-2 ................ Nipple, .125 NPTx 2.00 Brass ...................................................... 1
17 37084 ............................ Bracket Weldment, LPlFuel Tanks ............................................... 1
18 BOW31144 ................... Screw, Socket Rd #10-32 UNF x .50 ........................................... 1
19 BOW13350 ................... Bushing, 3/8 x 1/4 .......................................................................... 1
20 BOW00282 ................... Connector, T 25 x .18 x .18 ........................................................... 1
21 BOW09757 ................... Tubing, Vacuum .25 ID Low Pressure ................................... lLF.
22 BOWl 1573 ................... Hose Barb, 114 NPT x 114 ID ....................................................... 1
23 BOWI1100 ................... Street Elbow, 1/4 NPT .................................................................. 1
24 02458 ............................ Tee, MP04 FP04 FP04 .................................................................. 1
25 BOWI0838 ................... Elbow, 45 0 • 125NPT Street Brass ................................................. 1
26 BOWI3348 ................... Bushing, 1/4x 118M ...................................................................... 1
27 67957 ............................ Filter, Fuel Inline Bubble ................................................................ 1
28 02699 ............................ Straight, MP06-MP06 .................................................................... 1
29 38501-076.00 ................ Hose Assembly, #06 04167 LPG .................................................. 1
30 66818 ............................ Hose, Bulk #10 LPG .......................................................... 2.33LF.
31 66833 ............................ LP Kit, Nissan HIS ....................................................................... 1
32 38708 ............................ Clamp, Loom 1.. 50 Dia .5 Hole ..................................................... 1
33 67280 ............................ Bosch Relay .................................................................................. 1
34 BOW31233 ................... Nut, Keps #10-32 UNF ................................................................. 1
51 66833-026 ..................... Switch, Vacuum Dual Fuel ....................................................... Ref.

52 66833-010 ..................... Vaporizer Regulator Liquid ...................................................... Ref.
53 66833-029 ..................... Hose Barb, #06 x Male 114-19 ns ........................................... Ref.
54 66833-013 ..................... Clamp, Hose 3/4 to 13/4 Dia ................................................... Ref.
55 66833-005 ..................... Hose, 3/8 ID Fuel Line ............................................................. Ref.
56 66833-005 .................... , Hose, 3/8 ID Fuel Line ............................................................. Ref.
57 66833-023 ..................... Carburator Adapter, LPG ......................................................... Ref.
58 66833-012 ..................... Clamp, Hose 2 ID to 2.25 ID ................................................... Ref.
59 66833-007 ..................... Hose Barb, #10 x 3/8 NPT ...................................................... Ref.
60 66833-027 ..................... Elbow, Male 1/4 NPT x 3/8 nc ............................................... Ref.
61 66833-030 ..................... Hose Barb, #06 x Male MI0-1.25 ns ..................................... Ref.
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
• FIGURE 12.2 :4WDManifoldInstallation
4 5 2PL
---- ---- ----

----
I I
I I
II
I I I I
I I
--~
I I
I I I I
I I
I I
_______u_______ _ I I
NOTES
1. 0 IS USED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE FITTING KIT.
L., <::) IS uSED TO CALL OUT PIECE PARTS FOR THE HARDWARE KIT.
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
FIGURE 12.2:4WDManifoldlnstallation •

Ref. 71455 ............................ 4WDManifoldlnstallation ........................................................ Ref.
-1 71455-DWG ................. Assembly Drawing, Drive Manifold .............................................. 1
-2 71455-FTG .................... FittingKit ....................................................................................... 1
-3 71455-HW .................... Hardware Kit ................................................................................ 1
4 71424 ............................ Drive Manifold BracketWeldment ............................................... 1
5 71048 ............................ DriveManifold,4WD .................................................................... 1

2 BOW39106 ................... Bolt, 1I2-13UNCx 1.50"L ............................................................. 4
3 BOW34284 ................... Nut, 1I2-13UNC Stop Elastic ........................................................ 4
4 BOW30053 ................... Bolt, 3/8-16UNC x 7/8"L ............................................................... 2
5 BOW31327 ................... Washer, 3/8"ID Split Lock ............................................................. 2

2 04051 ............................ Straight,MJI0MOI2 .................................................................... 4
3 00267 ............................ Straight,MJI2MOI2 .................................................................... 4
4 02579 ............................ Straight, MJ16M016 .................................................................... 2
5 00456 ............................ Straight, MJ04 M006 .................................................................... 2
6 00344 ............................ Tee, MJ04 FJ04 MJ04 ................................................................... 3

II IPOC/-T6D-/
MANUAL 92375-003
April 1998
---------------------------------------------------,
SH SHEtt i! F'Oiri:
CONTINUING CfJtH:ClIDNS 1I'1"~0I1l11lil1Kl
d
GROUND BOX ~ s:!t JOt Ie riI ~
OiL PRES'Iua' UAlIi£

~ I. ""/IIC SHIELK. CAll.
THItOVGH 100M
LI-
VIllII£I£R
1ClII11£1£R
I
vUltr A Dr
c..lllllDllliIt
GROUND tILTs(N~ ~----------------~
CONTROLLER ". ''''-L;.
BOARD f'---"1FI''-'-Hr::-1I--!-_ _..JIFI
LI'--{i.fiO-.---lI' ('£RC£N(I PUI'I' IIJIER
.llVIlC......MH~ ,fa
I I .1 til
r--+----++-...L-Htt.:.:::Je>+~.:...-----------....!_i (MERGENCY P.... !;(LAY COIL
I
Iil
r-~------+--~~ ~
'-"I.:"--~-'1~""~ __
1
I LI-I1(0"[oOIUO£ 'VIlCH
__________-!-----' OIL PRESM( ,wITCH
rl+-+---+--------+--!!!lI'I'---<'~,..fI' OIL PRESSua' SENSIR
_""t :r
1iIWGl[ KIIIIOIItAIJ PI!-iPS . "'- ._- I

't.~ ._~
LO- .----+---l--1~1 I
~ L::i~ ::::'1 :::
OfL/tCMP $'WItO«A::I
[ . .11IIt Oil PIl(SIM(lA4 p;e-:M, ao. [I_ cr. fl.I u:

" .... '-------------+- TO ACTUAfOil ON CM.
It.IeCC
QPG.
'------------+-10 ACTUAtQIII ON I:M,
~:.~~ ~~L~~[W
tn'D. DIL TUp1.tA51 pr-li
SYSl~:f~.i~_::~~:~?~ - snrtllvIUIIII';(IJ'."
+'V!iIC tMllt£rJ
L-_
a I
CIICIIIIIILDJr«OOSJF'to'
llli::~~= ~::~
r.t.OV Pt.LG~ ... ... « F. II{ttllkt Kl!lIIlllltl\ aFIIN
n GlIII DC
..... 0Pt" ~~~::! "toJl
UL JL.Ulvur
r==t====j======j==j :::;;:-- _n
r 1'IM:1IIJd:t
MGLt1 • t/tl
'" .Jt *
I:.t
II[QtAlS
JX
~-=-~ ~='-_______
'''.I;;~_ _ _ _ _ _
~C::Al
_to. ~UQN - I lU.S N1I2
1-+--+---+--IlIIIWAIX ~ "V .IQOI t .lna 1In£
f-:+-:l l".:-:..",:-+---+--i::::. -:'IN II c::J T-ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

NO. IItv.
71675 A
Lnt. D.ft.N. NO. DAtt oV'II'R. ~ SCAL[ , .. , .Of.
~--~---.--------------
SHIELD (CUT SHIELD AT PLATFORM AND DD NOT CONN£Cl 10 GROUNDl BC

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
PLATFORM BOX 0
!
!a
II
• mu ....
mERlffl
(
lIf1ITSllI'lI00 ~~ o--....J...-
36
l ~r{o I
CI-8 25BlK BC
2A • 5.IK Sl.
l BLK BC
08 5.IK Sl. J PlAlfIl<ML[1/11M 54 I
2 /,~~ PLAlrROH PANNH
LIGHTS (OPTION)
I
...J""',.
P1Alfll<M l[Vllll'_ \5 J I
14 C8 VHllE 36 (j PLATrROM BEACON
£lGIl (OPTION)
D1$~lIf111 PlAI£JlltIRlllAltft ..2 I 1
_.1O..\llill. ~ A1f1llM IllllAlf IT~ ~
.J.-O--.- EM. SlOP
36 2/1" 1 J CH 3 RED Be
112m2 5.1 KJt4 PUS
A)l.[ lIf11HlI'1100 1')8 [I{Rflt{y PIJf 5 4-L3 36 I CI~2 36 GRN Be
iflj\lE
1131113 J J
-lIMO I
IA~Q II\CHII{ f1J(llll1 SI'fID If J~~
(ji
J
~
alli_1l J
~,
CI-3 36 BLK
41M1i STEfJ«II'llIJO ~v J 2
- -~-~- ---" . - --
ruB Sl[£R<IlPTI!IO (S L
BlACK
2A , ~AK Sl. fI1RII 11 4-LL

~ USE JUMPER FOR 2 'w'HEEL ONL Y I
.-------,
1')) 15.\ KJ( J [1GtI[ 1lI 4 I
1
I
J'2A DISPLAY LIGHT POIIER
DISP. LIGHT GROUND I;~:; 12'>1 ifljlJ[
b J ftr.11f STARI 4
30
..t 5 48 CI-6 4B 'JHT
GIIW
TILT ALARM<DOIl
AXEL LlGHTS(D02)
rs=r
JP6-6
JPS-5
i I'lII
!iftA
18
1A111£
1IH11
IAIIl[
,,"0"1(1
6 0
ENGINE L1GHTS(D03)
P LA TFORM SYSTEM GROUND ~ .1').
JP6-2 ; W
IAIIl
-.
I1RIl -1lM1lI 51 3 I
CONTROLLER STEERSTEER RIGHHDlD
LEFHDl2)
IJ'I-J
JPI-2 11 IAIIl[ 2A • 5{K Sl. WlII4\lTQ[!3 J
.1
BOAR D JOYSTICKS GROUND IJPJ_I

11')1
4
\MIl
\MIlE
15\1 I J 36 I
DRIVE(AIll IJPH 16 51 RSl..J
II< 1AII1E
m CH DI VHf Be
SIIING(AI3) II~:~
BOOM UPIDOIIN(AI2) IS \MIl[
..AFmOIiPlBO
BOOM EXT IREHAI4) JPJ 6

_
JlBCAI5) IJPJ- 5
JOYSTICKS +5 VDC 1..1'3-10 iZA \IIl1£
16
116
lffllil
\MIl( I \lHEN JIB NOT USED
TIE \lIRE #26 TO #6
USE JUMPER If SENSOR R1NG NOT USE D
BI CI-5 D2YEL BC
« >li\J[ fOm S"'ITCH CABlE 12 GA/Je
LIGHTS (Dl3) ..1'1-3 >Ii\[ l 'JHI ~ BLK •
PLATFORM lEVEL ON (Dl4) ~
~romS\lITCH
PLATFORM LEVEL UP<DlS) IJPI -5 S IAII!
-L I I CI-7 17A GRN
PLATFORM ROTATE CII(DI6) JPI - 6
PLATFORM ROTATE cel/wl]) ~
i IAIII!
'llllE
~3 4
171
I 171 I P2D ( D
AUXIlARY PUMP<DI8) JPH
\MII[ C1O.RlK
Vlfl[ SOISlJl RING 16 GA/SC SHIELOCD CABLE
MACHINE FUNCTION SPEED<D19) In-I 1JII[~1J(1lI'1~)
4 llHEEL STEER<Dl9) IJP2- 2 Wl! THROUGH BOOM
CRAB STEER(AI7) IJP3-2 IAIIl!
\MIl! 1]( P2£ CIO VHT
HIlRN<DIl1l 1J'2-3
ENGINE [JH(DIl2) IJP2-.
ENGINE STARHD1l31
4A
l
'llllE
VHlIL
t5}
CHOKE/OlDIi PLUG(Dl14) I::~~ 51 Wl(
ENGINE THROTTLE(Dl1S) JP2 7I - l3 'IIIf[
\IIl1£
I SENSOR RING UMIl ru ...... '-f)
OCl(")("XU
"V1
""d
SYSTEM POIIER (+12 VDCl Ij;h- m WI
1{,
SVITCH (OPTION)
DATA TRANSMIT IJP4 -5 I ""
:r;
DATA RECEIVE 1;4-.
roOT $II/PUMP STROKE<Dl16) 1J'2-S
112 IAlllE
7A WI!: I SEE SHEET IJ[B(
'"
I
TEMP, SENSOR(A16) JP3 3 - lS IAIITf I; .(0).1<1"
+12VDC IJP6 -; CONIlNUING CIJNN[CTlIINS
+12 VDC JPS - I ~IIEO
AKll(lf. S[HSIJ/IlI'l\1Ji)
GROUND JPH
i
,
... =
"'''''
= . tFIO'otN...c:L)L1oQ{ AXLE PROx. S~JTCH
~ .. ~ HIGH SP[ED SOlENllID

NOTES
I THIS IS THE CONDOR BUILT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
~C~TO SEE 71311 FOR THE PROTOTYPE ElECTRCAL
,."'" GROUtID TO CHASSIS
"* :::::-.. 2. UNLESS OTHER'w'lSE SPECIFIED' All DIODE ARE' MR756
" .,"* ;::: T . AXLE LOCK VALVE .2
STEER VAL V£ I
3. ALL S'w'ITCHES AND CONTACTS SHO'w'N 'w'ITH THE MACH1NE
IN THE STO'w'ED POSITION,
". ~- STEER VAL VI: 2
.. -"
.~.
,.-,,,
...,
"'-
IIRAK[
GROUND TO CHASS IS
UNDER CARRIAG: 1I1R11li

-----.---------------f-------,
p
_t
I
I
~
STerR
,-tn
., "
.3 .,;;;-I--+A;!:=--
J" XlE
LOVtR
GIG'"
OCR
RD1"TE;;
~~ [~r" __________- J
Pl.."Tr0tf4
1--------- ; J -----·--h RELIEF VAlVeS

$[1 Al :JQGIPSI
02
(®) .... rllll
L...J
:>-
52
=
--'
L.....J
L...J
:::t:
:)111:
-'
~
.. 3 y. =
>=
a..
=
---....
=:r-
_ _ .. rr- ~~ --"~-.- .- ...
_ ,f1J;.,----==--==="'--j
_ . - .'"
-
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC, T SERIES
,,,-
71674
'------------_._-----_. -------_._---.
•
NOTES:
1. VENDOR SHALL TAG EACH HOSE ASSY AT BOTH ENDS WITH A LABEL STATING
a'~
,,«;- ,,«;- KIT PIN - DWG REV - ITEM NUMBER
b<'? '),'? '),'? EXAMPLE: 71015-A-l0 WOULD MEAN FROM
~'0\ ~'0\ ~'0\ HOSE KIT: "71015"
b< '),
OWG REV: "A"
c.}'? b< c.}'? 9'? ITEM H: "10"
A~
.t' o/'.t' C~·"
"(-'?
LENGTHS ON ITEMS 26-31 ON THE A653- 1 OPTION TO BE PROTOTYPED.
ct 2.
j2
31
55712-XXX
1---- f--.
56712-XXX
---
A1.00
1.00
~
(Q~ c)-
/'f -(-0
,,'0 coO h<V
/ 'f -(-0 /"-(-0
h<V
*,,,.
EA
EA
HOSE ASSY, H06 65645 JJ7 ST--90'
HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 JJ7 ST-90'
! - - - - - - - _ .__ ._--------_..-
4 STEER VALVE
4 STEER VALVE
ROT ARY COUPLING
ROTARY COUPLING
~
1--
.30 66712-XXX 1.00 , EA HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 J.37 ST -90' STEER VALVE END STEER CYL
~
29 56712-XXX 1.00 : EA HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 JJ7 S1 -90' 4 S1EER VALVE END STEER CYL
28 66712-XXX 1.00 r- EA HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 J.,7 51-90' RIGHT STEER CYL RIGHT STEER CYL
t---
,
27 56712-XXX 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 J37 ST -90' LEFT STEER CYL RIGHT STEER CYL
26 55595-155.00 1.00 r 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, (104 56646 J37 ST-ST RIGHT FRONT DRIVE MOTOR BRAKE DRIVE MANIFOLD BRAKE
25 55.158-152.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, HlO 66743 J37 STM-90' RIGHT FRONT DRIVE MOTOR BOTTOM 90 DRIVE MANIFOLD M.'I 90
24 55.158-153.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #10 6674.) ,}37 STM-90' RIGHT FRONT DRIVE MOTOR TOP 90 DRIVE MANIFOLD M4 90
CASE #3 RIGHT
23 66700-143.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 J37 ST-ST,} RIGHT FRONT DRIVE ROTARY COUPLING ST.)
DRA.IN INSIDE TEE
CASE #'''' RIGHT
22 66700-152.50 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #06 66645 J37 ST -ST.} LEFT FRONT DRIVE MOTOR ROTARY COUPLING ST,)
DRAIN INSIDE TEE
-.
21 56596-147.00 1.00 I 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, (104 66646 J37 ST-ST LEFT FRONT DRIVE MOTOR BRAKE DRIVE MANIFOLD BRAKE
20 65368-141.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, Hl0 66743 ,LH STM-90' LEFT FRONT DRIVE MOTOR BOTTOM 90 DRIVE MANIFOLD M5
19 65368-133.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #10 6674.) ,1.37 STM-90' LEFT FRONT DRIVE MOTOR TOP 90 DRIVE MANIFOLD M6
18 65.'169-036.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, H16 65555 ,1.37 ST-90' DRIVE MANIFOLD A 90 ROTARY COUPLING #1
17 71687 1.00 1.00 1.00 REF HARDLlNEH16, MANIFOLD/ROTARY DRIVE MANIFOLD B ROTARY COUPLING #2
16 66712-058.00 1.00 I 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #06 66645 J37 ST -90' DRIVE MANIFOLD T 90 ROTARY COUPLING #4 90
15 66596-058.00 1.00 ! 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #04 66646 J37 ST -ST RIGHT REAR DRIVE MOTOR BRAKE 90 DRIVE MANIFOLD BRAKE
14 55358-04.).50 1.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #10 66743 J37 STM-90' RIGHT REAR DRIVE MOTOR BOTTOM 90 DRIVE MANIFOLD MR2 90
1.) 65.168-035.50 1.00 I 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY. #10 66743 J37 STM-90' RIGHT REAR DRIVE MOTOR TOP 90 DRIVE MANIFOLD M2 90
I CASE #3 RIGHT
HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 J37 ST -ST,) RIGHT REAR DRIVE MOTOR ROTARY COUPLING ST
12 66700-087.00 1.00
I 1.00 1.00 EA
DRAIN OUTSIDE
CASE H3 LEFT
11 66700-087.00 1.00 I 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #06 66645 J.~7 ST-STJ LEFT REAR DRIVE MOTOR
DRAIN
ROTARY COUPLING
OUTSIDE
ST,)
10 66596 - 058. 00 1.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, H04 66546 J37 ST-ST LEFT REAR DRIVE MOTOR BRAKE DRIVE MANIFOLD BRAKE
9 65.168-0.'14.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, Hl0 66743 ,)37 STM-90' LEFT REAR DRIVE MOTOR BOTTOM 90 DRIVE MANIFOLD MRl 90
-a 55.168-035.50
1--
1.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #10 5674.3 ,).17 STM-90' LEFT REAR DRIVE MOTOR TOP 90 DRIVE MANIFOLD M1 90
7 56712-054.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, 1/05 66645 J37 ST -90' 2 STEER VALVE Vl 90 ROTARY COUPLING #5
6 56712-052.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, H06 65645 JJ7 ST-90' 2 STEER VALVE V2 90 ROTARY COUPLING #6
5 66712-028.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #06 66645 J37 ST-90' 2 STEER VALVE C2 90 END STEER CYL CAP
4 I 1.00 HOSE ASSY. #06 66645 JJ7 ST-90'
65712-028.50 1.00 1.00 EA 2 STEER VALVE C1 90 END STEER CYL CAP
3 66712-0:S0.50 1.00 I 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, (106 66645 JJ7 ST-90' RIGHT STEER CYL ROD 90 RIGHT STEER CYL CAP
2 66712-0.30.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 J37 ST-90' LEFT STEER CYL ROD 90 RIGHT STEER CYL CAP
1 71015-DWG 1.00 I
'--
1.00 1.00 EA HOSE KIT DWG, CHASSIS
LOCATION A PORT HOSE END LOCATION B PORT HOSE END
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY QTY QTY UM DESCRIPTION
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED:
DIVISION or TIME MfG. CO.
TOLERANCES:
FRACTIONS
ANGLES
*1/16
'*
l'
D£C'MALS
.X
.XX
'* .1
:t .0.1
~ 8300 IUPER!AL DRIVE
WACO. TEXAS 16712
J(:XX :.t .010 TITLE

SURF ACE fiNISH .~
PROJECTION Of VlEW$ @c.::J HOSE KIT INST DWG, CHASSIS
A
-
11851
LlR. D.C.N. NO.
11629
DATE
4/16/96
APPR_
JHB
All OIW(NSlCJotS ARE IN INCHES
ORA.WN
CHECKED
K SNYDER 1/8/97 8I DRAWlNe NO
71015 IREA
-_.
LlR. D.R.N. NO. DATE APPR. APPROVED JH8 ~/16/9" SCALE 1/1 I SHEET 1 OF 1
-
7
4
~·OI8
I '
i
NOTES:
1. VENDOR SHAll TAG EACH HOSE ASSY AT BOTH ENOS WITH A LABEL STATING
KIT PIN - DWG REV - I TEM NUMBER
EXAMPLE: 71619-51O-A-10 WOULD MEAN FROM
HOSE KIT: "71619-510"
DWG REV: "A"
'0':> 5 00 6 : ITEM H: "'0"
'O~\'i;j '0(,)
!> I
00: 4
",!Ii ".,0\ . , -"2l :
t- t- '"
/
'}'<> ~"',
~
". .!f
~() ~,
/ -I...
R-~
",.::5
flY
BULKHEAD ON TURRET
,~ ~<v ,~ ~<v
,\,'O.p ,\''0 -<-(,)
.32
31
30
29
66696-090.00
66696-090.00
66748-025.50
66748-025.50
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
::< 1.00
1.00
EA
EA
EA
EA
HOSE ASSY, H04 66646 .J]7 ST-ST
HOSE ASSY, H04 66646 .J.n ST-ST
HOSE ASSY, H04 66646 ,B7 ST-45
HOSE liSSY, 604 66646 J]7 ST-45
BULKHEAD ON TURRET
TURRET ROTATION MOTOR

(8) .JIB RET
(7) .JIB EXT
><
~
32
31
30
29
:><
:><
B7
A7
A6
B6
28 66698-085.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE I\SSY, H06 66645 J37 ST-ST
LIFT CYL
RET :::><: 28 :::><: A5
27 66698-086.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY. H06 66645 .J.~7 5T-ST EXT ..><: 27 ~ 85
26 66698-121.50 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 J37 ST-ST
EXT CYL
RET
>< 26 ..><: 84
25
24
66697-120.50
66696-086.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
EA
EA
HOSE I\SSY. H08 66675 .J.17 ST-ST
HOSE ASSY. H04 66646 .J.17 ST·-ST
EXT
(6) ROTATE CCW
><
:::><:
25
24
><
:::><:
A4
A.3
LOWER CONTROL VALVE
..-
23 66696-086.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE liSSY, H04 66646 .l.l7 ST-ST
---- BULKHEAD ON TURRET
(5) ROTATE CW >< 23 >< B.3
22
21
66696-086.00
66696-086.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
EA
EA
HOSE ASSY. 1104 66646 .1.17
HOSE ASSY, #04 66646 ,J.)7 ST -ST
ST-ST (4) CYL RET @ TEE
(3) CYL EXT @ TEE
><
:::><:
22
21
><
:::><:
82
A2
20 66698-0.36.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY. #06 66645 ,1.)7 ST-ST 7
>< 20 :::><: X
19 66698-0.32.75 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 ,137 ST -ST 6 >< 19 >< Al
18
17
66698-036.00
66712-044.50
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
EA
EA
HOSE ASSY, H06 66645 J]7 ST-ST
HOSE ASSY. H06 66645 J37 ST-90 ROTARY COUPLING
5
4
>< 18
17
.:><: 81
FILTER
HYD TANK
16 66718-044.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, H12 66708 J.37 ST-90 .3 16 RETURN
15 65369-049.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #16 65.366 J.37 ST-90 2 15 8
14 65369-046.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #16 65.366 .J.37 ST -90 1 14 A
13 66718-086.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #12 66708 .J37 ST -90 FILTER 13 CASE DRAIN
HYO TANK MAIN ENGINE PUMP
12 65369-068.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #16 65.366 ,J.37 ST-90 SUCTION 12 IN
11 65403-014.50 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, 610 66706 .1.37 ST-45 IN 11 OUT
HI PRESSURE FIL TER
10 66711-014.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, 11'0 66706 ,J.37 ST-90 OuT 10 RETURN
9 66766-017.50 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, H08 66675 J37 ST-45 EMERGENCY PUMP OUT 9 P
8 66711-073.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, HlO 66706 ,J.37 ST-90 PIGGY BACK PUMP OUT 8 P LOWER CONTROL VALVE
7 66713-074.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, HOB 66675 J.37 ST-90 HYD TANK FtL TER 7 T
6 66718-062.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #12 66708 J.37 ST-90 PIGGY BACK PUMP IN 6 SUCTION
5 66697-036.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #08 66675 J37 ST-ST EMERGENCY PUMP IN :::><: 5 :::><: SUCTION HYO TANK
4 66699-080.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, 1104 66646 J37 ST-90 CASE DRAIN 4 FILTER
.3 66699-064.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY. 1104 66646 J]7 ST-90 MASTER LEVELING CYL RET .3 (2) CYL RET @ TEE
BULKHEAD ON TURRET
2 66699 -065. 00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, 1104 66646 ,J.~7 5T-90 EXT 2 (1 ) CYL EXT @ TEE
1 71619-DWG 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE KIT DWG, TURRET HOSE ITEM HOSE
LOCATION A PORT PORT LOCATION B
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY <lTY UM DESCRIPTION END H END
UNLESS OTH£R'MS£ N01'£D:
TOlERANCES:
FJ;ACnoNS
ANGlES
5UllF~C£
*
I/'~
± \.
nO!IH . ,/ @c:::J
.X
.xx
.XXX
..,
OEClIoIALS
:t .O~
± .010 TITL£
~
D1V1SiONor TIME MFC. CO.
8300 IIAPERIAL CRIV[
WACO. TEXAS 15712
B 11B51
A 5/5/98
PRDJ[CllON DF VIEWS HOSE KIT DWG, TURRET
JHB
BI
11B09 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INC
,/e/97
UR. D.C.N. NO. DArr APPR. DRAWN K SNYDER DRAWINC NO.
71619 IREB
- '1712 4/2ft/98 JHB _<.1(£1)
LIR. a.R.N. NO. DATE APPR. AP""!W£D JHB 4/28/98 SCALE 1/1 JSHEtT 1 OF 1
~
1. VENDOR SHALL TAG EACH HOSE ASSY AT 80TH ENDS WITH A LABEL STATING
KIT PIN - DWe REV - ITEM NUM8ER
EXAMPLE: 71620-T60-A-l0 WOULD MEAN FROM
HOSE KIT: "71620- T60"
Dwe REV: "A"
~~ ITEM #: "10"
,,(Q ,roO
o~ o~
'<)0 '<)0
~.$" ,*,,'"
1010 f.J~ 100 f.J<V
/'" ~o /'" ~o
9 66044-674.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #04 67685 ,)37 ST-ST JIB EXT ST 9 ST ,JIB EXT
BULKHEAD @ TIP BOOM BULKHEAD @ TURRET
8 66044-674.00 1.00 EA HOSE AS5Y, #04 67685 ,)37 ST-ST JIB RET ST 8 ST JIB RET
7 66044-024.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #04 67685 J37 ST -ST SLAVE EXT ST 7 ST EXT
IN TOP OF TIP BOOM SLAVE CYL
6 66001-024.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #04 67685 J37 ST -90' SLAVE RET ST 6 90' RET
5 66044- 724.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, 604 67685 ,J37 ST -ST SLAVE EXT ST 5 ST SLAVE EXT
ON TOP OF TIP BOOM
4 66044-724.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, #04 67685 J37 ST -ST SLAVE RET ST 4 ST SLAVE RET
BULKHEAD @ TURRET
3 66044-672.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE A55Y, #04 67685 J37 ST -ST ROTATE ST 3 ST ROTATE
BULKHEAD @ TIP 800M
2 66044-672.00 1.00 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, 604 67685 J37 ST-ST ROTATE ST 2 5T ROTATE
1 71620-Dwe 1.00 1.00 EA INST Dwe, HOSE KIT, BOOM HOSE 1 HOSE
LOCATION A PORT PORT LOCATION B
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY QTY UM DESCRIPTION END ITEM END
. ,.
UNLESS OTH£RWtS£ NOTED:
DIVISION OF nilE liFe. co.
lCIlERANC£S:
F'RAC'TlONS:t.
ANQ.£S
1/16
DECI..AlS
.X •• 1
,xx ± .O.l
~ 8:500 IMPERIAL DRIVE
WACO. TEXAS 76712
.xxx ;t .010 TITLE

SURfACE fINISH '''';
PROJECTION Of" 'f1E*S @c:::J HOSE KIT, BOOM T60/66,)
-
A
LTR
11886
D.C.N. NO.
11700
OATE
4/11/98 .IHB
ALL DIMENstmlS ARE IN INCHES
APPR. DRAWN
CHECKEO
K SNYDER 4/H/ift B ,DRAWING NO.
71620 IREA
UR. O.R.N. NO. DATE APPR. APPRO'f[O JHB 4/17/98 SCALE 1/1 I SHEET 1 OF 1
NOTES:
1. VENDOR SHALL TAG EACH HOSE ASSY AT BOTH ENDS ~TH A LABEL STATING
KIT PiN - DWG REV - ITEM NUMBER
EXAMPLE: 71621-5TD-A-l0 WOULD MEAN FROM
:<-.
.p((- HOSE KIT: "71621-STD"
DWG REV: "A"
-$>\'? .p((-:<-. ITEM g: "10"
'.S <:;) '?
fJ~' c.,"'~'
",'"
CO'1-
,,\'" -<,-0
f.J«'- *' ,,\'" -.!-<,-0f.J«'-*'
CO'1-
C><
7 66001-061.00 1.00 EA H05E A5SY, g04 67685 J37 5T-90' JIB CYL EXT 90' 7 ST BULKHEAD ON TIP BOOM
6 66001-062.00 1.00 EA' H05E ASSY, 1104 67685 ,).37 5T-90' JIB CYL RET 90' 6 ST BULKHEAD ON TIP BOOM
66001-152.00 1.00 EA H05E A5SY, g04 67685 ,)37 5T -90'
5 DUAL P.O. CHECK VALVE 90' 5 5T BULKHEAD ON TIP BOOM
66001-037.00 >< 1.00 EA HOSE ASSY, g04 67685 ,)37 ST -90'
4
66001-152.00 1.00 :><::: EA HOSE A5SY, g04 67685 ,)37 5T-90'
~UAL P.O. CHECK VALVE 90' 4 5T BULKHEAD ON TIP BOOM
66001-037.00 ::::><:: 1.00 EA H05E A55Y, g04 67685 ,)37 5T-90'
+ 66001- 016. 00
66001-016.00
~ 1-71621-DWG
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
EA
EA
EA
HOSE AS5Y, 1104 67685 ,)37 ST-90'
HOSE ASSY. g04 67685 J37 ST-90'
HOSE KIT OWG, SKIRT T-SERIES
DUAL P.O. CHECK VALVE
DUAL P.O. CHECK VALVE
LOCATION A PORT
HOSE
END
5T
5T
3
2
ITEM
g
90'
90'
HOSE
END PORT
LEFT ACTUATOR
RIGHT ACTUATOR
LOCATION B
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY QTY UM DESCRIPTiON
UNL(SS OTHERWISE NOTED:
or
OI'VtSION TUdE MF'O. CO.
TOlERANCES:
fRACTIONS ±
ANOLES ±
1/'16
l'
.X
.XX
DEClWAlS
* .1
•• OJ
~ 6.100 IMPERIAL ORI\'!:
WACO. TEXAS 76712
.XXX ± .010 TITLE

SURFACE FlNISH "':I
PROJECnClN Of "rws ®c::J INST DWG, JIB/SKIRT HOSE KIT
A 11809
LTR. D.C.I\!. NO.
- 11712
DATE
4/28/98 ,)HB
AU. DIIENSlClNS ARE IN INCHES
APPR. DR.....
CHECKED
K SNYDER I/M/97 8 rRAW!I\IG NO.
71621 fA
LTR. C.R.N. NO. DATE APPR. APPROVED JHB 4/28/98 SCALE 1/1 ISHEET 1 OF 1
r---
S£E' SH£ET t! FOR
CONTINUING CONNt{;T10NS
"
I IFlI1Jil ft!AlIi Pm«
GROUND BOX j
<Nt> I
f't,f;L. OF'7J1lN S. .... 'TCH (JHSTAt.L it futl. OPHON>
I
16 GA/SC SHJELOCD CABLE
THPOVGH BOOM
GROUND
CONTROLLER
"'Jevpc/P'wM(H~
C..:RGENCY P\M' MIJlOl1
.)i?"vOClP'vM1-'
+ti?YJICISY-1Ttl'l r-I-----r-r--!.J!:tJ~!!!L~------=----~..J~ D£RGENEy PIIIOP R£lAY COIL
"Ji?"vDC/1XIO-3
"1eVJlCtDI.:M~1
+)i!' ... DC,/roa-ll
o1eYlIt/lQll-15
+1i!'Vl'lC/00I6-1'
PR£SSUI>( SENSOl1
'-----'-----+- TO DlSlRI8IJlDi
'-----------~-TD ACTUAlDR' I»l tAIl.

'-___________+-_T' IoCt~'fUIl' ON CAll"
UNUlAIlER VAl vr
UlItlJQIISGPlIIO
HIGH SPtCI) SIl..£1CI11l
stu:. RIGH'
$Tttft Len
1IV.t. ROTATt RI6IfT
PLAT. ttVEl Lf'
-
Jmm
Pt,.,/IIT. Ltvtl
"I"" rowvNtD
........
Jt1vt Rtvam:
.....
SVlWG RI(ioIT
tvtlCi Len
JOlIt[ltTtJI(TfI1I'(JItJRTIQHllJl
JU UP (O'l1J]H)
..If» ilO'WH (OP1011
JIIICtItllTtNII
..... lItffl"Cl
AXU: LOCk I COPTltJO

A>lt.£: LOCK e (QPTlQN)
STErR VAl vt lClPTlON)
'S1tER- V/llt.V£ 2<£PTJOW
BltAKt v ... vt
C~SIS CPf)Ute
CHA$SJ$ GR1JI..tND
~--~---.--------------
SHIELD (CUT SHIELD AT PLATFORM AND DD NOT CONN£Cl 10 GROUNDl BC

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
PLATFORM BOX 0
!
!a
II
• mu ....
mERlffl
(
lIf1ITSllI'lI00 ~~ o--....J...-
36
l ~r{o I
CI-8 25BlK BC
2A • 5.IK Sl.
l BLK BC
08 5.IK Sl. J PlAlfIl<ML[1/11M 54 I
2 /,~~ PLAlrROH PANNH
LIGHTS (OPTION)
I
...J""',.
P1Alfll<M l[Vllll'_ \5 J I
14 C8 VHllE 36 (j PLATrROM BEACON
£lGIl (OPTION)
D1$~lIf111 PlAI£JlltIRlllAltft ..2 I 1
_.1O..\llill. ~ A1f1llM IllllAlf IT~ ~
.J.-O--.- EM. SlOP
36 2/1" 1 J CH 3 RED Be
112m2 5.1 KJt4 PUS
A)l.[ lIf11HlI'1100 1')8 [I{Rflt{y PIJf 5 4-L3 36 I CI~2 36 GRN Be
iflj\lE
1131113 J J
-lIMO I
IA~Q II\CHII{ f1J(llll1 SI'fID If J~~
(ji
J
~
alli_1l J
~,
CI-3 36 BLK
41M1i STEfJ«II'llIJO ~v J 2
- -~-~- ---" . - --
ruB Sl[£R<IlPTI!IO (S L
BlACK
2A , ~AK Sl. fI1RII 11 4-LL

~ USE JUMPER FOR 2 'w'HEEL ONL Y I
.-------,
1')) 15.\ KJ( J [1GtI[ 1lI 4 I
1
I
J'2A DISPLAY LIGHT POIIER
DISP. LIGHT GROUND I;~:; 12'>1 ifljlJ[
b J ftr.11f STARI 4
30
..t 5 48 CI-6 4B 'JHT
GIIW
TILT ALARM<DOIl
AXEL LlGHTS(D02)
rs=r
JP6-6
JPS-5
i I'lII
!iftA
18
1A111£
1IH11
IAIIl[
,,"0"1(1
6 0
ENGINE L1GHTS(D03)
P LA TFORM SYSTEM GROUND ~ .1').
JP6-2 ; W
IAIIl
-.
I1RIl -1lM1lI 51 3 I
CONTROLLER STEERSTEER RIGHHDlD
LEFHDl2)
IJ'I-J
JPI-2 11 IAIIl[ 2A • 5{K Sl. WlII4\lTQ[!3 J
.1
BOAR D JOYSTICKS GROUND IJPJ_I

11')1
4
\MIl
\MIlE
15\1 I J 36 I
DRIVE(AIll IJPH 16 51 RSl..J
II< 1AII1E
m CH DI VHf Be
SIIING(AI3) II~:~
BOOM UPIDOIIN(AI2) IS \MIl[
..AFmOIiPlBO
BOOM EXT IREHAI4) JPJ 6

_
JlBCAI5) IJPJ- 5
JOYSTICKS +5 VDC 1..1'3-10 iZA \IIl1£
16
116
lffllil
\MIl( I \lHEN JIB NOT USED
TIE \lIRE #26 TO #6
USE JUMPER If SENSOR R1NG NOT USE D
BI CI-5 D2YEL BC
« >li\J[ fOm S"'ITCH CABlE 12 GA/Je
LIGHTS (Dl3) ..1'1-3 >Ii\[ l 'JHI ~ BLK •
PLATFORM lEVEL ON (Dl4) ~
~romS\lITCH
PLATFORM LEVEL UP<DlS) IJPI -5 S IAII!
-L I I CI-7 17A GRN
PLATFORM ROTATE CII(DI6) JPI - 6
PLATFORM ROTATE cel/wl]) ~
i IAIII!
'llllE
~3 4
171
I 171 I P2D ( D
AUXIlARY PUMP<DI8) JPH
\MII[ C1O.RlK
Vlfl[ SOISlJl RING 16 GA/SC SHIELOCD CABLE
MACHINE FUNCTION SPEED<D19) In-I 1JII[~1J(1lI'1~)
4 llHEEL STEER<Dl9) IJP2- 2 Wl! THROUGH BOOM
CRAB STEER(AI7) IJP3-2 IAIIl!
\MIl! 1]( P2£ CIO VHT
HIlRN<DIl1l 1J'2-3
ENGINE [JH(DIl2) IJP2-.
ENGINE STARHD1l31
4A
l
'llllE
VHlIL
t5}
CHOKE/OlDIi PLUG(Dl14) I::~~ 51 Wl(
ENGINE THROTTLE(Dl1S) JP2 7I - l3 'IIIf[
\IIl1£
I SENSOR RING UMIl ru ...... '-f)
OCl(")("XU
"V1
""d
SYSTEM POIIER (+12 VDCl Ij;h- m WI
1{,
SVITCH (OPTION)
DATA TRANSMIT IJP4 -5 I ""
:r;
DATA RECEIVE 1;4-.
roOT $II/PUMP STROKE<Dl16) 1J'2-S
112 IAlllE
7A WI!: I SEE SHEET IJ[B(
'"
I
TEMP, SENSOR(A16) JP3 3 - lS IAIITf I; .(0).1<1"
+12VDC IJP6 -; CONIlNUING CIJNN[CTlIINS
+12 VDC JPS - I ~IIEO
AKll(lf. S[HSIJ/IlI'l\1Ji)
GROUND JPH
i
,
... =
"'''''
= . tFIO'otN...c:L)L1oQ{ AXLE PROx. S~JTCH
~ .. ~ HIGH SP[ED SOlENllID

NOTES
I THIS IS THE CONDOR BUILT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
~C~TO SEE 71311 FOR THE PROTOTYPE ElECTRCAL
,."'" GROUtID TO CHASSIS
"* :::::-.. 2. UNLESS OTHER'w'lSE SPECIFIED' All DIODE ARE' MR756
" .,"* ;::: T . AXLE LOCK VALVE .2
STEER VAL V£ I
3. ALL S'w'ITCHES AND CONTACTS SHO'w'N 'w'ITH THE MACH1NE
IN THE STO'w'ED POSITION,
". ~- STEER VAL VI: 2
.. -"
.~.
,.-,,,
...,
"'-
IIRAK[
GROUND TO CHASS IS
UNDER CARRIAG: 1I1R11li

@)
IIIElTNlUlt:i1IItl.1!Rl
CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its
constituents are known to the state of
California to cause cancer, birth defects,
and other reproductive harm.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and

related accesories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after
handling.
_DE_T_R_O_IT_D_IE_S_E_L____ ~
CORPORATION \..\....~
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 INFORMATION

TO CALIFORNIA CUSTOMERS AND
TO COSTOMERS SELLING DIESEL ENGINE EQUIPMENT
INTO OR FOR USE IN CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65, a California law, requires warnings on products which expose individuals
in California to chemicals listed under the law, including certain chemicals in diesel
engine exhaust.
Obligations of Manufacturers of Diesel-Powered Off-Road Equipment. The California
Superior Court has approved either of the following two methods of compliance with
Proposition 65 requirements by manufactures of off-road equipment containing diesel
engines. (The court order containing these provisions may be furnished on request.)
1. On-Equipment Warning. Place the warning pictured in attachment 1 on all equipment
shipped by you into or for sale in California after January 1, 1996. The warning
must be in a location where it is easily visible to the operator of the equipment when
(s)he is operating the equipment. The warning must be secured to the equipment. If
warnings or operating instructions are provided through a digital display, you may
use that method of providing the warning.
2. Operator Manual Warning. When the operator manual is next revised or by
December 31, 1995, whichever is earlier, place the warning in attachment 2 in the
operator manual. The warning may be either printed in the manual or a sticker.
The warning must appear in one of the following locations.
* Inside the front cover
* Inside the back cover
* Outside the front cover
* Outside the back cover
* As the first page of text
Under either alternative, the warning must appear in the same size, print and format as
the attachment selected or be of equally conspicuous size and format. If the warning
is provided in an on-screen display, the warning must contain the language in the attach-
ment and must be provided at the time of or in connection with ignition in the same man-
ner as other safety warnings electronically communicated on screen.
Obligation of Resellers of Diesel Engines. This letter must accompany any loose diesel
engine sold in California.
Should you have any questions, please call Detroit Diesel Corporation, Mr. John F.
Farmer on (313) 592-7111, Fax (313) 592-5014.

Condor T60 T66J 92375

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Condor T60 T66J 92375

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

TIME CONDOR Corporation

MODELS T60 & T66J

MODELS T60 & T66J

THIS MANUAL MUST BE RETAINED ON THE UNIT AT ALL TIMES.

DO NOT ALTER OR MODIFY THIS UNIT WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN

SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................. 1

A. Safety Symbols .......................................................................................................................... 3

II. MACHINE OPERATION ................................................................................................................ 12

A. Primary Machine Components ................................................................................................ 13

III. MOVING FROM JOB SITE TO JOB SITE ....................................................................................... 40

IV. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ....................................................................................................... 43

V. MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................ 48

ANSVSIA 92.5-1992 MANUAL OF RESPONSIBILITIES

You must maintain CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 10 FEET (3.05 M) between any

DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY will result from contact with, or inadequate

• The "UNPOWERED EMERGENCY MOVEMENT" procedure (described later in

• DO NOT alter, modify or disable any safety devices or interlocks.

• DO NOT sit, stand or climb on platform rails.

• DO NOT indulge in stunt driving or horseplay while operating this machine.

• Immediately report any erratic noises, vibrations or malfunctions of the unit to

21882-001 - Decal, Electrocution Danger

• DO NOT OPERATE THIS MACHINE UNTIL YOU

• PRIOR TO EACH DAY'S USE, CHECK TO MAKE

.. • DO NOT USE THIS MACHINE IF IT IS DAMAGED

• RAISE PLATFORM ONLY WHEN ON FIRM, LEVEL

• AL·NA YS LOOK IN THE DIRECTION IN WHICH THE

, • THiS MACHINE is NOT ELECTRICALLY INSULA TED.

• DO NOT MAKE ANY MACHINE MODIFICATIONS

. • DO NOT FORCE THE BOOM, PLATFORM, OR

• IN CASE OF EMERGENCY, PUSH RED

71618 - Decal, Lower Boom Caution

• BEFORE OPERATI~G, ALL PERSONS IN

• THIS MACHINE IS NOT ELECTRICALLY

• RAISE PLATFORM ONLY WHEN MACHINE IS

• ALWAYS LOOK IN THE DIRECTION IN WHICH

• NORMAL TRAVEL POSITION IS WITH BOOM

• DO NOT DRIVE ON A SLOPE UNLESS BOOM

• IF SLOPE ALARM SOUNDS, THE MACHINE IS

• DO NOT FORCE THE BOOM, PLATFORM OR

• IN CASE OF EMERGENCY, PUSH RED

71614 - Decal, Upper Boom Caution

RATED \.JORK LOAD

If any of these items are damaged or missing, replace them immediately.

Right Hand Side

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QTY

Ref. 71491 ............................ InstallationDWG ..................................................................... Ref.

- Indicates Items Not Shown

LEFT HAND SIDE

T60 wORKING RANGE DIAGRAM

Item Control Location Description

Glow plug button for some Diesels. Press and hold

Turn key left (counterclockwise) one position to

With key switch "OFF", the key may be removed

NOTE: Main power key switch must be in

7. Volt Meter On Ground Indicates electrical system voltage.

I-,'\ID SPEEC OFF

Item Control Location Description

8. Engine Oil On Ground

MANUAl 9237 5-001

Item Control Location Description

1. Emergency Stop On Platform Used to stop all functions in an emergency. Push

When the button is reset, the engine distress light